Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D12-358 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - CHILDREN'S PLACE - REMODELCHILDREN'S PLACE 1026 SOUThCKNTER MAIL D12 -358 City oftukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206.431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 1026 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: CHILDREN'S PLACE Permit Number: D12 -358 Issue Date: 01/14/2013 Permit Expires On: 07/13/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: TAMMY KORTE Address: 1950 CRAIG RD, SUITE 300 , ST LOUIS MO 63146 Contractor: Name: LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC Address: PO BOX 308 , PLEASANT PRAIRIE, WI 53158 Contractor License No: LAKEVCI072KC Lender: Name: TENANT - CHILDREN'S PLACE Address: Phone: 314- 415 -2400 Phone: 414 657 -4222 Expiration Date: 01/13/2015 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMODEL OF AN EXISTING SPACE WHICH INCLUDES NEW FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES, NEW MILLWORK AND CEILING LAYOUT WITH LIGHTING Value of Construction: $203,000.00 Fees Collected: $3,835.22 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -358 Printed: 01 -14 -2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: N Date: O\ H `1 J 1 hereby certify that I have read and =.. ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signat Print Name: Date: 040C3/3 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 012 -358 Printed: 01 -14 -2013 7: All construction shall be done in confo a with the approved plans and the require of the International Building Code or International Residential, International Mechanical Code, Washingt ate Energy Code. 8: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDTI'IONS * ** 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -358 Printed: 01 -14 -2013 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet tlquirements of the International Fire Code. Chapter 10) 26: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 27: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "DEFT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 29: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot -candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot -candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot -candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot -candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to- minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 30: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 31: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinter heads. (IFC 901.4) 32: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 33: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE'1TI D TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 35: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 36: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 37: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 38: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 39: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 40: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 41: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 42: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 43: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at doc: IBC -7/10 012-358 Printed: 01 -14 -2013 (206)575 -4407. . • doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -358 Printed: 01 -14 -2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D12-358 Address: 1026 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/08/2012 Applicant: CHILDREN'S PLACE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13 -00256 Payment Amount: $2,326.15 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 01/14/2013 07:32 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Payee: LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 298170 2,326.15 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $2,326.15 2,321.65 4.50 t1nr.• RarAint -OR Printad• 01 -14 -9013 CITY OF TUKN A Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd.., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. Project No,% tCJ Date Application Accepted: "'` -- 12 Date Application Expires: 5- .-1 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: :: e Southcenter Mall Suite Number: 155 Floor: Tenant Name: The Children's Plae.G New Tenant: 0 Yes ❑ ..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Tammy Korte, ArcVision Address: 1950 Craig Rd. #300 Name: Westfield Phone: (314) 415 -2400 Fax: (314) 415 -2300 Email: tkorte @arcv.com Address: 2800 Southcenter State: City: St. Louis State: MO City: Seattle State: WA zip: 98198 CONTACT PERSON •-- person receiving all project communication Name: Tammy Korte, ArcVision Address: 1950 Craig Rd. #300 City: St. Louis State: MO Zip: 63146 Phone: (314) 415 -2400 Fax: (314) 415 -2300 Email: tkorte @arcv.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: TBD Address: Address: 1950 Craig Rd. #300 City: St. Louis State: MO Zip: 63146 Phone: (314) 415 -2400 Fax: (314) 415 -2300 City: State: City: St. Louis State: MO Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: tkorte @arcv.com Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H. \Applications \Forms - Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -11. docx Revised. August 2011 bh ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: ArcVision Architect Name: Frederick J Goglia Address: 1950 Craig Rd. #300 City: St. Louis State: MO Zip: 63146 Phone: (314) 415 -2400 Fax: (314) 415 -2300 Email: tkorte @arcv.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: Company Name: ArcVision City: State: Zip: Engineer Name: Robert Queatham Address: 1950 Craig Rd. #300 City: St. Louis State: MO Zip: 63146 Phone: (314) 415 -2400 Fax: (314) 415 -2300 Email: tkorte @arcv.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 FB-UILDI'NG PERMIT INFORMATIO_ ''2O6- 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 203,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): A ny pAC-6 . Uii Vl'C,t1 I r- CI U t S Neu) P"" WA I( j, 1V X'() Mitlllx'Y eet t\ -1i LA c141-1oci Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes fa, No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ Applications \Forms - Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC ', Type of Occupancy per IBC 1'Floor 3,398 3,398 2B M 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors s thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes fa, No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ Applications \Forms - Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 IPERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW R 0 A THORIZED AGENT: Signature: go" Date: \ I�1 �a Print Name: Tammy Korte Day Telephone: (314) 415 -2400 St. Louis MO 63146 City State Zip Mailing Address: 1950 Craig Rd. # 300 H: \Applications \Forms - Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D12-358 Address: 1026 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 11/08/2012 Applicant: CHILDREN'S PLACE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -03071 Payment Amount: $1,509.07 Initials: WER Payment Date: 11/08/2012 11:12 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $2,326.15 Payee: ARCVISION INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 27240 1,509.07 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,509.07 Total: $1,509.07 rinr.• RPrpint -nR Printed 11- nR_9M7 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 .. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: ( {_` i t� s p(4 y Type o inspection: f ,,vA L 6& ' 1 4,AG Address: / ,..-2._ (a SL A4 MI Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: _ E_�� a.m 3 Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i Date: S— — r 3 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD - �... Retain a copy with permit, 1Z- -35g INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 . (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: A . j/-�� c ,1` rCAs l (Ac•P Type of Inspection: •, .'��yp. 6,iA f�6 G-. 0c 6 Address: t in1 S.-- A,�fit( Date Called:, !4� , L1(e Special Instructions: Date Want (3 r�r PAL Requester: • • Phone No: 1 446 Approved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. CO MMENTS: kZJ /t' n k- St )S Inspgftor: Date: • - • d v v • n REINSPECTION FEE EQUIRED ( Pri r to next inspection;lee_must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedluie reinspection. • • . • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTIO NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 �" Project: , C _k. \cCens Nue Type of Ins ection: Af I A Address: I .-7 ca S' 1 4--I ( Date Called: 4E) Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 2 - - C� a.m,, t Requester: Phone No: ^016( ElApproved per applicable codes. EiCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I A 4E) OK-c) '-T-L-A4 s.p A (Q °— .0 CO 1Q-EAR- &04_ jb 0.- - 1 — 1 ) ' C--br I: SOF C-- A nc c AA Q 1‘'t� � O% A P p „A e 1- r 0-1--; J 'I Inspecto Date: 2_ _ . _. (3 ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: DA V �p A [� C� l A Type of lnnspecti n: )U� ( `i r 4 O Address: Date Called: r- T t p e.A P `tNiekr ,) s A.i i V1- / (� .6 SAst)Ile 4,4 c_Qt' c46 n Special Instructions: Date Wanted?... I_ 'P ' p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. . COMMENTS: 1/7 0 (---ovfj _....c a c5� 5 1—f° fii -Pe-r c. .�.. (..'N �4 , il /J1 L5 ' IA)/ re c u r- T t p e.A P `tNiekr ,) s A.i i V1- / (� .6 SAst)Ile 4,4 c_Qt' c46 n `--t ---0 -F._i it" p A_ cs 1 l..J -4 :1----Ai (ire Pe-4)116_1,i -4 n o'ppoS A 3t�s &� " Inspe REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date2 • INSPECTION RECORD 'Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: eh't4elvot. ?Iwe Type of Inspection: .-w Address: 102G So0a3 61A (1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: j -3 O — t ') (1,,n-' p.m. Requester: Phor , r�S rot/4 , Approved per applicable codes. O Corrections required prior to approval. Co . COMMENTS: F, 0 , Date: REIN • ECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee nius't•be 'd`at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. 123s8 PERMIT NO. CITY OF' TUKWILA BUILDING DIVI15.1ON 6300 Southcenter Blvd.,- #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 t.-j (206) 431 -3670 Permit.Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: ( . . 4 T . P( r Type f Inspection: _I t � � � .4-I D Date Called: Special Instructions: D Date Wanted:. a Requester: Phone No: N0''(0gqcu4G0/ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 Ji\\ IDate ? J REINSPECTION .FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. REINSPECTION .FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD �c2_3� Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 , (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project . I G\ Q ► l..i (4 t� Types, e;tioh A, j- s i ' e 3 ---,-o 0 e °- c _A.L---- -- Adirn Q Date Called: Stvi e kb."' Special Instructions: Date Wanted::. t 2 , ? S a.me p.m. Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. /2 COMMENTS: p/r iM13 on j- s i ' e 3 ---,-o 0 e °- c _A.L---- -- .oj (014- 0 ik,p P r�JAL- . o iuj z-ov(f sores;~( (? Stvi e kb."' ----'‘ N 0 1 •Inspector: Date: , z_ ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D13 -U3`1 'Icy ,3- F -o3s) PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: 61-,, ►d,t,s P) 6« Type of Inspection: PA 1 /tfP,,G, , f-,. -e Fit -, u is Address: /0 c� s c. M4 I I Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: f Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: `f Sprinklers: \K, 1 .y FA F,k,, I Qk - - I Me G k F, tic 1 ok Monitor: (5,-, _„( ,4 ` Pre - lire:. \ Permits: .7 Occup6bcy`17-jipe: I Needs Shift Inspection: `f Sprinklers: \K, Fire Alarm: .y / - - Hoo ( &^Duct: Monitor: (5,-, _„( ,4 ` Pre - lire:. \ Permits: Occup6bcy`17-jipe: M , s. Inspector:if -jjel: - - A''J':w, Hrs.: / - - $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. 'You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address' Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 a- INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit c /3- S. o2s /3 ' -038 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Proje t: 1 0;k1 Id C---1\-) Pit's-C_Q_ Tyke of Inspection: -)--A Address: i ba h Suite #: S rte- t„_ --7- Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: /, N 0 IP\c„d, D i 0 S PA.c-e. , a S IQs N, f rc)lc ,,,11 r,A 5 '2 . S p c. N'rL --otc._ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: ,ej S-a- Date: 3/-7/13 Hrs.: 4T $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 Zip: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 4 t 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Project Summary 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential PRJ -SUM Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address Date 10/25/2012 633 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use P ,r® Pt" ft.._ .. Co Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: The Children's Place Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: /.' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED NOV 132012 TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 PERMIT CENTER bi 358 pp 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address Date 10/25/2012 633 Southcenter Mall Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: The Children's Place Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: For Building Department Use Project Description Compliance Option Li New Building _; Addition Alteration Li Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Prescriptive O) Lighting Power Allowance v Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist(over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans. Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ] No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed 71 Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 •• Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area 100 RETAIL 1.33 2833 3768 100 RETAIL FOOTNOTE 10 1.40 2833 3966 102 THRU 106 RETAIL 1.33 565 751 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG- Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Watts 848 Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 100 CPl - SURFACE ROUND DOME, 5- P32UT8, EH 17 130 2210 100 DC3 - 6• RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, 25W CMR 3 25 75 100,103,104,106 EM2B - EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT 11 15 165 103 EX. - RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, 100W INC 1 100 100 102,106 RF2 - 2X2 RECESSED TROFFER, 2- P320T8, EB 5 55 275 104,105 SF1 - 4' -2LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP, 2- P32T8, EH 7 46 322 100 SF4 - 4' -1 LAMP FLUORSECENT STRIP, 1- F3228, EB 48 30 1440 100 YA -2 - SURFACE TRACE LIGHTING, 25W CMH 63 25 1575 100,104,106 X3 - LED EXIT SIGN 2 3 6 100 X11B - LED EXIT SIGN 1 3 3 y not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior otal Proposed Watts 6171 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) 2009 W hin ton State Ene Code Compliance Fonns for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential LTG -INT Revised December 2010 as g rgy Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage ® Other Qualification Checklist Lighting H Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1.2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture Fixtures: 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, answer is checked, the number of fixtures in (Section the space is not limited by Code. Clearly 1521) c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T-5, T -8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard -wired electronic indicate these spaces on plans. If not dimming ballasts. Screw -in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. qualified, do LPA Calculations. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. Use' LPA' (W/ft`) Use' LP/`(01H`) Automotive facility 0.85 Use' LPA' (W/ft`) Use' LP/`(01H`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retail's retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory- shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport toumament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be tumed off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height. is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of tha ranks Thp hainht allnwanna rfofinari in fnntnntp 7 annligc nnlv to tha flnnr amp not rnvarMrl by rarka , 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address Date 10/25/2012 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2009 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, indicate locations E1.0 Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E1.0 N.A. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations N.A. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans N.A. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans Yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls E1.0 N.A. 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location N.A. (a) timer w /backup Indicate location N.A. (b) photocell. Indicate location Yes 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations E1.0 Yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability) Indicate size of zone on plans E1.0 N.A. 1513.7 Hotel /motel controls Indicate location of room master controls N.A. 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign E1. o LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) Yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture E1.0 N.A. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) N.A. 1511 Eiec motor efficiency MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N.A. •-•n I 1540 !Transformers !Indicate size and efficiency 1 no is circled for any question, provide explanation: • s PLAN SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -358 DATE: 11 -08 -12 PROJECT NAME: CHILDREN'S PLACE SITE ADDRESS: 1026 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued EPARTMECNTS- ivision u Ilc Wor s /Ay'f n(A) G l , ti' I L - v IN //� I�-1%-), Fire Prevention NI Planning Division Structural Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 11 -13 -12 Complete Comments: Incomplete Not Applicable Permit Center Use.Oniy. INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route T Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required I I REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 12 -11 -12 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions IX Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Contractors or Tradespeople P1ter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC UBI No. 601447862 Phone 4146574222 Status Active Address 10505 Corporate Dr, #200 License No. LAKEVCI072KC Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Pleasant Prairie Effective Date 5/3/1993 State WI Expiration Date 1/13/2015 Zip 53158 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status STATECC11363STATECONST CORP OF 5 E WISC Construction Contractor General Unused 1/23/1989 12/9/1993 Archived Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date MOON, KENT ALAN President 05/03/1993 Amount SUNDAY, EUGENE R President 01/01/1980 01/10/2011 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 4 TRAVELERS CAS & STY CO OF AMER 400MJ9662 04/23/2006 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 02/17/2006 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 13 National Fire Ins of Hartford 5082945285 01/01/2012 01/01/2014 $1,000,000.00 01/02/2013 12 National Fire Ins Co of Hartfo 2077580782 01/01/2009 01/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 12/17/2010 11 NATIONAL FIRE INS CO OF HART 2077580782 01/01/2008 01/01/2009 $1,000,000.00 12/27/2007 10 TRANSPORTATION INS CO 2077580782 01/01/2007 01/01/2008 $1,000,000.00 12/26/2006 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period Infractions /Citations Information No records found for the previous 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 01/14/2013 1 1 RESFONS 15 L TY SCHEDULE PRE•CONSTRUCTION Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor 1 1 1 1 Remarks Permits and Fees (City / Mall) Barricade Barricade Graphics Trash Removal / Dumpsters GENERAL CONSTRUCTION x x x WHERE REQUIRED IN MALLS. x x Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks Demolition x x Demising Wails - Studs x NA NA Demising Walls - Gyp Board & Finishing x NA NA Interior Walls - Studs x x Interior Wails - Gyp Board & Finishing x x Sales / Common Area ACT Ceiling & Grid x x x Sales Area Hard Ceiling - Framing x x x Sales Area Hard Ceiling - Gyp Board & Finishing x x x Minors x x COLUMNS TO BE MIRRORED PER PLAN Doors and Frames x x x Door Hardware x x Painting x x Floor preparation x x Floor protection x x Vinyl Base x x Sales Area Flooring x x Stock Room Flooring x x CarpelMalk Off Mat (exterior only) NA NA MECHANICAL Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks HVAC Units x Roof Work x HVAC Unti Curb x HVAC Distribution (Ductvork, diffusers, etc) x x x Air Balancing x x Exhaust Fan and Venting x x x Fr a System (Horns, Strobes, Heads) x x Smoke Evacuation System NA IF REQUIRED BY CODE Fire Sprinkler Shut Off x NA NA IF REQUIRED BY CODE Sprinkler System Modifications x x MODIFY AS REQUIRED Trenching / Coring Existing Slab (Plumbing) x x Plumbing Fixtures x x x ELECTRICAL Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor i 1 1 1 1 Remarks Electrical Service x Metes Sockets x Electrical Panels x x RELOCATE AS REQ'D Transformers X Main Sign Whip x Wiring, Circuiting, Receptacle, switches, etc x x Trenching/ Coring Existing Slab (Electrical) x x Electrical Control Systems (EMS) x SITE CONTROLS SYSTEM Emergency IJghting 1 Exit Lighting x x Light Fixtures x x Lamps x x Cash Wrap wiring x x Fire Alarm Systems x x Telcom 1 Data wiring x x Conduit x x POS 1 Telephone system x x Sensonnatic Alarm System x x ELECTRIC PROVIDED BY ELECTRICIAN CONTACT Sound System x x FIXTUREIFURNISHINGS Wall Standards / Wall Panel System Millwork Light Cove Andres Cashmap / Badcwrap Floor Fixture Placement / Assembly Fitting Room Accessories 1 Bench Toilet Room Accessories BOH Shelving System BOH Standards and Miscellaneous STOREFRONT Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor Landlord x x x x x x x x Tenant GC 1 x x x x x x x x x 1 TCP Vendor Store Front Signage Other Signage 1 Remarks INCLUDE HANDDRYER, CHANGING TABLE, ETC. INCLUDE MGR DESK, ALL OTHER SHELVING Remarks x x x x Neutral Piers & Landlord Bulkhead x x x GC TO BRING TO NEW CONDITION PER PLAN Store Front System x x x GC TO BRING TO NEW CONDITION PER PLAN Store Front Glass x x GC TO BRING TO NEW CONDITION PER PLAN Store front Doors I Hardware x x GC TO BRING TO NEW CONDITION PER PLAN POST CONSTRUCTION Landlord Tenant GC TCP Vendor Fr a Extinguishers Final Clean Up/Ready for Occupancy Post Construction Dumpsters TCO/CO Certified As WE/P/FP Built Submittals Warranty information form submitted to TCP All Warranty books n Paperwork complete Operation Manuals 1 x x x x x x x x 1 1 1 Remarks MUST BE COMPLETED BY GC AT PUNCH REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED PROJECT DIRECTORY PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S PLACE STORE *1322 SPACE 155 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA, 98188 TENANT TERESA BALDUINI CONSTRUCTION PROJECT ADMINISTRATOR THE CHILDREN'S PLACE 500 PLAZA ROAD SEGAUGUS, NJ 070014 PHONE (201) 453 -7712 FAX (201) 558 -2852 tbaldulnlachlldrensp lace.com ARCHITECT ARC VISION 10150 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 500 5T. LOUIS, MO 63146 LANIE JOHNSON PROJECT COORDINATOR PHONE (314) 415 -2400 FAX (514) 415 -2300 Ijohnson @orcv.com TENANT COORD I NATOR WAYNE JOHNSON 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA, 0181018 PHONE (206) 114 -3485 BU I LD I NG DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA - DEPT. OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6500 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. TUKWILA, WA, 018188 MALL LOCATION KEY FLAN STORE LOCATION KEY FLAN r NO1RDS1t OM 0 O D U 1 O iney f.= THE CHILDREN'S PLACE T I: STORE *1322 SPACE 155 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA, 88188 APPROXIMATE DISTANCE TO PUBLIC TOILET ROOM : 280 FT 1 GORE INFORMATION APPL I GABLE CODES: BUILDING: 2008 IBC (STATE BLDG. CODE, WAG CHAP. 51 -50) ELEGTRIGAL: 200g NEC (LAWS, RULES it REG. FOR INSTALLING 9) ELECTRICAL WIRES $ EQUIP. (WAG) 296 -4610 ENERGY: 20001 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (STATE BLDG. CODE, WAG CHAP. 51 -11) FIRE: 20001 I FC (STATE BLDG. MECHANICAL: 20001 I MG (STATE BLDG. PLUMBING: 200q UPC (STATE BLDG 51 -57) ACCESSIBILITY: ADAAG (STATE BLDG. OCCUPANCY: USE GROUPS: M - MERCANTILE CODE, WAG CHAP. 51 -54) CODE, WAC CHAP. 51 -52) CODE, WAG CHAP. 51 -56 8 CODE, WAG CHAP. 51 -40) REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NGTZ: Bevis :ons will require a new plan submittal end ray include additional pan review fats. I CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 213 UNPROTECTED (FULLY SPRINKLERED) EGRESS: OCCUPANT LOAD: SALES: 2,855 5.F. / 30 5.F. PER PERSON STOCK: 565 S.F. / 300 S.F. PER PERSON TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD CODE REQUIREMENTS : MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH MINIMUM CORRIDOR / AISLE WIDTH MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF EXIT DOORS TOTAL EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED: .2" PER PERSON X 96 PERSONS = la IN. TOTAL EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED: 108 IN. OCCUPANT LOAD> 50 PROVIDED 2 EXITS PLUMBING CODE: PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATIONS WATER CLOSET LAVATORY MOP SINK DRINKING FOUNTAIN REQ'D: 2 REQ'D: 2 REQ'D: I REQ'D: I = 94 PERSONS = 2 PERSONS = 016 PERSONS 250 FT. 15 FT. 44 IN. 56 IN. PROVIDED: 2 PROVIDED: 2 PROVIDED: I PROVIDED: I 1 ARGHITEGTURAL SYMBOL LEGEND DETAIL NUMBER SHEET ELEVATION NOTE ARROW PARTITION DESIGNATION DOOR NUMBER DOOR DESIGNATION ROOMNAME 'GOLi - CENTER LINE COLUMN DESIGNATION DIMENSION START/END LEASE LINE _ _ L__J AREA DETAILED SECTION/PLAN DETAIL ROO■# X I CX -1 CEILING FINISH •• I FX -1 FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH WALL BASE FINISH PLAN ROOM TAG 01 -0" LEVEL DATUM <..PT 1\\ FINISH DESIGNATION REVISION :••• °DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER DETAIL ROOMNAME ROOM# _ AGT I.-- CEILING FINISH CEILING HEIGHT RCP ROOM TAG A5SREVI ATI ONS A.F.F. CLA DWG. EQ. EXIST. F.R. GC. GYP. BD. REQ'D. TCP. TYP. V.I.F. W.G. N.I.G. O.G. PLYWD. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR CENTERLINE DRAWING EQUAL EXISTING FIRE RATED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYPSUM BOARD REQUIRED THE CHILDREN'S PLACE TYPICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WATER CLOSET NOT IN CONTRACT ON CENTER PLYWOOD SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila IBUUI_DING DIVISION LIST OF DRAT/ I NSS REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT 1 NO. a CRAIG (314) DRAWINGS ISUED D® SLUE DRAWING NAME w > _1 19 0 . w a. O 2 w z 0 H O v N w m ? THE CHILDREN'S PROJECT ORIENTATION TI.O TITLE SHEET - KEY PLANS * IO/26/I - LL REVIEW #I :" °°°.-_.,. tf ARCHITECT, PH. k�IrPr^+ IICARB, PROJECT SQUA RE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL GENERAL INFORMATION GN I.O GENERAL NOTES (0) 11/07/12 - FOR PERMIT - 33aS 5F SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLF L-P SHEET TITLE T II TLE: SHEET KAY PLAT �J SHEET NUMBER GNI.I GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS { ARGVI510N PROJECT # 120 '1018 CHECKED BY LL.J ARCH I TEGTURAL DLO DEMOLITION PLAN; D2.0 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN AI.O CONSTRUCTION PLAN A1.1 PARTITION TYPES AND DETAILS * Al.2 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS A2.0 FIXTURE PLAN, FIXTURE SCHEDULE (1; A2 . I FIXTURE DETAILS (1) O NOT USED -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A4.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, NOTES, DETAILS • A4.I SEISMIC CEILING SUPPORT DETAILS *) A5.0 STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION ; i AS.I STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS CO) 0 NOT USED -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A-1.0 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A8.0 TOILET ROOM AND FITTING ROOM DETAIL5 (I) MEGHAN I GAL MI.O MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M2.0 MECHANICAL PLAN M3.0 MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES ') ELEGTRIGAL E1.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (1; EI.I ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) E2.0 ELECTRICAL POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN ' E3.0 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ;#i E4.0 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E5.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EMSI.O EMS SCHEDULE :_r EN I.0.00 ENERGY ANALYSIS (10) PLUMBING PI.O PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS CIO) PI.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) P2.0 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS (1; P2.I PLUMBING PLAN AND DETAILS CO) SPRI NKLER SPI.O FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS (1 SP2.0 FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN AND SCHEDULES] FILE Permit Flo. COPY ` ' , Pan r ^view approval is subject to erro s and of SSians A�, grovel of GOf1Slrft�Chpn dccumet S doe$ flOt Cre $ ;4 � elution of any adopted code or ordli e. Receipt o f approved Field • e , :..t «.. zt1_ City Oflbkwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TL.IK N1J . ` NOV 0 8 2012 ,ERImI I ti: - 1 SGOPE OF WORK - NO CHANGE IN EGRESS OR OCCUPANCY - NO CHANGE IN USE. NO STRUCTURAL WORK. NO EXTERIOR WORK. - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF NON LOAD BEARING, NON RATED PARTITION WALLS AND INTERIOR FIXTURES, FINISHES. PROVIDE INTERNAL NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALLS AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FIXTURES/FINISHES. - MECHANICAL - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. - PLUMBING - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. - ELECTRICAL - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. - RELOCATION OF SPRINKLERS TO MATCH LAYOUT REVIEWED NOV 132012 TUKWILA PUBtIC.VVOR i THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EACH SUB TRADE WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE ENTIR I SET OF DRAWINGS AND NOTING HIS WORK AS APPLICABLE. WORK INDICATED OR INFERRED ON THE € DRAWINGS AND OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CODE COMPLIANT INSTALLATION, WILL BE DEEMED AND INCLUDED IN SUB - CONTRACTOR'S COSTS. - SEE DRAWINGS FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK ® 2011 ARGVISION, ING THI5 DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS Sr THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFE5510NAL HARMLESS FROM ALL. CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEC I F I CATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCH ITEGT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE I55UE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT 1 a CRAIG (314) D® SLUE a RBI 300 FAX J. GC)GLIA ST. LOUS (314) 415- .erCV.Cam ( ) STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TEG 2 - B 1NB PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S I0/26/I 1 - TGF REVIEW #I tr' IO/26/I - LL REVIEW #I :" °°°.-_.,. tf ARCHITECT, PH. k�IrPr^+ IICARB, PROJECT SQUA RE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5� 565 SF 6897 TATE ROAD, 415 -2400 A CIS TER Q r' 1,L,- /G REDERICK J. GO►LiA OF WASHI TON t STORE 1322 II, y OD 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, INA GIST SS 11/07/12 - FOR PERMIT - 33aS 5F SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLF L-P SHEET TITLE T II TLE: SHEET KAY PLAT �J SHEET NUMBER . 0 ARGVI510N PROJECT # 120 '1018 CHECKED BY LL.J 1 GENERAL NOTES 1 I. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT.THE TERMS "GENERAL CONTRACTOR ", "CONTRACTOR ", OR "SUBCONTRACTOR" REFER TO THOSE ENGAGED BY THE TENANT TO PERFORM THE WORK FOR THE TENANT. THE TENANT IS NOT RELIEVED FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH CONTRACTORS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE CODES, FEDERAL REGULATIONS, NFPA 101, THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 3. ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE APPROVAL FOR USE IN THE CITY OR TOWN HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. PROVIDE EXIT 51GNS AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 5. AFF I DAV I TS FOR CONTROLLED AND SEMI - CONTROLLED INSPECTIONS SHALL BE F I LED I N ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL LAWS AND CODES AS REQU I RED FOR TH I S PROJECT. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO GOMMENGING WORK, AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY GONDITION OR DISGREPANGY BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS REQUIRING MOD IFI GAT' ONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 1. MINOR DETAILS NOT USUALLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, BUT NECESSARY FOR PROPER CONSTRUCTION OF ANY PART OF THE WORK, SHALL BE INCLUDED AS IF THEY WERE INDIGATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 8. REFERENCING OF DRAWINGS 15 FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND DOES NOT LIMIT APPLICATION OF ANY DRAWING. Q. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL GUTTING, PATCHING, AND REPAIRING AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL OF THE WORK INDIGATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND ALL OTHER WORK THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE JOB. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL COORDINATE WORK BY EACH TRADE. 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE I ND I GATED, HEIGHTS NOTED I N SCHEDULES ARE HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. II. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDIGATED ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISHED SURFACE. 12. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDIGATED, ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED TO THEIR "NOMINAL" 51ZES. 15. THE DISTANCE FROM DOOR JAMBS TO ADJACENT PARTITIONS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 6" OR 12" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR APPROVED. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE IN HI5 BID DAILY GLEAN UP OF ALL WORK. 15. ALL OPENINGS AT GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS FOR DUCTS, ELECTRIC PANEL BOARD, ETC. ARE TO BE STEEL STUD FRAMED OPENINGS. I. ALL ITEMS RECESSED INTO RATED PARTITIONS (SUCH AS OUTLET BOXES, PANEL BOXES, ETC.) SHALL HAVE THOSE OPENINGS PROTECTED WITH BACK -UP MATERIALS 50 AS TO RETAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE BE IN STRICT CONFORMITY WITH THE UNIFORM CONSTRUCTION CODE OF PARTITION RATING THROUGHOUT. 17. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK AND ALL EXPOSED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR) SHALL BE PAINTED UNLESS GALLED FOR ON PLANS. ALL EXPOSED PIPES TO REMAIN EXPOSED SHALL BE PAINTED UNLESS GALLED FOR ON PLANS. 18. ALL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SCOPE OF WORK AND PROCEDURES INDIGATED WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS TO PROVIDE A TOTAL AND COMPLETE PROJECT FOR THE TENANT. WORK SHOWN IN THESE NOTES 15 TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS, AGENTS AND / OR SUPPLIERS ONLY, WHETHER OR NOT THE WORK 15 DELINEATED PROPERLY. I. NOT USED 20. NOT USED 21. FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES, TENANT, CLIENT AND OWNER ARE THE SAME PARTY. 22. THE TERM TENANT REFERS TO THE CHILDREN'S PLACE'S AND/ OR THE CHILDREN'S PLACE'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE/ PROJECT MANAGER. THE LANDLORD 15 THE PARTY LEASING THE SPACE TO THE TENANT, AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WHETHER WORKING FOR THE LANDLORD OR THE TENANT, WILL SE REQUIRED TO HANDLE ALL WORK IN THESE DOCUMENTS UNLESS SPEC IFIGALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 25. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO HAVE ALL. SUBCONTRACTORS REVIEW THESE NOTES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND TO FAMILIARIZE ALL PERSONS AND SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT WITH THESE GENERAL NOTES AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOTED, LANDLORD'S DE51GN CRITERIA AND THE EXECUTED LEASE AGREEMENT AND WORK LETTER BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT. ANY DISGREPANGY BETWEEN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE LEASE OR DESIGN CRITERIA INFORMATION 15 TO BE REPORTED TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FULLY ACQUAINTING THEMSELVES WITH THE CONTENT AND SCOPE OF THESE SPECIFICATION5, AND SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE G I YEN THE SPEC' F I GAT I ONS THROUGHOUT THE SPAN OF THIS PROJECT BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUPERVISORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS, AS THE STANDARD ESTABLISHED HEREIN SHALL BE APPLIED, WITH EMPHASIS TO ALL WORK. CHECK "RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE "ON DWG TI.O FOR ALLOCATION OF SPEC IFIG WORK. ALL WORK 15 BY TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WORK DECLARED UNACCEPTABLE BY THE TENANT, LANDLORD, OR CODE AUTHORITY SHALL BE CORRECTED I N A MANNER AND TO A DEGREE OF QUALITY AS ACCEPTABLE BY THE TENANT AND LANDLORD 4 CODE AUTHORITY. 24. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD GONDITIONS CLEAR HEIGHTS WITHIN THE PREMISES; AT BUILDING 51TE AND PREMISES AND NOTIFY THE LANDLORD, THE LANDLORD 15 REPRESENTATIVE, TENANT 4 PROJECT ARCH ITEGT OF ANY AND ALL DI SCREPANG I ES AND LIST ANY PRE -WORK NOT YET COMPLETED BEFORE STARTING THEIR WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL "HOLD" DIMENSIONS TENANT'S FIXTURES FIT INTO PLACE WITH NO ROOM FOR ERROR. CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. 25. IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO INSTALL A STOREFRONT BARRICADE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF TI-415 PROJECT, SUCH BARRICADE TO MEET THE LATEST BARRICADE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, INGLUDING THE PAINTING OF SUCH BARRICADE AND ANY 516NAGE ALLOWABLE BY LANDLORD AND UNDER LEASE OBLIGATION. ADDITIONALLY, THI5 BARRICADE MUST BE MOVED OUT AS REQUIRED FOR STOREFRONT WORK AND / OR REMOVED AT THE END OF THE CONSTRUCTION TIME PERIOD. CHECK WITH THE LANDLORD TO VERIFY IF A BARRICADE HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN INSTALLED ON THESE PREMISES IN ANTICIPATION OF CONSTRUCTION BY THE NEW TENANTS; IF THIS 15 THE CASE, DO NOT INCLUDE ANY COST FOR THE ACTUAL BARRICADE BUT DO INCLUDE COSTS FOR MOVING SUCH BARRICADES IN AND OUT, ANY OTHER SPECIFIG LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS REGARDING SUCH BARRICADES, AND THE PAINTING AND / OR REMOVAL OF SUCH BARRICADES AFTER CONSTRUCTION. 26. WHEN BIDDING THIS PROJECT, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VISITING THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REFLECTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY EXTRA WORK REQUIRED BUT NOT INCLUDED IN THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT OR TENANT'S ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. LANDLORD DOES NOT PAY ANY COSTS FOR JOB CONDITION SITUATIONS, UNLESS SPEC IFIGALLY NOTED IN THE LEASE. GI. ALL WORK ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CURRENTLY APPLICABLE CODES SUB -CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS HAYING JURISDICTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LOCAL SUILDING OFFICIALS FOR ANY AND ALL SPECIFIG REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS USE. 21. THE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION FOR TH15 LOCATION 15 NOTED ON THE TITLE SHEET, TI.O. 28. DEMOLITION WORK (IF ANY) 15 DEFINED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON TI.O AND DEMOLITION DRAWING. 2q. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR AND HAVE CONTROL OVER CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, AND PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS G I VE OTHER SPEC IFIG I NSTRUGTI ONS CONCERN I N6 THESE MATTERS. SEE AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL GONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION. 50. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT HAVE CONTROL OVER OR CHARGE OF AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, OR PROCEDURES, OR FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS, INGLUDIN6 ANY AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS, IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK. THESE ARE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. SEE AIA DOCUMENT 5141 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND ARCH ITEGT, LATEST EDITION. 51. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL FERMI T5 REQUIRED FOR THE WORK NOTED ON THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THI5 INCLUDES COSTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, BUILDING DEPARTMENT PERMIT COSTS, AND PERMIT COSTS FOR FIXTURING SUPPLIED BY TENANT (IF APPLICABLE). THE TENANT SHALL NOTIFY THE GC IN WRITING IF THE TENANT WILL BE OBTAINING AND PAYING FOR THE PERMITS IN WHICH CASE IT SHALL BE OMITTED FROM THE CONTRACTORS PRICE. 52. ALL CLEARANCES OF PIPES AND DUCT WORK INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR ADEQUATE HEIGHTS REQUIRED FOR CEILING SYSTEM AND LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. 35. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (OR DESIGNATED AUTHORIZED CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE) SHALL REMOVE AND/ OR REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EXPOSED P.Y.G. PIPING FOUND WITH LOCAL CODE ALLOWABLE PIPING MATERIALS THROUGHOUT LEASED PREMISES. 54. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT I N THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK CALLED FOR BY THIS CONTRACT, THEY WILL EMPLOY ONLY SUCH LABOR AS WILL NOT DELAY OR INTERFERE WITH THE PROGRESS OF THE PROJECT, AND AS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO AND WORK IN HARMONY WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS EMPLOYED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE OR ON ANY OTHER BUILDING, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER IMPROVEMENT WHETHER PUBLIC. OR PRIVATE WHICH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY THEN BE ERECTING OR ALTERING I N OTHER LOCATIONS. 35. ALL WORK TO BE COMPLETED FOLLOWING LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION "RULES AND REGULATIONS ", IF APPLICABLE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE DURING THE BIDDING PROCEDURES, FOR CONTACTING THE TENANT COORDINATOR FOR A COPY OF THESE "RULES AND REGULATIONS" AND TO INCLUDE ANY COSTS IN THE WORK QUOTED TO THE TENANT. 36. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT I N THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK AT THE PREMISES, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT CREATE ANY WORK STOPPAGE, PICKETING, LABOR DISRUPTION OR DISPUTE OR VIOLATE LANDLORD'S LABOR CONTRACTS AFFECTING THE BUILDING OR INTERFERE WITH THE BUSINESS OF LANDLORD. IN THE EVENT OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY WORK STOPPAGE, PICKETING, LABOR DISRUPTION OR DISPUTE RESULTING FROM ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANY SUBTENANT OR CONCESSIONAIRE, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, IMMEDIATELY UPON NOTICE FROM TENANT, CEASE THE CONDUCT GIVING RISE TO SUCH CONDITION. THI5 CLAUSE MUST BE PART OF ALL GENERAL CONTRACTOR / SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENTS AND I F SUCH CLAUSE 15 NOT INCLUDED, I T W ILL NOT REL I EVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE REQUIREMENTS OR WORK STATED HEREIN. 37. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE BONDED, LICENSED CONTRACTORS POSSESSING GOOD LABOR RELATIONS AND MUST BE CAPABLE OF QUALITY WORKMANSHIP, IN HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WORKING ON THE PROJECT. THE TENANT AND TENANT'S ARCH ITEGT ARE TO BE NOTIFIED I N WRITING OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES, DAYTIME PHONE, FAX, AND EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST ATTEST THAT NO PRODUCTS CONTAINING ASBESTOS OR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WERE KNOWINGLY USED ON THI5 PROJECT CONTRACTOR 15 TO VERIFY THAT THIS SPACE 15 ASBESTOS FREE. NO ASBESTOS WORK 15 TO BE COMPLETED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPEC IFIGALLY NOTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IF ASBESTOS 15 UNCOVERED, NOTIFY THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY AND STOP ALL WORK. LANDLORD 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASBESTOS TESTING, FILING AND REMOVAL. ALL ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY A CONTRACTOR SPECIALIZING IN AND LICENSED TO REMOVE ANY SUCH MATERIALS. COPIES OF CURRENT LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE, AND PERMITS, SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE TENANT PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY REMOVAL/ ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES. 38. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AND MEET WITH MALL GENERAL MANAGER AND TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE FOR A PRECONSTRUCT I ON MEETING, AT WHICH TIME, HE /SHE WILL PRESENT TO ALL PARTIES A LIST OF NAMES, ADDRESSES, BUSINESS PHONE, FAX AND EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE SUBCONTRACTORS FOR TI-115 PROJECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL COMPLETE THE CHECKLIST FORM (CONTRACTOR INFORMATION FORM) REQUIRED FOR EACH TENANT'S SPACE THAT CONTRACTOR WILL BE WORKING ON AS REQUIRED UNDER LEASE OBLIGATION. THE GHEGKLIST FORM INGLUDING SCHEDULE INFORMATION AS WELL AS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS INFORMATION 15 TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON ARRIVAL AT THE JOB 51TE. 3Q. IF THE LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE OR LANDLORD'S ARCHITEGT, TENANT, TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OR TENANT'S ARCHITECT DO NOT MAKE ANY SITE VISITS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 NOT RELIEVED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY OR DUTIES INVOLVED IN THIS CONSTRUCTION WORK. 40. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY AND CONFORM TO ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA), NO EXCEPTIONS ARE FERMITTED. THE PROVISIONS OF THE TENANT'S LEASE SHALL APPLY IN THE EVENT OF VIOLATION RESULTING IN DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION OR ANY CLAIMS ARISING THEREFROM, IF GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S SUBCONTRACTORS DO NOT COMPLY WITH THIS ACT. 41. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE "CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" DOCUMENT A -201, ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, LATEST EDITION, RELATES TO THE WORK OF THI5 PROJECT AND 15 HEREBY MADE A PART OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS THOUGH FULLY GONTAI NED I N THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 42. THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE NECESSARY NUMBER OF COPIES OF AIA DOCUMENT A -201 (www.AIA.org), TO BECOME ACQUAINTED WITH THE ARTICLES CONTAINED THEREIN AND TO REVIEW WITH ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND ANY OTHER PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT. 43. THE TENANT'S ARCH ITEGT, WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, MAY ORDER EXTRA WORK, ALTER, ADD TO, OR DEDUCT FROM THE CONTRACT WORK, I F THE INTENT 15 TO ADHERE TO A PREVIOUSLY AGREED UPON DESIGN WITHOUT ANY COST TO TENANT, IT'S AGENTS OR TENANT'S ARCHITECT. 44. NO CHANGE ORDERS OR EXTRAS FOR COSTS SHALL BE AUTHORIZED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. ANY ISSUANCE OF CREDITS SHALL BE CALCULATED BASED ON COMPETITIVE RATES AND EQUIPMENT COSTS APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 45. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AT ALL TIMES, AT THE PREMISES, LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVED PERMIT DRAWINGS, FOR REVIEW BY ANY INTERESTED PARTY. 46. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD WHERE THE CONTRACTOR'S BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND MATERI ALS SHALL BE LOCATED TO COORDINATE TRUCK TRAFFIC. AND DELIVERIES TO AND FROM THE BUILDING. 41. ANY APPROVAL BY THE TENANT FOR CHANGES IN THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL ONLY BE VALID IF IN GIVEN IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE TENANT OR BY THE TENANT'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE FOR SUCH PURPOSE. 48. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO PROTECT ALL NEUTRAL PIERS, LANDLORD'S AND ADJACENT TENANT CONSTRUCTION , AND MAKE ANY AND ALL REQUIRED REPAIRS TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE LANDLORD AND / OR THE TENANT IF THIS WORK 15 DAMAGED. 41. ALL FINISH AND EXPOSED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT COATED OR TREATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL SEE SPEC I F IGATI ON. 50. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL UPON COMMENDING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE, U.L. RATED HAND OPERATED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, IN QUANTITY, CAPACITY AND PLACEMENT PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND WHERE REQUIRED BY TENANT AND LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL. 51. ALL CEILINGS, WHERE SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENTS , SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS APPROVED AND OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE TYPE. SEE CEILING SPECIFICATION WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 52. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL, OR MORE OFTEN AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, OF TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PARTICIPATING IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF, AT LEAST ONCE A WEEK AND MORE FREQUENTLY AS TENANT MAY DIRECT, ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH CAUSED BY OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK AND, UPON COMPLETION THEREOF, REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY STRUCTURES, SURPLUS MATERIALS, DEBRIS AND RUBBISH OF WHATEVER KIND REMAINING IN THE BUILDING WH I CH HAD BEEN BROUGHT I N OR CREATED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS I N THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK. TH I S CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN A CLEAR PATH OF EGRESS FROM THE PREMISES FREE FROM TRASH AND RUBBISH AT ALL TIMES. ALL REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS TO AN APPROVED DUMPING SITE TO BE INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK. THE JOB -SITE SHALL BE KEPT NEAT AND ORDERLY AT ALL TIMES, AND BROOM SWEPT GLEAN DAILY OR MORE OFTEN WHEN REQUIRED. 53. ALL EXITS SHALL BE UNOBSTRUCTED AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OCCUPANCY. 54. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. 55. EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATING IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK SHALL . MAKE APPROPRIATE ARRANGEMENTS WITH LANDLORD FOR TEMPORARY UTILITY CONNECTIONS INGLUDING WATER AND ELECTRICITY, AS AVAILABLE WITHIN THE BUILDING, WHICH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AT SUCH LOCATIONS AS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY LANDLORD b. PAY THE COST OF THE CONNECTIONS AND OF PROPER MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF SAME, AND .. PAY ALL UTILITY CHARGES INCURRED AT THE PREVAILING RATES OF THE UTILITY COMPANY PROVIDING SUCH SERVICE TO THE BUILDING, DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION UP TO AND INGLUDING THE DATE OF "TURN OVER" TO THE TENANT. 56. IT 15 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S REQUIREMENT, THROUGH ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, TO RECONFIGURE AND BRING IN NEW UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED, TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 51. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE PUBLIC. UTILITY COMPANIES SUPPLYING UTILITIES TO THE AREA WHERE THE PROJECT 15 LOCATED, IN ORDER TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES, UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD, AND SECURE THE PROPER PROCEDURES WHILE WORKING ADJACENT TO, ABOVE OR NEAR SUCH UTILITIES TO AVOID ANY PROBLEMS WITH EXPLOSIONS, DISCONNECTION, REMOVALS, ETC. 58. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR ALL UTILITY METERS AND NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANY OF THE NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBERS OF THE TENANT FOR PERMANENT SERVICES. TENANT'S G.G. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SHALL BRING IN ALL ADDITIONAL SERVICES, ADEQUATE FOR TENANT'S NEEDS AS REQUIRED ,INGLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRIC, SPRINKLER, SOIL (WASTE), AND DOMESTIC WATER LINES (WHEN APPLICABLE). SEE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR FURTHER SCOPE OF WORK. 59. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL. EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE TENANT OR THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AMPERAGE / VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS, WIRING 51ZES AND REQUIREMENTS (SERVICE AND PANEL SPECIFICATION) WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS, AND CHECK THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR M I SGALCULATI ONS, I N COORD I NATION WITH EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT, THE CONTRACTORS OR OTHER SOURCES (A5 SPECIFIED BY THE ARCH ITEGT) AS A DOUBLE CHECK TO ASCERTAIN PROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AT THE CORRECT AMPERAGE / VOLTAGE AND WIRING SIZE. NO LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE ORDERED UNTIL THI5 "DOUBLE CHECK" TAKES PLACE. 60. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE I N THE APPL I CABLE "RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ". THE EXIT / EMERGENCY LIGHTING TOP 4 BOTTOM SHOULD BE PROPERLY LABELED AND APPROVED TYPE LOCKOUTS INSTALLED. 6I. ALL ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN TO BE NEW AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONDUIT AND WIRE TO THE DEMISED PREMISES TO BE EXTENDED TO THE POINT OF NEW PANELS BY THE CONTRACTOR AS NECESSARY AND SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THAT THESE UTILITY LINES ARE AT OR ADJACENT TO TENANT'S SPACE AS NOTED AND AT THE SIZE SPECIFIED, BASED ON GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S PRE -BID REVIEW OF PREMISES. IF THE UTILITIES ARE NOT IN LOCATIONS AS NOTED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR OF A SI ZE LARGER OR SMALLER THAN NOTED, THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO MODIFY THE SERV I GE ACCORDINGLY WITH EITHER NEW CONDUIT AND/ OR SERVICE WIRE EXTENDING BACK TO LANDLORD'S ELEGTRI GAL / METER ROOM SERVICE POINT, AND INCLUDE SUCH COSTS I N THE BID TO THE TENANT. 62. THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE A CIRCUIT DIRECTORY WITH PROPER PHASING AND BALANCING, WHICH 15 TO CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND UNDERWRITER'S CODE. THE SIGN(5) JUNCTION BOX PERMIT 15 TO BE INCLUDED IN THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE BOX 15 TO BE SUPPLIED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND PROPERLY LABELED. 65. ALL PLUMBING ROUGH -IN TO BE NEW AND PIPING TO THE DEMISED PREMISES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE POINT OF CONNECTION BY THE CONTRACTOR AS NECESSARY AND SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THAT THESE UTILITY LINES ARE AT OR ADJACENT TO TENANT'S SPACE AS NOTED AND AT THE SIZE SPECIFIED, BASED ON GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S PRE-51D REVIEW OF PREMISES. IF THE UTILITIES ARE NOT IN LOCATIONS AS NOTED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR OF A SIZE LARGER OR SMALLER THAN NOTED, THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO MODIFY THE SERVICE ACCORDINGLY WITH EITHER NEW PIPE AND FITT INGS EXTENDING BACK TO LANDLORD'S WATER CONNECTION POINT, AND INCLUDE SUCH COSTS IN THE BID TO THE TENANT. 64. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIXTURE CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL MILLWORK AND FIXTURES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE TENANT PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION. IT IS NOT THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW UP ON THESE OR ANY OTHER REQUIRED SHOP DRAWIN65. 65. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FIXTURES, UTILIZING SPECIFIED FIXTURE CONTRACTORS, AS NOTED. 66. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL NECESSARY GROUNDS AND BLOCKING FOR ALL MILLWORK AND FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQU I RED. CONTACT FIXTURE CONTRACTOR FOR SPEC I F I C REQUIREMENTS. 67. ALL EQUIPMENT, MILLWORK AND FIXTURES SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT TO BE UNLOADED, ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 68. THE PROPER RECEIPT AND INVENTORY OF ALL NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AT THE JOB SITE 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND / OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS (IF ANY). SECURE AND SAFE STORAGE OF ALL NEV AND EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN (IF ANY) WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY ADVISE TENANT OR TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ALL DAMAGED OR DEFICIENT SHIPMENTS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, WHETHER SUPPLIED BY TENANT OR DIRECTLY BY CONTRACTOR OR IT'S SUPPLIERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT ALL NECESSARY PAPERWORK AND ARRANGE INSPECTIONS OF DAMAGED GOODS AS PER TENANT CONSTRUCTION DEPT. REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY TENANT, OR TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY POSSIBLE DELAYS. INCOMPLETE ORDERS AND DELAYS ARE TO BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE SUPPLIER AND THE TENANT. SUBMIT CONFIRMATION OF ALL ORDERS, DELIVERY DATES, AND A FULL WRITTEN SCHEDULE TO TENANT. 6 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL UNLOAD, PROTECT AND INSTALL TENANT'S SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND FURNISHINGS. 70. ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN AND NEW BUILDING ENTRY GLASS AND DOORS, STOREFRONT AND INTERIOR GLAZING, I F APPL I GABLE, MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLIGABLE CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, LANDLORD'S AND TENANT'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARDS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD ALL EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN MEETS OR EXCEEDS SUCH GODES, STANDARDS, ETC. INGLUDIN6 BUT NOT LIMITED TO TYPE, SUPPORT, FRAMING METHODS, ETC. AND UPGRADE IF OR AS REQUIRED. ALL STOREFRONTS TO BE INSTALLED BY GLAZING SUBCONTRACTORS CAREFULLY FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS AND DETAILS FOR DE51GN AGAINST WIND LOAD CONSIDERATIONS, EVEN THOUGH SUCH INSTALLATION OF STOREFRONT GLAZING MAY BE IN AN ENCLOSED BUILDING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURAL SUPPORT/ HANGING CONDITIONS FOR STOREFRONT AND IF STRUCTURAL SPANS ABOVE FOR SUCH HANGING EXCEED NORMAL HANGING SUPPORT DETAILS OR SPAN AND / OR WIND LOAD CALCULATIONS ARE REQU I RED DUE TO LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS, TH 15 CONTRACTOR 15 TO HIRE A LOCAL STRUCTURAL CONSULTANT TO DESIGN SUCH SUPPORT SYSTEM HANGERS AND COMPLETE ALL STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS / DRAWINGS IN THOSE AREAS WHERE SUCH INFORMATION 15 REQUIRED AND TO INCLUDE SUCH COSTS IN THE BID TO THE TENANT. 71. ANY SUBSTITUTIONS OF FINISH MATERIALS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE TENANT IN WRITING. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING TWO (2) SAMPLES OF EACH PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. 72. ALL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS AND / OR FILLING IN OF DEPRESSED FLOOR AREAS LEVEL WITH CONCRETE OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIALS WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMING AND METAL DECK (IF APPLIGABLE) AND CONCRETE INSTALLATION. ALL FLOOR SLAB 75. PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE WATERTIGHT SLEEVES EXTENDING A MINIMUM 4" A.F.F. AND MUST BE INSTALLED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. CONCRETE SLABS MAY ONLY BE GORE DRILLED / SAW CUT, IF CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO PENETRATE SUCH SLAB ABOVE, BELOW OR ADJACENT TO TENANT'S SPACE; COORDINATION AND APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD WILL BE NECESSARY PRIOR TO GORE DRILLING / SAWGUTTING. IF THIS 15 A STRUCTURAL SLAB THEN ANY AND ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH SLAB MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'5 PLUMBING / ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR, WITH LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL, TO CORE DRILL / SAW GUT, (WHICHEVER 15 APPLICABLE) CONCRETE SLAB. IF SAW OF THE STRUCTURAL SLAB 15 PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD, MAKE REPAIRS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES. SLEEVE AND FIRE SEAL/ SAFE ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED CONSTRUCTION. 74. ALL. THE FLOOR FINISHES, WITHIN THE PREMISES, OR AT THE TRANSITION BETWEEN LANDLORD FLOOR FINISHES AND TENANT'S FLOOR FINISHES (AT ENTRY OR REAR DOOR, IF APPLICABLE) ARE TO BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TO AVOID TRIPPING HAZARDS AND BE WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF BARRIER FREE DESIGN. IF AN EXPANSION JOINT COVER 15 REQUIRED, SUCH COVER 15 TO BE LEVEL AND SMOOTH WITH TENANT'S FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION AND WILL NOT PROJECT ABOVE SUCH FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION. IF THE EXIST' N6 SLABS ARE NOT LEVEL, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EXTENSIVE FLASH PATCHING THROUGHOUT TO OBTAIN A SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE SLAB. 75. SHOULD AN EXPANSION JOINT OCCUR IN THE LEASED PREMISES, GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AFFECTED BY SUCH JOINT, INGLUDING FURNISHING AND INSTALLING A LEVEL, SLAB HEIGHT EXPANSION JOINT COVER, INGLUDING FLOOR, WALLS AND CEILING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ALL SUCH EXPANSION JOINTS IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ACCEPTABLE CONSTRUCTION DESIGN PRACTICES. 76. ANY SCAFFOLDING, SAFETY RAILINGS, BARRICADES AND / OR PROTECTION DEVICES REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT WILL BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THE BASE BID. PROTECTION OF WORK IN PLAGE - WORK IN PLACE THAT 15 SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BECAUSE OF OPERATIONS BEING CARRIED ON ADJACENT THERETO SHALL BE COVERED, BOARDED UP, OR SUBSTANTIALLY ENCLOSED WITH ADEQUATE PROTECTION. ALL FORMS OF PROTECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN A MANNER SUCH THAT, UPON COMPLETION, THE ENTIRE WORK WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER IN PROPER, WHOLE, AND UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC. THI5 DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD!. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE IS9JE 10/26/11 - TGP REVIEW #1 0/26/11 - LL REVIEW #I II/01/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arc v.c om STORE TYPE TECH 2 - �3 2010 -10 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUFPORT TOTAL PROJECT �. 6897 2855 SE/ fr 565 SF 3388 SF REGIS RE ARC I C ,, FREDERICK J GOGLIA STATE OF WASHINGTON RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 PERMIT CENTER THE CHILDREN'S PLACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, INA (48188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY GMM ARCVI510N PROJECT # 120118 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE GENERAL NOTES SHEET NUMBER DEMOLITION NOTES i ALL WORK TO BE CONDUCTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS 50 AS TO BECOME FAMILIARIZED WITH THE DEMOLITION AND / OR DEMOLITION WORK WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE RESULTS INTENDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ANTICIPATES THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN PART OR ITS ENTIRETY, AND THE DEMOLITION, RELOCATION AND REPOWERING OF CERTAIN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ITEMS RELATED TO OTHER TENANTS WHICH MAY PASS THROUGH OR OCCUPY THIS TENANTS SPACE. IT 15 THE INTENT THAT EACH PORTION OF THE DEMOLITION AND REMODELING WORK BE DONE BY THE SPECIFIC TRADE INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL INSTALLATION, THAT 15 - CARPENTRY WORK BY THE CARPENTRY TRADE, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK BY THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES RESPECTIVELY, AND 50 ON. THEREFORE, EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY EXAMINE THE PROPOSED WORK AND MAKE ALLOWANCES IN THEIR PROPOSAL FOR THE COST OF ALL DEMOLITION AND /OR DEMOLITION WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE END RESULTS INTENDED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO INSTALL A STOREFRONT BARRICADE PRIOR TO THE DEMOLITION PHASE OF THIS PROJECT, SUCH BARRICADE TO MEET THE LATEST BARRICADE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, INCLUDING THE PAINTING OF SUCH BARRICADE AND ANY 516NAGE ALLOWABLE BY LANDLORD AND UNDER LEASE OBLIGATION. COORDINATE WITH MALL TO BUILD PER MALL STANDARDS AND PER DETAIL 2 THIS SHEET. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE ALL DEMOLITION AS NOTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH FROM THE PROJECT AND BUILDING SITE DAILY. 4. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS TO BE REMOVED FROM THE PROJECT 51TE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD OR PLACED IN FRE- APPROVED DUMPSTER LOCATIONS; THIS CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE APPROVAL OF DUMPSTER LOCATION FROM BUILDING LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. 5. ALL DEBRIS REMOVED FROM THE PROJECT SITE TO BE DUMPED IN ONLY APPROVED DUMPING SITE. ANY ASBESTOS DEMOLITION OR DEBRIS DUMPING TO BE COMPLETED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, PER PROPER APPROVALS. 6. DEMOLITION WORK WILL REQUIRE APPROVAL FROM THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT, AND ALL INSURANCE PAPERS AS REQUIRED BY STATUTE AND THE LANDLORD OF THE BUILDING TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE REQUIRED LIMITS OF LIABILITY AND INDICATION OF INSURED PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 1. ALL AREAS WHERE DEMOLITION 15 TO OCCUR 15 TO BE SECTIONED OFF FROM THE PUBLIC AND ALL REQUIRED SHORING BRACING, BARRICADING, SCAFFOLDING TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 8. ALL WORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATUTE 4 O.S.H.A. REQUIREMENTS. 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT BUILDING LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE AND ALL UTILITY COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT TO ASCERTAIN BUILDING AND UTILITY COMPANY LINES ABOVE, WITHIN, OR BELOW PREMISES TO AVOID ANY POSSIBILITIES OF CUTTING SUCH LINES, CAUSING SERVICE DISRUPTION, EXPLOSIONS, ETC. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAW CUTTING, BREAKOUT AND DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE SLAB AT ALL AREAS WHERE UNDER SLAB MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK OCCURS. REVIEW AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES WITH THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. NOTE: DO NOT CUT SLAB WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD. ALL WORK TO BE DONE BEFORE OR AFTER MALL BUSINESS HOURS II. ALL WORK TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF TENANT AND BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION "RULES AND REGULATIONS" 12. DEMOLITION OR DEMOLITION REMOVAL TO BE COMPLETED IN A MANNER THAT THE "QUIET ENJOYMENT" OF ALL ADJACENT TENANTS OR THE BUILDING COMPLEX 15 ADHERED TO AND THE OPERATION OF ADJACENT TENANTS OR THE BUILDING 15 NOT HAMPERED IN ANY WAY. 13. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT TENANTS OR SPACES IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. 14. ALL CUTTING OF SERVICES OR UTILITIES AFFECTING THE BUILDING COMPLEX OR ADJACENT TENANTS INCLUDING SPRINKLER OPERATION TO BE COMPLETED DURING "OFF HOURS ". 15. ALL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION TO BE COMPLETED BY A BONDED LICENSED ELECTRICIAN. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND /OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT AND WIRING WORK AS CALLED OUT IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS NECESSARY WHETHER SUCH ITEMS ARE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR NOT,IN ORDER TO ACCOMPLISH THE INSTALLATION OF THE SPECIFIED NEW WORK EQUIPMENT. MATERIAL AND DEVICES REMOVED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR (IF ILEGEND EXISTING WALL OR FIXTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY EXISTING DOOR, FRAME TO BE DEMOLISHED AND REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY DEMOLITION KEY NOTES APPROVED BY THE TENANT). SUCH ITEMS MAY ONLY BE REUSED IF SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONDUIT, WIRE AND OUTLET BOXES REMOVED SHALL BE SCRAPPED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WHERE WALLS AND CEILING ARE TO BE REMOVED, THE CONDUIT 15 TO BE CUT OFF BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 50 THAT THE ABANDONED CONDUIT IN THESE WALLS AND CEILINGS MAY BE REMOVED WITH THE WALLS AND CEILINGS BY THE DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR ALL DEAD END CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE PLUGGED AT THE REMAINING LINE OUTLET BOXES OR AT THE PANELS, IF NOT COMPLETELY REMOVED. 16. ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED AND THE MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO BE EXTENDED AND RELOCATED BY THE GENERA.. CONTRACTOR INCLUDING SERVICE CONDUIT AND WIRE, WITH ALL NEW TRANSFORMER(S), DISCONNECTS(S), TROUGHS, PANELS, ETC. TO MAKE UP TENANT'S NEW FI FGTRIGAL DISTRIBUTION AREA, AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 11. ALL PLUMBING DEMOLITION TO BE COMPLETED BY A BONDED LICENSED PLUMBER. PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR TO VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING ON DEMOLITION, LOCATE ALL SUPPLY, WASTE AND VENT PIPING TO BE REMOVED, LABEL ALL SUPPLY, WASTE AND VENT PIPING TO REMAIN, COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AS TO ALL CONCRETE CUTTING OF SLABS WHICH WILL BE COMPLETED BY LANDLORD'S G.G., CAP BELOW SLAB LINES AS REQUIRED, BRING UP TO SLAB LINES ALL PIPES THAT ARE TO BE CREATED FOR CODE REQUIRED CLEAN -OUTS AND FOR ALL NEW CLEAN -OUTS. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL A BRAS FINISH PLATE LEVEL WITH FINISH FLOOR ON NEW WORK. ALL RECOMPAGTION, BACKFILLING AND NEW SLAB WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE IN COORDINATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CAP ALL LINES IN DEMISING WALLS THAT WILL NOT BE REUSED AND REMOVE ALL LINES CONCEALED IN DEMISING PARTITIONS THAT ARE BEING REMOVED. CC MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 18. THE PLUMBING SHOWN TO BE REMOVED AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, ROOF AND FLOOR SHALL BE SEALED AND LEVELED SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS. M. DEMOLITION WORK TO BE PHASED TO ALLOW PROPER EGRESS FOR ANY PERSON IN CASE OF FIRE OR HAZARD AND NO DEMOLITION WORK CAN OCCUR IF THE WORK JEOPARDIZES A MEANS OF EGRESS FOR THE PUBLIC. OR PROJECT EMPLOYEES. 20. PREPARE EXISTING FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISH PER FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING IN NEW STOCK ROOM AREA, PREPARE SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SEALANT. 21. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. 22. REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD AND ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. 23. ALL LABOR TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER LABOR COMPLETING WORK IN THE BUILDING. 24. ALL PARTITIONING AND FINISHES TO BE REMOVED, UNLE NOTED OTHERWISE, EXIST. FURRED WALLS AROUND PERIMETER TO BE REMOVED AS NOTED. 25. ALL SPRINKLER LINES, MAINS, BRANCHES, AND HEADS TO REMAIN OR TO BE MODIFIED, RAISED, REPOSITIONED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, OR LANDLORDS DESIGNATED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR (GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PRIOR TO BID) 26. REUSE EXISTING ROOF SUPPORTS AND OPENINGS TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE AND PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED, AND AS INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 21. ALL EXIST. UTILITIES WITHIN LEASE LINES TO BE RAISED AND MODIFIED AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING SPRINKLER LINES, TO ALLOW FOR TENANT'S NEW FINICHCD CEILING HEIGHT. 28. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE LANDLORD STOREFRONT BULKHEAD, TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL REPAIRS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 21. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE *TO VERIFY THAT THE PROPOSED DESIGN WILL NOT CONFLICT W/ ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CEILING HEIGHTS, STOREFRONTS, ETC. 30. INTERIOR DEMOLITION: DURING INTERIOR DEMOLITION ALL COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARE TO BE REMOVED, I.E. NON -FIRE RETARDANT STUDS, BLOCKING, PLYWOOD, PANELING AND ANY OTHER MATERIAL DEEMED COMBUSTIBLE. 31. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO REMAIN READILY AVAILABLE ON SITE DURING DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION PHASES W/ ALL WORKERS TRAINED IN THEIR PROPER USE 32. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CLEAR 8 FREE ACCESS TO ALL FIRE EXITS AT ALL TIMES. COORDINATE ALL TEMPORARY EXIT EXIT REDUCTION WITH MALL 8 LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS MALL CEILING HEIGHT V.I.F. WIDTH OF NEW BARRICADE COORDINATE W/ MALL THE CHILDREN S PL E coming soon ernploynneni opportunities caEi 1,688.tCP.WORK ( +awl 1488-827-9675 elaiidwup klea.cent 0 0 NEW CHILDREN'S PLACE BARRICADE AND GRAPHICS. GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY TGP AND INSTALLED BY G.G. NEW BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION BY G.G. COORDINATE SIZE AND CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH W/ MALL MANAGER. (PAINT TO MATCH (PT -I IF ALLOWED) NEW DOORS PROVIDED BY G.G. COORDINATE LOCK W/ MALL MANAGER 2 I SGHEMAT I G 5ARRI GADS ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE i p ITN VERIFY ANY EXISTING PIPES, BRACING, STRUCTURE, OTHER r OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION. NOTIFY TGP PM 4 ARCHITECT OF ANY ITEMS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK DG -2 ; EXISTING FIXTURES, COUNTERS, BUILT ELEMENTS, DISPLAY _,,,,,,,,_,., ETC TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY " EXISTING STRUCTURE OR EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENT TO �NDG „�`�'' REMAIN, VERIFY EXACT SIZE IN FIELD DG 4 EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN FP1A,i /fir (-6-6-_,,--, REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS ,,,, REQUIRED V E D0-1 ,, RELOCATE/REUSE EXIST. SPRINKLER HEADS AS REG'D. PER ......................_:' NEW LAYOUT (SEE RCP, A4.0) I DG 2 ': REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHTS, ACT CEILING, DECORATIVE { ELEMENTS, ETC. IN THEIR ENTIRETY, TYP DG-3 EXISTING CEILING TO REMAIN, REMOVE EXISTING ACT TILE 4 EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING TO REMAIN. REMOVE ALL DG -4 LIGHTS 4 PATCH GEILIN6 FOR NEW LAYOUT. ( D6-5 `, EXISTING GYP. SD. CEILING TO BE REMOVED. NEW GEILIN6 ,.,,,,,,_,._� i TO BE FLUSH VV/ADJACENT GYP BD. CEILING, SEE A4.O , i DF: ' REMOVE ANY EXISTING FLOOR FINISH THROUGHOUT STORE. z. 2'' PREP EXISTING FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. FLASH PATCH / LEVEL EXISTING FLOOR AS REQUIRED FArri 0716. coiwirr--. -7 ir z OD5-5 , DB-I 516106E, EXISTING° STOREFRONT SOFFIT, &LASS DOORS, 5166E, ti „ _,,,,• ._,;J ETC TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY TO MALL BULKHEAD, TYP t DS -2 EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER PER MALL STANDARDS TO iltr FeliVAr.i14S117jr ') 7-. , , r f z A For,-A-7,047407 .4-07---clive-:-. .-T.4w .47/"..f.,,-,,,, , ,Arezdy,,...40,,,Ar .A. zoor Ad ERXEIISTTln6 STOREFRONT FRAMING AND GLASS TO %rdi® Feat Kir i - vim / / / /��� /Z�� �Z AI J , fir f? .1/,'■• I A rezr, oc DT -2 EXISTING TO REMAIN, GLEAN AND REFURBISH TO NEW DT -4 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN ®0ii' iii' i' �riiiiii rif %t ~+DU -2 EXISTING ELEC. SERVICE TO REMAIN, SEE MEP DRAWINGS retreirrOXV-Ve.:SW --173, ZerAitrdiCingrytv,±r 017- 111/edra -", - - Air :60,,, A `. DU -4 REMOVE EXISTING HOT WATER HEATER, SEE MEP .................,, DRAWINGS REMOVE EXIST. FINIHCS AND WALL FIXTURES DOWN TO D _I-- .+ C EXISTING 6YP BD DEMISING WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF FIRE RATING, TYP. IN --I' EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN 1-1-; ,.. INTEGRITY OF FIRE RATING rAlreilr, i� % I `his//�/��//�fo///r//`'������� A DW -4 REMOVED, ALLLS,, R RS�HARDWARE, ETC. TO BE DW -5 .1: 6.0. TO REMOVE ALL PRODUCT SHELVING, TYP FrA jer*TV* = 734. Crif(Sktr,,, ,f,,rillrir:An.,rAorr IfiragrirrAr i 'A 6 0 I -.4a.94 PI, 414 r zz A Dw_-, '` PORTION OF WALL TO BE REMOVED TO MAKE NEW DOOR -4 SERVIGEI CORRIDOR DG -3 i `DG (V DG -2 ) DG -3 DG-3 DF -I DW -5 ir DU-2 / / /\ / /\ / WIN • DG -1 h H DW -4 DU- 4...,.) DT -4 DIN-1 ) ZDG- . DG -2 ;_DG -3 DG -I DG -4 s , DT -2 L.. CRAZY 8 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MI MI I DIN-I 3 DIN-2 1 r DW -I DA-2 DG -3 DG 3` DW -4 DG- D5 -I ` D5 -2 D5 -5 ) MALL CONCOURSE DG -3 DG-3 f DG -3 I. ................LOVE CULTURE NOTE: GC 15 RESPONSIBLE TO REVIEW THE MEP DRAWINGS 4 FORWARD ANY QUESTIONS TO THE TCP SR DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION. ^ DG -3 D5 -2 i 35 g RECEIVED NOV 0 8 2012 I. ANY EXISTING EQUI NT OR COMPONENT WITHIN OR ON THE ROOF OR PERTAINING TO THE PREMISES THAT 15 BEING ABANDONED MUST E DEMOLISHED COMPLETELY AND PROPERLY REMOVED FROM PREMISES. 2. ALL ABOVE GROUND UTILITY LINES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. ALL UNDER SLAB UTILITY LINES TO BE CUT, CAPPED AND SEALED PER CODE. 3. ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ABOVE THE LEASED PREMISES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED BY TENANT GC AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. ROOF MUST BE PROPERLY PATCHED BY MALL REQUIRED ROOFER, WHERE APPLCIABLE. ROOF CURBS MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF PATCHED TO MALL STANDARDS - DO NOT CAP. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. 4. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS MUST BE CORE BORED OR SAW CUT. GC MUST X -RAY OR OTHERWISE VERIFY THAT THERE ARE NO EXISTING UNDER SLAB CONDITIONS OR UTILITIES THAT WILL BE AFFECTED PRIOR TO CORING /GUTT ING CONCRETE. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. 5. OPENING ON ELEVATED SLABS MUST BE SLEEVED, SEALED, FIRE STOPPED, AND WATERPROOFED. 6. ALL PIPING SLEEVES MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4 ", OR TO THE HEIGHT OF THE BASE. 1. COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE AND DUMPSTER 15 TO BE COORDINATED WITH MALL MANAGEMENT ON SITE 0114i MelintEXMVIL i DEMOLITION FLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 0 2011 ARCVISION, INC. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV PATE ISSUE 10/26/11 - TGF REVIEW #1 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #I 11/0 7/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.ercv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 - 5 2010 -10 NE3 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUFFORT TOTAL 2853 SE 565 5E 5318 5E PROJECT 897 THE CHILDREN'S REGISTER ARyHITE FREOF RT,K 1 GOGL{A STATE r,r v\IA;;1INGTOry LACE STORE 1522 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 1 S I SS SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP ARGVISION PROJECT # 120118 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE DEEMOL I T I ON PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES SHEET NUMBER x HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 0 THERMOSTAT W TH CONTROL WIRING -c - le MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER { 3.M9 MOTORIZED DAMPER 0 HUMIDISTAT (BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER) -C -FD FIRE DAMPER G ROUND DUCT RISER OR DROP -C -W SMOKE DAMPER STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - 5 SUPPLY OR OUTDOOR AIR DUCT RISER OR DROP (SA OR OA) -C M-iR� COMBINATION FRE AND SMOKE DAMPER ..W...,�..�.,...�.�.,.. ..,,...q.,.,�...�., - A..A,,. ._.. SQUARE/RECTANGULAR DIFFUSER WITH AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE. PROVIDE SECTORIZING BAFFLES TO ACHIEVE AIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. . .�,.,._�....,n, ...............� ,q.....w.... ,.. ....,, _ W.... .. ........._.. �� ..... N ............ RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT RISER OR DROP (RA OR EA) PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL '%� 6897 REGIST ED ;aCHI T ;" �� � - la �<t;1' ►r 10 f D-X W RECTANGULAR DUCT WITH SIZE FIRST FIGURE IS SIDE SHOWN 101. \ \ /600 / 10'0 D -X ���� \ ROUND DIFFUSER W I H AIRFLOW TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE .____ ...YW.W.�.o._...Ay��..�.,_ 10 0 ROUND DUCT WITH SIZE Emil FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH SIZE ......,., �...v.... �........,..- .�T..�...�- �.- ,..� ..��__.... ,.e,.. . _ .. ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES EXISTING .,..... ..... ..... �.d.....��,�.....o... SUPPLY GRILLE WITH AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE. ADJUST BLADES OR PATTERN CONTROLLER TO ACHIEVE AIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. le L " �- �� 1>• •: m X00 12/60-f NEW WORK CHECKED BY RF V I hi 14 POINT OF CONNECTION BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING WORK. 100 Grill '6/6 G-X EXHAUST AIR GRILLE WITH AIRFLOW TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE 1200 , 0CM OA . MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR 6/6 G X RETURN AIR GRILLE WITH TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ' #F, HATCH PATTERN INDICATES ITEMS BEING REMOVED. %���d /A0 wW NOTE: NOT EVERY DEVICE OR SYMBOL IN THIS LEGEND MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATION TERM ABBREVIATION TERM AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE FA OR OA OUTDOOR AIR EA EXHAUST AIR RA RETURN AIR HVAC HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SA SUPPLY AIR ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS) DEVICE SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 0 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 0 ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (1 PER DZC) ® DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER ® CO2 SENSOR (ONLY IF INDICATED ON PLANS) NOTE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IS MANUFACTURED BY SIEMENS, FURNISHED BY THE OWNER TO THE GC FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GC. COORDINATE EXACT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION RESPONSIBIUTIES WITH THE GC. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS AND EMS1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MECHANICAL SYMBOL LEGEND i GENERAL NOTES A. EX/S77NG CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON RECORD DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER P. AND /OR LIMITED FIELD VER /FICA T70N. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDI TONS AT NO ADD /770NAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIACA 770N OF ALL EXIS77NG Q. CONDITIONS PR /OR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSA 710N WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT 7HE PROJECT SITE PR /OR TO SUBMIT77NG THE B /D. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIA TEL Y REPORTED TO 7HE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DEMOLITION WORK PR /OR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO DEMOLISH ALL EX/S77NG AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLA770N /CONSTRUC71ON OF NEW WORK D. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE W771 ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES. E. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINA 7E WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS AB. F. 7151E CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERA 1E WITH THE OTHER TRADES SO 7HA T THE /NSTALLA 770N OF ALL EQUIPMENT MAY BE PROPERLY COORDINATED. AC. G. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED SHALL FIT 7HE SPACE AVAILABLE WITH CONNECTIONS IN THE REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND WITH ADEQUA 1E SPACE FOR OPERA T7NG AND SERVICING. 7HE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY OMGRAMMATIC AND INDICA 1E THE INTENT OF 7HE /NSTALLA 770N WHILE THE SPEC /FICA 7TONS AND EQUIPMENT LIST DENOTE 7HE TYPE AND QUALITY OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE USED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. WHERE A CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN 77/E DRAWINGS AND THE SPEC /FICA770NS, THE HIGHER AND /OR MORE COSTLY STANDARD WILL APPLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENG /NEER WHOSE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE SUBSEQUENTLY IN THIS REGARD ON BEHALF OF 7751E CONTRACTOR AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. H. COORDINATE DUCT ROUTING AND HEIGHTS IMTH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE STARTING WORK. I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO CONFORM THE STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVE CEILING HEIGHTS AND HEADROOM AND MAKE ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ACCESSIBLE. J. ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT MUST BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. K. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO DECK ABOVE. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE (Le. BEAMS, JOISTS) ONLY. DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W1TN LOCAL CODE. ALL CONNECTIONS TO JOISTS SHALL BE MADE AT THE TOP CORD. L. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WfTH 1 -1/2" ACOUS77CAL DUCT UNER OR WRAPPED WITH 2' THICK ARE RETARDANT FIBERGLASS VON A REINFORCED ALUMINUM FOIL JACKET AND SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE BY SMACNA AND NA /MA. RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTIMDRK WITHIN 10 FEET OF 7HE UNIT FAN SHALL BE LINED WITH f" ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER. M. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO 7HE BOTTOM OF THE STRUCTURE N. THIS PROJECT U77UZES A PLENUM RETURN AIR CEILING DESIGN. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MA TER /ALS INSTALLED IN THE PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RA 71NGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS 0. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AELD VERIACA 770N OF ALL U77LITY RUNS AND /OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS LOCH TED ON THE PREMISES PRIOR TO BIDDING. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELA 77NG TO THE RELOCA 770N OF, DAMAGE TO, REPAIR OF ANY EX /STING UTILITY RUNS AND /OR IMPROVEMENTS WHICH ARE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF TENANT'S WORK IN OR AROUND THE PREMISES R. MALL AA. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE, IF REQUIRED IN LEASE OR TENANT CRT1 ERIA MANUAL. AT 7HE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AN NEBB, AABC OR TABB CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AND LANDLORD. 771E BALANCING MUST BE COMPLETED BY AN INDEPENDENT, THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR WI7H NO 77ES TO THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS REFER TO T1.0 FOR EXACT PROJECT SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. COORDINA 77ON.• 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF 7HE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL. TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS CONTRACT CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDI T70NAL COST TO 7HE TENANT PARTS OF THE BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS THAT FALL INTO LEASE LINE SHALL REMAIN UNDISTURBED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROI'7DE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, RELAYS, DETECTORS, COMPONENTS, ETC., FOR FlRE ALARM OR CONTROL SYSTEM INTERLOCK IF APPLICABLE VERIFY WITH MALL PERSONNEL BEFORE BID. DEVQU77AN PLAN NOTES 1. EXISTING DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCT RUNOUT TO BE REMOVED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING DUCT LOCA 770N TO REMAIN. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VER /FY EXISTING SPRINKLER LINE LOCATION TO REMAIN. 4. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE REMOVED. SEE SHEET SP20 FOR NEW WORK. 5 EXISTING VA V BOX AND ASSOCIATED DUCT RUNOUT TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. ASSOCIATED 7HERMOSTA T AND REPLACE W 7H NEW SEE SHEET EMS1. 0. 6. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMAIN AND BE REUSED. 7. EX /STING 7HERMOSTA T TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE (GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES i SERVICE CORRIDOR 0 X X CRAZY 8 NOTE 4 NOTE 3 x REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ;s X X t ,J NOTE 3 NOTE 4 LOVE CULTURE NOTE 4 NOTE 3 Q pig 3s8 I • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.. NOV 0 8 2012 =tll j (...ENTE,= PROJECT . EN'S k� . STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL �, SEATTLE, 1NA 88188 r DATE I55UE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT FREDERICK GOGLIA ARCHITECT, + RDI �o CRAIG ROAD, � 30o sr. Loin, Mo s� PI-L (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415-2300 rnrw.ercvcom STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - 5 © 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS DRAWING THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606EIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFE5510NAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOW,ES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVEREGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR ORREGT Y TO THE IND I GATED SIZE. SCALE G L THESE DRAIN( N65 WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA 10/26/11 - TGP REV I E N #1 _�...�,�.. e. �.. .,�..�.m....�....�..,.W..... —.� ._ ..�.oa...........�......�.. ,...�.�.. �,em ..W...,�..�.,...�.�.,.. ..,,...q.,.,�...�., - A..A,,. ._.. . .�,.,._�....,n, ...............� ,q.....w.... ,.. ....,, _ W.... .. ........._.. �� ..... N ............ ...M�..�.........�...,m..,.. A�.....�.�...��,o._........ d... �. �.... .�.......�,a....�..�.�....q..�F 10/2%/I I — LL REVIEW #I PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 SFr,- 363 5E. , 6897 REGIST ED ;aCHI T ;" �� � - m ��mm I I �O��I 2 - FOR PERMIT T _ ...,�,. .�,�.m - ..�.. - _�.. ......w�......�....n_�. _ ... . ..N .. _ �. �.....µ.. ,, ....,..�44.,�,�� ...�,,.,.�.._.. ._e._ 3388 5E. .____ ...YW.W.�.o._...Ay��..�.,_ ..,.....__ . ,._.,_.. ,..._....... L� -�--� .,�.,.,.. ,.�.WH......� ..d...o..,..._ ...... .......�....�,�.,...... _.�. _�� ._____ ..... 4n .,_4.....,........._...u.,.,.� ,... �o...... �a......_. �. �... �.. v ..._....�n...._...o.,....._._, .., .....�..m.. _.....M..� _.,.Y....._.�.e�._..�.... ....... w ,�............�.. . „ N..p..�.. ......,., �...v.... �........,..- .�T..�...�- �.- ,..� ..��__.... ,.e,.. . _ .. ..__..,..��_,._w.n...,......... ._ � �' ..... ......... ._....,.� .,..... ..... ..... �.d.....��,�.....o... SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY NI7 SHEET TITLE DMOL I TI Old FLAN SHEET NUMBER 1:3 2 a 0 ...d,.om..... .y.�.pvw,........�.... , ......,........,o.�.......� ....o___.._ ...�..�w.,.n......_......M...d, ARGYISION PROJECT 120gg8 CHECKED BY RF LEGEND I PARTI T I ON LEGEND ROOM NAME ROOM # € WX -I FX I FLOOR FINISH X -I GX I CEILING FINISH WALL FINISH WALL BASE EXISTING PARTITION NEW PARTITION NEW DOOR GC SHALL INSTALL HM DOOR FRAMES PRIOR INSTALLING FLOOR FINISHES, TYP. JANITOR CLOSET 105 rT -1 " ;" FC -1 B -1 ACT -EX 18' -4 1/8" 8 8 EXIST. SERVICE DOOR ID SIGN TO CONFORM WITH MALL STANDARDS dJ ►n SERVICE GORRf l7Q • C DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1' -4 5/4" FOR MANAGER'S DESK, STOCK SHELVES, ETC. SEE A2.0 FIXTURE PLAN j PROVIDE CORNER GUARDS "CG" TO 1' -O" A.F.F. AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AT STOCK ROOM 4 HALLWAY (TYP.) A EXISTING 10 TOILET ROOM CRAZY S EXIST. DEMISING WALL, MAINTAIN ALL FIRE RATINGS LEASE LINE PT -1 ' FC -1 B -1 PT -1 TELEPHONE REMARK ABOVE. MOUNTED 10' -0" AFF TO TOP OF REMARK SOUND SYSTEM SHELF, MOUNT AT 1' -O" AFF. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ A2.0 FIXTURE PLAN -8 1/2" 10' -6" 14' -6" 10' -6" LEVEL 4 FINISH AT DISPLAY WINDOW ONLY, TYP. 6 1/4" ARMOIRE ARMOIRE PROVIDE WHITE CORNER GUARDS "CG" TO 1 -0" A.F.F., TYP. TRANSFORMER, SEE ELEC DINGS FOR MORE INFO FLUSH FLOOR 50X PROVIDE POWER/DATA FEEDS TO CASHWRAP FROM SLAB BELOW, COORDINATE SLAB TRENCHING WITH LL AS REQUIRED. LEVEL, FLASH, INFILL TRENCH W/ CONCRETE AND PREPARE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH LINE OF MILLWORK LIGHT COVE ABOVE - SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR FURTHER INFO LEVEL 4 FINISH A DISPLAY WINDOW ONLY, TY MULLION MOUNTED SECURITY SYSTEM`'( SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED LINE OF SOFFIT DEC 03 2012 GLASS DOORS AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ELECTRI CAL EQUIPMENT /PANEL LOCATION. SEE ELEG DINGS FOR MORE INFO CASILMRAPJ .::::........: CASILINRAL3 LEVEL 4 FINISH Air DISPLAY WINDOW ONLY, TY LEVEL 5 FINISH IN ALL VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LEVEL 2 FINISH ALL OTHERS, TYP 16' -6" CHILD SAFETY B RRIER. SEE DETAIL 2 /AI.I -TYP ARMO IRE HOW ARMOIRE 5 5/8" zfo HOLD ;t LEVEL 4 FINISH AT DISPLAY WINDOW ONLY, TYP. 12' -1" 14' -6" 14' -6" 51' -6" I /8" 1 5/8" 12' -6" 1 I/8" 53' -O" I' -I 1 3/4" C I' -1 1/2" 100' -6 1/4" LEASE LINE STOCK ROOM --------------- 104 wPT- 1 FC- 2.......,' B -3 ACT —EX LOVE GULTUR ..: I NOTE: • REFER TO SHEET AI.I FOR PARTITION TYPES • REFER TO SHEET AI.2 FOR COMPLETE FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE • REFER TO SHEET A1.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE / THRESHOLD DETAIL5 5" 2' -0 3/4" DISPLAY WINDOW 100E PT -1 I FC -1 . . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . ........... .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . : :. : NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF ALL AS -BUILT FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF TENANT FIT -OUT. NOTIFY TOP G.M. IMMEDIATELY OF ANY D 15GREPANC I ES THAT EXIST BETWEEN THE AS -BUILT DIMENSIONS AND NEW CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS DEPICTED IN THIS SET OF DRAWINGS y t' ;.:64.::t\�u': �F�n4���\ `��"•.#n'v�i t.. :£' f'�. ... v. \.. K`U•� \\ `.a`.i.u�.`n•.). '�»�@:. NOTE: HOLD ALL TOILET ROOM, FITTING ROOM AND HALLWAY DIMENSIONS TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCES M.:`,. \ice VU- ... ts a-35-e ® 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA PATE ISSUE REV PATE ISSUE ARCHITECT 10/26/11 — TGP REVIEW #1 10/26/11 — LL REVIEW #1 I I/07/12 — FOR PERMIT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUD, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — E3 2010 -10 WB PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE REGISTERED ARCHI CT SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5E R`ECIF�RICI( J GOGLI STATE OF WASHINGTt N LACE 3388 5E STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA c18188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY .ALP SHEET TITLE CONSTRUCTION PLAN SHEET NUMBER ARGVISION PROJECT # 120gg8 CHECKED BY LLJ NOTE: NOT ALL PARTITION TYPES USED, SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN SHEET A .0 FOR INFORMATION EXISTING STRUCTURE INFILL FIRE SEALANT TOP AND BOTTOM AND AT ALL OPENINGS TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQUIRED GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING, MATCH AND ALIGN TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION EXISTING WALL BASE A5 SCHEDULED r" . SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" NOTE: EXISTING WALL SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. VERIFY HEIGHT OF EXIST. WALLS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF PARTITION WALLS DO NOT EXTEND TO DECK, EXTENSION OF WALL MAY BE REQUIRED. INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/S" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. OVER EXISTING STUDS ON TGP SIDE ONLY PARTI T ON TYPE EXISTING STRUCTURE BRAGS TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AT L x' TOP OF WALL - � EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GLNG. (TYP.) GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 BRACE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AT MID - HEIGHT 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16 " O.G. INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. P. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. VARIES 4 1/4" ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL 2 SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE B USE 1 5/8" 20 GA MTL STUDS SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE 5 6 USE 6" 20 GA MTL STUDS PARTITION TYPE SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -O" 4" X 4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SECURED TO FINISHED FLOOR W/ COUNTERSUNK COLOR MATCHED SCREWS -TYP. INSTALLED BY G.G. 3/8" FROSTED PLEXI -GLAS SAFETY BARRIER, WITH I/4" RADIUS ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES, SET IN 3/4" X 3/4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL 4' -0" MAX. ` DISPLAY WINDOW SIDE A a � " 4' -O" MAX. (VERIFY PER LOCATION) 4" � i • / INTERIOR SIDE RETURN WALL 3/4" X 3/4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL 4" X 4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SECURED TO FINISHED FLOOR ( , W/ COUNTERSUNK COLOR MATCHED jr1" SCREWS -TYP. INSTALLED BY G.G. 3/8" FROSTED PLEXI -&LAS ` SAFETY BARRIER ! t r �+ t N '�� ISOMETRIC I 2 SAFETY BARRIER DETAIL SCALE: 3/4"=11-0" PARTITION TYPE NOTES I. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE "X" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. GYPSUM BOARD HEIGHTS: a. CONTINUE GYPSUM BOARD TO 6" MINIMUM ABOVE GEILING. b. WHERE NO GEILING 15 PROVIDED, RUN GYPSUM BOARD 6" ABOVE ADJACENT ROOM CEILING HEIGHT (12' -0" MIN.). c. IF A JANITOR'S CLOSET OR ELEGTRIG ROOM ARE PRESENT AND DO NOT HAVE A FINISHED GEILING, RUN GYPSUM BOARD UP TO 12' -0" A.F.F. (SEE Al .0 AND A4.0). 3. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TAPED, SPAGKLED (3) GOATS PRIMED FOR LEVEL THREE (3) FINISH AT ALL VISIBLE AREAS, LEVEL TWO (2) FINISH BEHIND WALL PANELS AND OTHER AREAS NOT V I S I L E TO PURL I G (LEVEL FOUR (4) FINISH AT DISPLAY WINDOW AREA ONLY) 4. - SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 5. INSTALL WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN TOILET ROOMS, JANITOR'S CLOSET AND AT WALL BEHIND / IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 6. ALL WOOD BLOCKING (WHERE /WHEN ALLOWED BY GODS) FOR STANDARDS, SHELVING AND IN STOREFRONT TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIAL. 1. ALL PLYWOOD AND /OR MDF TO BE FIRE RETARDANT. 8. I T 15 THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPON51 51 L I TY TO PROVIDE HORIZONTAL SOLID WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF ANY WALL HUNG FIXTURE -ALL FIXTURE BLOCKING MUST MEET STATE AND LOCAL GORE APPROVAL FOR MAXIMUM WEIGHT SUPPORT (P.5.1.) PER SQUARE I NCH. a. ALL. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM LEASE LINE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT SPACE FROM THE LEASE LINE AND NOTIFY TGP SR. DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY D15CREPANGIES. 10. PROTECTION OF JOINTS 8 PIPE/DUCT PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL NOT BE CONGEALED FROM VIEW UNTIL INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY LOCAL GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY. II. INSTALL ANTI - MICROBIAL GYP P. IN ALL LOCATIONS BELOW GRADE. 0 2011 ARCVISION, INC.. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR 1-415 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE EXISTING STRUCTURE GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 FOR INFO GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 FASTEN TRACK TO CEILING GRID 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" 0.G. 4 'U8' ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL GYP BD ONLY ONE SIDE SALES AREA FART IT ON TYPE Aii X 1 • 1 14 EXISTING STRUCTURE BRAGS TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AT L x' TOP OF WALL - � EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GLNG. (TYP.) GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 BRACE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AT MID - HEIGHT 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16 " O.G. INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. P. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. VARIES 4 1/4" ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL 2 SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE B USE 1 5/8" 20 GA MTL STUDS SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE 5 6 USE 6" 20 GA MTL STUDS PARTITION TYPE SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -O" 4" X 4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SECURED TO FINISHED FLOOR W/ COUNTERSUNK COLOR MATCHED SCREWS -TYP. INSTALLED BY G.G. 3/8" FROSTED PLEXI -GLAS SAFETY BARRIER, WITH I/4" RADIUS ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES, SET IN 3/4" X 3/4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL 4' -0" MAX. ` DISPLAY WINDOW SIDE A a � " 4' -O" MAX. (VERIFY PER LOCATION) 4" � i • / INTERIOR SIDE RETURN WALL 3/4" X 3/4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL 4" X 4" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SECURED TO FINISHED FLOOR ( , W/ COUNTERSUNK COLOR MATCHED jr1" SCREWS -TYP. INSTALLED BY G.G. 3/8" FROSTED PLEXI -&LAS ` SAFETY BARRIER ! t r �+ t N '�� ISOMETRIC I 2 SAFETY BARRIER DETAIL SCALE: 3/4"=11-0" PARTITION TYPE NOTES I. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE "X" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. GYPSUM BOARD HEIGHTS: a. CONTINUE GYPSUM BOARD TO 6" MINIMUM ABOVE GEILING. b. WHERE NO GEILING 15 PROVIDED, RUN GYPSUM BOARD 6" ABOVE ADJACENT ROOM CEILING HEIGHT (12' -0" MIN.). c. IF A JANITOR'S CLOSET OR ELEGTRIG ROOM ARE PRESENT AND DO NOT HAVE A FINISHED GEILING, RUN GYPSUM BOARD UP TO 12' -0" A.F.F. (SEE Al .0 AND A4.0). 3. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TAPED, SPAGKLED (3) GOATS PRIMED FOR LEVEL THREE (3) FINISH AT ALL VISIBLE AREAS, LEVEL TWO (2) FINISH BEHIND WALL PANELS AND OTHER AREAS NOT V I S I L E TO PURL I G (LEVEL FOUR (4) FINISH AT DISPLAY WINDOW AREA ONLY) 4. - SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 5. INSTALL WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN TOILET ROOMS, JANITOR'S CLOSET AND AT WALL BEHIND / IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 6. ALL WOOD BLOCKING (WHERE /WHEN ALLOWED BY GODS) FOR STANDARDS, SHELVING AND IN STOREFRONT TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIAL. 1. ALL PLYWOOD AND /OR MDF TO BE FIRE RETARDANT. 8. I T 15 THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPON51 51 L I TY TO PROVIDE HORIZONTAL SOLID WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF ANY WALL HUNG FIXTURE -ALL FIXTURE BLOCKING MUST MEET STATE AND LOCAL GORE APPROVAL FOR MAXIMUM WEIGHT SUPPORT (P.5.1.) PER SQUARE I NCH. a. ALL. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM LEASE LINE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT SPACE FROM THE LEASE LINE AND NOTIFY TGP SR. DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY D15CREPANGIES. 10. PROTECTION OF JOINTS 8 PIPE/DUCT PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL NOT BE CONGEALED FROM VIEW UNTIL INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY LOCAL GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY. II. INSTALL ANTI - MICROBIAL GYP P. IN ALL LOCATIONS BELOW GRADE. 0 2011 ARCVISION, INC.. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR 1-415 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE EXISTING STRUCTURE GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 FOR INFO GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 FASTEN TRACK TO CEILING GRID 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" 0.G. 4 'U8' ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL GYP BD ONLY ONE SIDE SALES AREA FART IT ON TYPE EXISTING STRUCTURE \ I I� EXTEND EVERY 3RD STUD TO EXISTING STRUCTURE - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR ATTACHMENT 4 BRACING CONDITIONS EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GLNG. (TYP.) x GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 20 A. METAL STUDS AT I6" O.G., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES I TYPE D: 3 5 /8" METAL. STUDS TYPE D6: 6" METAL STUDS BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. 4/8' ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL 7 I/4" ACTUAL AT PARTITION TYPE "D6" 7" NOMINAL AT PARTITION TYPE "D6" 6 SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE D USE 6" 20 GA MTL STUDS PARTITION TYPE SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -O" Aii X 1 • 14 EXISTING STRUCTURE \ I I� EXTEND EVERY 3RD STUD TO EXISTING STRUCTURE - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR ATTACHMENT 4 BRACING CONDITIONS EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GLNG. (TYP.) x GEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 20 A. METAL STUDS AT I6" O.G., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES I TYPE D: 3 5 /8" METAL. STUDS TYPE D6: 6" METAL STUDS BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. 4/8' ACTUAL 5" NOMINAL 7 I/4" ACTUAL AT PARTITION TYPE "D6" 7" NOMINAL AT PARTITION TYPE "D6" 6 SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE D USE 6" 20 GA MTL STUDS PARTITION TYPE SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -O" EXISTING STRUCTURE SEE DETAIL *1 FOR ATTACHMENT 4 BRACING CONDITIONS EXTEND GYP. BD. ON STOCK ROOM 51 DE (SEE AI.0) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 EXTEND GYP. BD. FULL HEIGHT AT STOCK ROOM 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT t " 0.C., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES TYPEE.,,. _,......._ ................____ 3 5/8" METAL STUDS TYPE E6: 6" METAL STUDS f BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. 4 7/8 GTUAL 5" NOMINAL 7 I/4" ACTUAL AT PARTITION TYPE "E6" 7" NOMINAL AT PARTITION TYPE "E6" SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE 6 EUSE6 "20 GA MTL STUDS PARTI T ON TYPE SCALE: I/2 "= I' -0" 803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such interior finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with their flame spread and smoke - developed indexes. Class A: Flame spread index 0 -25; smoke - developed index 0-450. Class B: Flame spread index 26 -75; smoke - developed index 0-450. Class C: Flame spread index 76 -200; smoke - developed index 0-450. Construction framing materials, interior finishes, cabinetry and plastics shall comply with non- combustible material requirements or meet self - ignition temperature and smoke - developed index as specified in the code for this specific buildings type of construction. (IBC CHAPTER 7, 8 & 26) 5 NOT USED 15 AI NOT USED EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE; V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE; V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH *8 BUGLE HEAD \ S.M.S. (TYP) DEFLECTION TRACK HILTI X U SHOTP I NS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTION 3 5/8" 20 GA. WALL BRAG ING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS a 48" 0.C. *8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECTION TO EXISTING DECK HILTI X U SHOTPINS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTION �-"-3 5/8" SECONDARY k. FRAMING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS RUN STUDS TO DECK, DO NOT ATTACH, RUN GYP. BD. TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK, PROVIDE FIRE CAULK I F RATED WALL #8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECTION TO EXISTING DECK NOT ALLOWED, GYP. BD. TO DECK EXISTING DECK EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE, V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 HILTI X U SHOTPINS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTI ON STUD SPANS PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE 3625125 -30 at 16" o.c.: 15' -5" 3625151 -33 at lb" o.c.: ° I6' -9" 3625131 -43 at lb" o.c.: ° IV-2" 3625162 -54 at 16" o.c.: ° 20` -5 "' 6005125 -SO at lb" o.c.: ° 22' -10" 6005131 -33 at I6" o.c.: ° 24' -9" 3 5/8" SECONDARY FRAMING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS *8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECT I ON TO EXISTING DEGK NOT ALLOWED 1--- NOT USED UL #4161 Aii X 1 • EXISTING STRUCTURE SEE DETAIL *1 FOR ATTACHMENT 4 BRACING CONDITIONS EXTEND GYP. BD. ON STOCK ROOM 51 DE (SEE AI.0) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 EXTEND GYP. BD. FULL HEIGHT AT STOCK ROOM 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT t " 0.C., INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES TYPEE.,,. _,......._ ................____ 3 5/8" METAL STUDS TYPE E6: 6" METAL STUDS f BASE AS SCHEDULED APPROVED POWDER - ACTUATED FASTENER AT 8" O.G. 4 7/8 GTUAL 5" NOMINAL 7 I/4" ACTUAL AT PARTITION TYPE "E6" 7" NOMINAL AT PARTITION TYPE "E6" SIMILAR TO PARTITION TYPE 6 EUSE6 "20 GA MTL STUDS PARTI T ON TYPE SCALE: I/2 "= I' -0" 803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such interior finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with their flame spread and smoke - developed indexes. Class A: Flame spread index 0 -25; smoke - developed index 0-450. Class B: Flame spread index 26 -75; smoke - developed index 0-450. Class C: Flame spread index 76 -200; smoke - developed index 0-450. Construction framing materials, interior finishes, cabinetry and plastics shall comply with non- combustible material requirements or meet self - ignition temperature and smoke - developed index as specified in the code for this specific buildings type of construction. (IBC CHAPTER 7, 8 & 26) 5 NOT USED 15 AI NOT USED EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE; V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE; V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH *8 BUGLE HEAD \ S.M.S. (TYP) DEFLECTION TRACK HILTI X U SHOTP I NS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTION 3 5/8" 20 GA. WALL BRAG ING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS a 48" 0.C. *8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECTION TO EXISTING DECK HILTI X U SHOTPINS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTION �-"-3 5/8" SECONDARY k. FRAMING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS RUN STUDS TO DECK, DO NOT ATTACH, RUN GYP. BD. TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK, PROVIDE FIRE CAULK I F RATED WALL #8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECTION TO EXISTING DECK NOT ALLOWED, GYP. BD. TO DECK EXISTING DECK EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE, V.I.F. EXACT SIZE, SPACING AND DEPTH REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 HILTI X U SHOTPINS TO EXIST. STEEL CONSTRUCTI ON STUD SPANS PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE 3625125 -30 at 16" o.c.: 15' -5" 3625151 -33 at lb" o.c.: ° I6' -9" 3625131 -43 at lb" o.c.: ° IV-2" 3625162 -54 at 16" o.c.: ° 20` -5 "' 6005125 -SO at lb" o.c.: ° 22' -10" 6005131 -33 at I6" o.c.: ° 24' -9" 3 5/8" SECONDARY FRAMING BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS *8 BUGLE HEAD S.M.S. (TYP) CONNECT I ON TO EXISTING DEGK NOT ALLOWED 1--- NOT USED UL #4161 :;__... 3/4 "G5K WOOD SCREW ®6" OG 1/2" "T" MOLDING WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH ON ALL SIDES _.. POLISHED MIRROR EDGE (TYP. ALL FOUR SIDES) . GLASS SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON ALL FOUR EDGES. . 1/4 "MIRROR WITHI /8 "MASTIC ON . 3/4" FR PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. INSTALL AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO COLUMN. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POLISHED) 3/4 "G5K WOOD SCREW ®6" OC . ' I/2" "L" MOLDING WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH ON ALL SIDES iv II� i/4" / BASE -I ` I /4" MASON I TE LINE OF FINISHED FLOOR 4 BASE DETAIL AT MIRROR SCALE: 6 -I -O r> NOT USED WALL AS SCHEDULED EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GEILING (TYP) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 3/4" x 3/4" POL I SHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) 3 5/8" METAL STUDS ® 16" 0.C. WITH FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" x 5/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) SEE PLAN 1/4" MIRROR WITH I/8" MASTIC OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POL SHED) 1/4" MIRROR WITH I/8" MASTIC OVER 5/8" TYPE "X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE -CEILING AND MIRROR TO UNDERSIDE OF GEILING - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POL 15HED) BASE < B -I kgams SEE PLAN ELEVATION AT WALL MIRROR WALL AS SCHEDULED Aii X 1 41. :;__... 3/4 "G5K WOOD SCREW ®6" OG 1/2" "T" MOLDING WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH ON ALL SIDES _.. POLISHED MIRROR EDGE (TYP. ALL FOUR SIDES) . GLASS SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON ALL FOUR EDGES. . 1/4 "MIRROR WITHI /8 "MASTIC ON . 3/4" FR PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. INSTALL AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO COLUMN. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POLISHED) 3/4 "G5K WOOD SCREW ®6" OC . ' I/2" "L" MOLDING WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH ON ALL SIDES iv II� i/4" / BASE -I ` I /4" MASON I TE LINE OF FINISHED FLOOR 4 BASE DETAIL AT MIRROR SCALE: 6 -I -O r> NOT USED WALL AS SCHEDULED EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GEILING (TYP) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A4.0 3/4" x 3/4" POL I SHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) 3 5/8" METAL STUDS ® 16" 0.C. WITH FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" x 5/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) SEE PLAN 1/4" MIRROR WITH I/8" MASTIC OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POL SHED) 1/4" MIRROR WITH I/8" MASTIC OVER 5/8" TYPE "X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE -CEILING AND MIRROR TO UNDERSIDE OF GEILING - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. (ALL MIRROR EDGES TO BE POL 15HED) BASE < B -I kgams SEE PLAN ELEVATION AT WALL MIRROR WALL AS SCHEDULED 3 5 /S" METAL STUDS ®Ib" O.G. WITH FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" x 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) r c — _ 1 PRICE CHECKER 1/4" MIRROR WITH I /8" MASTIC OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD OYER METAL STUDS ABOVE 4'-0" A.F.F SEE PLAN 'Z' CLIP FASTENING SYSTEM MILLWORK PANEL BELOW 4' -0" AFP 3/4" X 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GEILING (TYP.) CEILING AS SCHEDULED 3/4" x 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) I/4" MIRROR WITH I /8" MASTIC OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. S. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING AND MIRROR TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. 5I6N ADHERED TO MIRROR PRICE CHECKER JUNCTION BOX MATTE WHITE LAMINATE PANEL SUPPLIED 8 INSTALLED BY G.G. FASTEN W/ 'Z' CLIPS. SILICONE EDGES AT JUNCTION TO MIRROR TRIM 6 TYP. PLAN AT 'BUMP OUT' WALL M 1 RROR /P.G. SCALE: I I/2 "= I' -0" X SEE PLAN *CEIVED CITY OF..JU Kw`1I IMF, NOV 08 2412 11(1 I! C E N T E r= IsAl ELEVATION AT MALL MIRROR /P.G . SCALE: I/2" = I' -O" --j 1 NOT USED pj I NOT USED 1 ci IN0Tu5 ED ISSUE DA"T"E ISSUE ARCHITECT 10/26/II - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26 /11 - LL REVIEW #1 H/0"7/12 - FOR PERMIT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCH[TECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PI-I. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415-2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — B 2010 -10 1 PROJECT WS PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE 6897 SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2835 511-- 565 SF 33618 SF \REGISTERED ARCHICT .4'RF�R CK G . GLI STATE OF WASHINGT 0 N THE CHILDREN'S PLACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, IAA 618188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER ARGVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 12061618 LLJ PART I T I ON TYPES AND DETA I LS +,1 X 41. 3 5 /S" METAL STUDS ®Ib" O.G. WITH FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" x 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) r c — _ 1 PRICE CHECKER 1/4" MIRROR WITH I /8" MASTIC OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD OYER METAL STUDS ABOVE 4'-0" A.F.F SEE PLAN 'Z' CLIP FASTENING SYSTEM MILLWORK PANEL BELOW 4' -0" AFP 3/4" X 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD EXTEND GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE GEILING (TYP.) CEILING AS SCHEDULED 3/4" x 3/4" POLISHED CHROME CORNER GUARD OVER METAL SUBSTRATE (BOTH CORNERS) I/4" MIRROR WITH I /8" MASTIC OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS. RUN GYP. S. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING AND MIRROR TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. 5I6N ADHERED TO MIRROR PRICE CHECKER JUNCTION BOX MATTE WHITE LAMINATE PANEL SUPPLIED 8 INSTALLED BY G.G. FASTEN W/ 'Z' CLIPS. SILICONE EDGES AT JUNCTION TO MIRROR TRIM 6 TYP. PLAN AT 'BUMP OUT' WALL M 1 RROR /P.G. SCALE: I I/2 "= I' -0" X SEE PLAN *CEIVED CITY OF..JU Kw`1I IMF, NOV 08 2412 11(1 I! C E N T E r= IsAl ELEVATION AT MALL MIRROR /P.G . SCALE: I/2" = I' -O" --j 1 NOT USED pj I NOT USED 1 ci IN0Tu5 ED ISSUE DA"T"E ISSUE ARCHITECT 10/26/II - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26 /11 - LL REVIEW #1 H/0"7/12 - FOR PERMIT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCH[TECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PI-I. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415-2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — B 2010 -10 1 PROJECT WS PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE 6897 SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2835 511-- 565 SF 33618 SF \REGISTERED ARCHICT .4'RF�R CK G . GLI STATE OF WASHINGT 0 N THE CHILDREN'S PLACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, IAA 618188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP SHEET TITLE SHEET NUMBER ARGVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 12061618 LLJ PART I T I ON TYPES AND DETA I LS i NOTE: TYPICAL CONDITIONS SHOWN, SEE PLANS FOR CONFIGURATIONS, CEILING HEIGHT, ETC CEILING HEIGHT 12' -0" AFF TO II' -5 3/4" AFF PERIMETER MILLWORK LIGHT COVE HEIGHT II 1/4" ARMOIRE HEIGHT 10' -6" NOTE: SEE RCP FOR CEILING HEIGHT AND CONFIRM CEILING HEIGHT WITH EXISTING IN FIELD CONDITIONS AND WITH TOP PM PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION NOTE: MAINTAIN 1/2" MIN BETWEEN UNDERSIDE OF PERIMETER MILLWORK LIGHT VALANCE AND TOP OF ARMOIRE ,.;;077*::Ma�?" . -.4< PT -1 > -- 4 ALIGN..._ .............. / T -I WP -I ....f WALL PANEL SYSTEM IO' -O" STANDARD • B fi LINE OF CONTINUOUS UNFINISHED MILLWORK LIGHTING COVE, SEE DETAIL 5/A4.0 FOR INFORMATION AND RCP FOR EXTENTS. GC TO SEAM 4 FINISH PAINT IN FIEL GC. TO INSTALL TOP SHELF VARIES - 1/2" MIN TYPICAL LOCATION OF POWER OUTLET FOR ARMOIRE, SEE MEP DWGS FOR INFORMATION PAINTED GYP. BD., LEVEL 3 FINISH ALL VISIBLE AREAS TYP 3 ` m FITTING R OM SIGN, O SEE SIGN GE w PACKAGE FOR INFO —2 PROVIDE CORNER GUARD TO 7' -4" A.F.F., I -1/2" WHITE PVC, TYP. B -I ALIGN TYP ARMOIRE WALL PANEL SYSTEM C C / 21-0" TYP ,/ HANGING VALANCES TYP T -I 4' -0" ARMOIRE i I I TYF' I GAL INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES - SEE FLAN FOR ACTUAL GOND I TI ONS NOT TO SCALE - FOR REFERENCE ONLY I4 "D SHELF, TYP 4' -0" NMIIGROYTAVE 'FURNISHED BY (TENANT I RREFRIGE ATOR IFURNISHE BY (TENANT G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED HEAVY DUTY STANDARDS W/ FULL DEPTH BRACKETS. INSTALL STANDARDS DIRECTLY TO BLOCKING INSTALLED OVER EXIST / NEW STUDS AND GYP. BD. (G.C. TO ATTACH @ ALL WALL STANDARD SCREW LOCATIONS. PROVIDE A FIRE RETARDANTIx3 a EACH WALL STANDARD SCREW HOLE). ATTACH ALL STANDARDS SECURELY PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. PAINT Ix3's 4_ PT -I CONFIRM SHELF SPACING WITH TCP 4" H x 3/4" THICK FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD (EXPOSED FACE GRADE "A ") W/ PAINTED FINISH, SANDED EDGES HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OVER GYP. BD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. NOTE: SECURE SHELVING IN PLACE AFTER( INSTALLATION WITH CLIPS AND SCREWS S I EMPLOYEE 5REAK TAE3LE SCALE: 1/2" = I'-O" 14 "D SHELF, TYP 4' -0" P NOTE: DESK TO BE SUPPLIED BY TENANT. G.G. TO ASSEMBLE. I \\ G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED HEAVY DUTY STANDARDS W/ FULL DEPTH BRACKETS. INSTALL STANDARDS DIRECTLY TO BLOCKING INSTALLED OVER EXIST / NEW STUDS AND GYP. BD. (G.C. TO ATTACH CO ALL WALL STANDARD ▪ SCREW LOCATIONS. PROVIDE A FIRE RETARDANT 1x3 @ EACH cV WALL STANDARD SCREW HOLE). ATTACH ALL STANDARDS SECURELY PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. PAINT Ix3's. °' PT -I 4" H x 3/4" THICK FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD (EXPOSED FACE GRADE "A ") W/ PAINTED FINISH, SANDED EDGES HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OVER GYP. BD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. NOTE: SECURE SHELVING IN PLACE AFTER INSTALLATION WITH CLIPS AND SCREWS S IRE - EIVING DESK SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" YA -2. FOR REFERENCE ONLY CF -I PT -5 _, :YY- I CF-I YA -2 CF -I CONT I NUOUS U I N I SHE ILLWORIK LIGH ING C LARMO I RE /ARMOIRE LL PA EL 5t'STEM, P 5 ALIGN 5 WALL P STANDA NOTE: TYPICAL CONDITIONS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY- SEE ELEVATIONS AND PLANS FOR CONFIGURATION TYF I GAL= INTERIOR FERSF'EGTI VE AT SALES NOT TO SCALE - FOR REFERENCE ONLY i G.G. TO INSTALL 16" x 16" TILE. COORDINATE TILE SPEC WITH TCP PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. STAGGER TILES AS SHOWN </-621-`,.> START FLOOR PATTERN WITH FULL TILE, ALIGN WITH CENTER LINE OF DOOR EXTEND EXISTING MALL FLOOR FINISH INTO RECESSED STOREFRONT ENTRY AREA TYPICAL FRONT ENTRY FLOOR FINISH DETAIL- AT ENTRY SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 4" H x 3/4" THICK FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD (EXPOSED FACE GRADE/ "A ") W/ PAINTED FINISH, SANDED EDGES HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OVER GYP. BD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. NOTE: SEE ELECTRI CAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION FOR. LIGHTING INFO REFER TO M.E.P. DRAWINGS 1' -6" I' -6" 1' -2" I' -2" COUNTER TOP TO BE INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. 0 in 2' -0" SECTION TENANT CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL (2) 8' -O" LONG x IS" DEEP x 3/4" THICK WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL (2) 8' -0" LONG x 14" DEEP x 3/4" THICK WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES WITH FINISHED EDGES. INSTALL 14" DEEP SHELVES CLOSEST TO MANAGERS O DESK WITH LOWEST I STANDARD @ +4' -0" A.F.F. O 8' -O" SHELVES COMPUTER CART BASE AS SCHEDULED 5' -O" DESK TOP in NOTE: SECURE SHELVING IN PLACE AFTER INSTALLATION WITH CLIPS AND SCREWS Qh 4u��4 Ua:n •i�'a.���'<iv ' v...a 'S.'\ `vi. 4" H x 3/4" THICK FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD (EXPOSED FACE GRADE "A ") W/ PAINTED FINISH, SANDED EDGES HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OVER GYP. BD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED HEAVY DUTY STANDARDS W/ FULL DEPTH BRACKETS. INSTALL STANDARDS DIRECTLY TO BLOCKING INSTALLED OVER EXIST / NEW STUDS AND GYP. BD. (G.C. TO ATTACH ALL WALL STANDARD SCREW LOCATIONS. PROVIDE A FIRE RETARDANTIx3 ® EACH WALL STANDARD SCREW HOLE). ATTACH ALL STANDARDS SECURELY PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. PAINT Ix3's <C PT- I .> FOR LIGHTING AND POWER INFO REFER TO M.E.P. DRAWINGS THERMOSTAT - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFO G.G. TO INSTALL TCP PROVIDED DESK TOP. ANGLE BRACKET ANCHOR TO WALL FROM BELOW 2 DOOR FILE CABINETS FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED SY GC. DESK TO BE SUPPLIED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.G. BASE AS SCHEDULED G.G. TO SET IN PLACE TCP PROVIDED SENTRY FIRE -SAFE MODEL #MSOIOO 4 I MANAGER'S DESK ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" i MONSTER SALE 51 -I/8 FOR STARTER BAY 4•...8 »FO.:PaD »4? SAY w 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST z FOAM CORE POSTERS 6 SHELVES- SIGN PUCKS DIMENSION L 15 x50 AIAN mcsixess WITH SAW BANNER SIGN BOX DENIM/FLIP SIGN HOLDER RANGING 15 x 33 SIGN HO] OFR il n 11•111M LARGE SHOE RISER SMALL SHOE RISER LEDGE SIGN HOLDERS 10 X II SIGN HOLDER m 6 X 22 SIGN O HOLDER DISPLAY/MKTG SECTION II X 22 SIGN HOLDER 51 -I/8 FOR STARTER BAY 41 18 ».F ZR,..P QH A. , Lu I-At IL z a �1. 2 HANG BAR 4' -0" INSIDE - PLACE 2 POST TO POST BARS , DIMENSION POSITION POINTS I 1 AND 4 5 SHELVES 2 HANG BAR - PLACE 2 BARS POSITION POINTS I AND 4 (n m K MERCHANDISE SECTIONS 51 -I/8 FOR STARTER BAY 41 5/8 /FOR ADD ON BA:r 2 SHELVES 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION 9 O BB MERCHANDISE SECTIONS 51 -I /8 FOR STARTER BAY CZ 4q -5/8 FOR ADD ON BAY (7 IL � SHELVES / 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION MERCHANDISE 1 O 1 O N cv N ThIs cv SECTIONS EXTRA PLEXI (DISPLAY BOX HOLDERS, EXTRA WINDOW BOXES) 1' -0" /2' -0" WINDOW BOXES (THE 1' -0" NEST INSIDE THE 2' -0 ") 6 SHELVES 51- /8 FOR STARTER BAY 4a- jB FOR. ADD ON BAY 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION II" X IT PLEXI HEAD BAND HOLDER ACCESSORY TRAYS DISPLAY BOXES ACCESSORY BOXES SHELF STORAGE EXTRA RUNWAY TABLE RISERS (STORE UPRIGHT) REVIEWED FOR CODE COVED OMPLIANCE APP DEC 032012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ACRYLIC SECTION cn 9 O u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u L PERSONAL EFFECTS LOCKERS SHELVES 51 -I/8 FOR STARTER BAY 44i 8 FOR ADD ON BAY BIG MANNEQUIN HEADS BABY MANNEQUIN HEADS 8 SHELVES 51- /8 FOR STARTER BAY 8 R D A 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION LARGE GIFT BOX SMALL GIFT BOX MEDIUM GIFT BOX LARGE BAGS SMALL BAGS MEDIUM BAGS EXTRA REGISTER TAPE MANNEQUINS Ili 0 O zQ N SHOPPING BAGS E PACKAGING (LAY FLAT) DISPLAY TISSUE KEEP IN BOX SECTION DISPLAY/MKTG SECTION MERCHANDISE SECTIONS // 1 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION - `fl SHELVING LAYOUT BI :8'H X 4'W B : 101-4 X 3'W :8'H X 3'W 1:: :5'HX4'M 4 ■■ : 51H X 3'1N SHELVING LAYOUT GI 81H X 4'W, OMIT TOP SHELF A O 1 �— O A —► MERCHANDISE SECTIONS —�` SHELVING LAYOUT ©: AS SHOWN 4 I : %'H X 4'W, OMIT TOP SHELF SHELVING LAYOUT K AS SHOWN I : 8'H X 4'W, TOP SHELF AT 8 -O ea 101-1 X 31W, i;. %'H X 3'1N, TOP SHELF AT 8' -0" SHELVING LAYOUT W AS SHOWN I : 8'H X 4'W, OMIT TOP LF Ila 10'H X 3'W la %'H X 3'W, OMIT TOP SHELF l I_ n I 1 It 1 (t 11 J ry� �.,1 V\ I, \ 1 • 1, " \[/t l BIG MANNEQUIN HEADS BABY MANNEQUIN HEADS 8 SHELVES 51- /8 FOR STARTER BAY 8 R D A 4' -0" INSIDE POST TO POST DIMENSION LARGE GIFT BOX SMALL GIFT BOX MEDIUM GIFT BOX LARGE BAGS SMALL BAGS MEDIUM BAGS EXTRA REGISTER TAPE MANNEQUINS Ili 0 O zQ N SHOPPING BAGS E PACKAGING (LAY FLAT) DISPLAY TISSUE KEEP IN BOX SECTION DISPLAY/MKTG SECTION MERCHANDISE SECTIONS ACRYLIC SECTION HARDWARE SECTION SHELVING LAYOUT 410 A5 r S'H X 4'1N, OMIT TOP SHELF SHELVING LAYOUT BI :8'H X 4'W B : 101-4 X 3'W :8'H X 3'W 1:: :5'HX4'M 4 ■■ : 51H X 3'1N SHELVING LAYOUT GI 81H X 4'W, OMIT TOP SHELF SHELVING LAYOUT DI 8 H X 4WwOMIT TOP SHELF PACKAGING SECTION MERCHANDISE SECTIONS MERCHANDISE SECTIONS SHELVING LAYOUT ©: AS SHOWN 4 I : %'H X 4'W, OMIT TOP SHELF SHELVING LAYOUT K AS SHOWN I : 8'H X 4'W, TOP SHELF AT 8 -O ea 101-1 X 31W, i;. %'H X 3'1N, TOP SHELF AT 8' -0" SHELVING LAYOUT W AS SHOWN I : 8'H X 4'W, OMIT TOP LF Ila 10'H X 3'W la %'H X 3'W, OMIT TOP SHELF NOTE: COORDINATE HEIGHT OF SHELVES IN FIELD STOCK SHELVING DETAILS SCALE: 3/8" = I -0" i FINISH TA LEEND WALLS TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER/PRODUCT SPECIFICATION COLOR LOCATION REMARK < PT -I> PAINT 2 GOATS PAINT I GOAT PRIMER - FINISH (W221) - PRIMER WHITE DIAMOND OG-61 SALES, DISPLAY WINDOW, STOCK ROOM 4 BARRICADE < PT -2 > PAINT 2 GOATS PAINT I GOAT PRIMER -LATEX EGGSHELL ENAMEL G214 - PRIMER - BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH START PRIMER PRODUCT (023) CUSTOM COLOR TO MATCH PM5 28450 / CYAN WINDOW DISPLAY AREA (TOP LOGO) DISPLAY WINDOW PIN MOUNTED LOGO WALL ONLY PAINT 2 GOATS PAINT I GOAT PRIMER < PT-3> - SEMI -GLOSS FINISH N353 - PRIMER - NEW METAL DOOR/ FRAME, BENJAMIN MOORE ALKYD METAL PRIMER PRODUCT (MO6) EX'6 DOOR 4 FRAME, BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH START PRODUCT (023) WHITE DIAMOND OG-61 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (STOCK SIDE ONLY ® REAR DOOR) < PT -4 > PAINT 2 GOATS PAINT I GOAT PRIMER LATEX OR OIL BASE W/ SAND SIGNAL YELLOW STOCK ROOM PAINT FOR UTILITY CLEARANCE AND EGRESS PATH IN STOCK ROOM < PT-5> PAINT 2 GOATS PAINT I GOAT PRIMER - LATEX FLAT G274 - PRIMER - BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH START PRIMER PRODUCT (025) STEEL WOOL, 2121 -20 SALES AREA CEILING < FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (FRP) 4'-O" X 8' -0" SIZE PEBBLE 5URFAGE /GLA55 III /GRATING 4'P --100 'W!W'IT'E TOILET ROOM WALLS - BEHIND MOP SINK/DRINKING FOUNTAIN, HALLWAY WALLS, FITTING ROOM INSTAL1L. L' L' fE -Tf, ` ETTI CAL ORIENTATION FLAME SPREAD RATING: <200 WALL PANELS <WP -I> WHITE SALES AREA UL CLASSIFIED 'BACKBOARD' CLASSIC 'G' RATING FLAME SPREAD: 165 SMOKE DEVELOPED: 140 -175 CORNER GUARD <GG -I> WHITE AT TRIMMED OPENING IN SALES AREA AND OUTSIDE CORNER AT HALLWAY AND STOCK ROOM BASE SALES AREA BASE < B -I > JOHNSONITE MILLWORK WALLBASE "MANDALAY" 6" MW -50-H6 (WHITE) ALL SALES AREA WALLS EXCEPT WALL PANELS, REAR HALLWAY, FITTING ROOMS, DISPLAY AREA, AND TOILET ROOMS SCREE AS REQ'D. NOTE: GLUE VAEL.DED CORNERS FER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTI ONS FIRE RESISTANCE: CLASS A < 5 -2 > SALES AREA WALL PANEL BASE JOHNSONITE 6 "XI /8" 120' ROLL STRAIGHT BASE GB- 50-6X4 (WHITE) SALES AREA WALL PANELS SALES AREA WALL PANELS ONLY ALIGN SEAMS WITH WALL STANDARDS, TYP. FIRE RESISTANCE: GLASS B DOVE BASE < B -3 > ARMSTRONG I/8" X 6" 120' ROLL JET BLACK #60 STOCK ROOM, JANITORS CLOSET AND BARRICADE FIRE RESISTANCE: GLASS B FLOOR PVC FLOOR TILE 16 "X16" < FC -I > MANUFACTURER: KARNDEAN INTERNATIONAL LLG PRODUCT: DA VINCI COLOR: CGQ6 GRAPHITE SALES AREA, VESTIBULE, FITTING ROOMS, BATHROOMS 1/8" BLACK FEATURE STRIP: USE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED PREPARATION METHOD AND ADHESIVE. TWO APPLICATIONS OP SEALER IN TOILET ROOM 4 JANITORS CLOSET FLAME SPREAD: 25 OR LESS FLOOR PAINT BEHR 2 -PART EPDXY GARAGE FLOOR COATING GRAY STOCKROOM < FG -3 > ENTRY MAT CARPET SQUARES MATS ING. MODULAR WALK -OFF TILE, 20 "x20" GLUE DOWN POLYPROPYLENE TILE CHARCOAL STOREFRONT 4 REAR SERVICE DOOR &G SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL AT EXTERIOR DOOR ONLY CEILING AGT CEILING TILE 4 GRID < ACT- I> ARMSTRONG - FINE FISSURED TILE - PRELUDE XLI5 /16" EXPOSED TEE GRID COLOR: WHITE TOILET ROOMS, HALLWAYS, FITTING ROOMS, BEHIND LIGHT COVE (TILE ONLY) PROVIDE HOLD DONN CLIPS TYP. ALL TILES FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 25 OR LESS ACT CEILING TILE 4 GRID <ACT -2> ARMSTRONG - FINE FISSURED TILE - PRELUDE XLI5 /16" EXPOSED TEE GRID COLOR: BLACK SALES AREA PAINT GRID WHITE AT LIGHT COVE PERIMETER FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 25 OR LESS <ACT -3> NEW ACT CEILING TILE 4 REFURBISHED /PAINTED EXISTING GRID BLACK PRO GOAT, SUPPLIED BY OUTSIDE VENDOR, TOP CONTRACT - PAINT EXISTING GRID BLACK ARMSTRONG - FINE FISSURED TILE COLOR: BLACK SALES AREA - REPAIR DAMAGED EXISTING GRIDS - DO NOT PAINT TILE 4 GRID AT LIGHT COVE PERIMETER STOREFRONT ALUMINUM TUBING FRAME I "xl" ALUMINUM CLEAR ANODIZED < MT-2> METAL PANEL CYAN < MT-3> BRAKE METAL CLEAR ANODIZED RECEIVED NOV 0 8 2012 MATERIALS BY THE CL I ENT, AGENTS OF THE CL 1 ENT OR OTHER PART 1 E5 WI THOUT THE REVI EIN AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DES 1 GN PROFESSI ONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RI SIG OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CL I ENT AGREES TO DEFEND, 1 NDEMN I FY AND HOLD THE DESI GN PROFESS 1 ONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CL A 1 MS, I NJUR ES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS WORK I NG FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEC 1 F 1 CAT 1 ONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH 1 NFORMATI ON BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCH 1 TECT OR H 1 5 MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE IND I GATED SIZE. THESE DRAINI NGS IA1ERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE 10/26/11 LL REVIE1A1 H/0-7/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415-2400 FAX (314) 415-2300 rwmarcv.com STORE TYPE 2010-10 PROJECT PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 565 5F 33n 5F THE CHILDREN'S FREDERICK GOGLIA STATE OF WASHINGTON LACE STORE 1322 SOUTI<ENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA ciSISS SCALE A5 NOTED DRA1NN BY ARGVISION PROJECT iS CHECKED By SHEET TITLE SGHEDULES AND D ETA 1 LS SHEET NUMBER A HALLWAY FITTING . ROOM 102 JANITOR CLOSET SERVICE CORRIDOR 2' -6" X 4' -O" CLEARANCE AT DUAL HEIGHT DRINKING FOUNTAIN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 03 2012 MANAGERS DESK 4 COMPUTER CART - SEE DETAIL 4/A -1.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO RECEIVING DESK. SEE DETAIL 6 /AI.2 EXISTING TOILET ROOM 103 SALES AREA 100 DISPLAY WINDOW 100E CRAZY EMPLOYEE LOCKERS 2' -6" X 4' -0" SIDE APPROACH AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH F.E. EMPLOYEE BREAK TABLE - SEE DETAIL 5/AI.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO PF -400 I PF -400 PF -3oo Pv -3o0 A 1 PF -400 PP -300 PF -300 SHELVING - SEE DETAILS #1, 4 4 5 IN A2.1 SHEET FOR ANCHDRI NG BABY GIRLS (5) FF -3O I V 3 /A2. I ARMOIRE OR FASTENNG DETAIL BIG GIRLS (1) FF -30IP BIG GIRLS (5) Pr -500 BIG GIRLS (2)7301P BIG GIRLS (3) PF -300 BIG GIRLS (3) NOTES: I. FIELD LOCATE EXACT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS WITH FIRE MARSHAL DURING WALK THROUGH - SEE FIXTURE PLAN NOTES FOR FURTHER INFO PROVIDE MIN. (3) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER TGP SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS ADDITIONAL QUANTITY 15 REQUIRED BY LOCAL GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY PRICE CHECKER TYP. FF -10 TELEPHONE DEMARK ABOVE. MOUNTED 10' -0" AFF TO TOP OF DEMARK FF -201A SOUND SYSTEM SHELF, MOUNT AT 1' -O" AFF. FF -200A FF -200A PROVIDE SOLID YELLOW PAINT AT REQUIRED CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR TRANSFORMER 4 ELECTRICAL PANELS, MIN 3' -0" IN FRONT, 3" AT SIDES MOBILE SHELVING - SEE DETAIL 6/A2.1 FOR MOUNTING INFO SIDE APPROACH PER ANSI REQUIREMENTS — OF -100 MALL GONGOURSE SEE DETAIL 2/A2.I FOR GASHWRAP SECTION CASWRAP_3 VT02 -1.i VT02 -JJ OF -100 BABY BOYS (8) FF -301 G FLEX (3) BIB BOYS (1) FF -3015 G BOYS (1) PF -360 I P1 -300 PF -360 1 Pir -300 r,rl, a300 PF -I400 .w....LOVE .._CULTURE .__........_.. DISPLAY WINDOW 1 FIXTURE FLAN NOTES I. ALL DISPLAY FIXTURES, FITTING ROOM BENCH, CASH/BACK WRAP AND RECEIVING AREA SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FINAL ASSEMBLY AND PLACEMENT OF FIXTURES WITH TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ANCHOR ALL WALL DISPLAY FIXTURES WITH PROPER WALL REINFORCEMENT PROVIDED. ANY WOOD BLOCKING MEMBER SHALL. BE FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL, COMPLYING WITH ALL APPL I GABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR MUST TOUGH -UP ALL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL PATCH 4 PAINT ALL EXPOSED NAILS, SCREWS, ANGLES ETC. TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. 4. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AT FIXTURES. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLET COVERS SHALL MATCH ADJACENT COLOR. 5. SEE FLOOR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS FOR NALL FIXTURES LOCATIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATI ON. 6. FURNISH 4 INSTALL I/8" THICK BY WIDTH OF SHELF BY S' HIGH TEMPERED MASONITE BACK BOARDS BETWEEN ALL. BACK TO BACK STOCK SHELVING. SHELVES LOCATED AGAINST WALLS DO NOT REQUIRE BACK BOARDS INSTALL BACK BOARDS FROM FLOOR TO +8' -O" 4 ® EXPOSED ENDS OF ALL FIXTURES. 1. SHELF FIXTURE ASSEMBLY: SEE SHELVING LAYOUT DETAIL5 IN THIS SHEET. 8. INSTALL SHELVING 4 HANG BARS 0 HEIGHTS SPECIFIED ON DETAILS. 1. INSTALL STOCK UNITS PER FIXTURE PLAN LOCATIONS. 10. STOCK SHELVING UNITS COME IN VAR IOU5 51ZES 4 HEIGHTS. THE 5EE DRAWING 2/A2.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION 11. PRIOR TO INSTALLING SHELVING IN STOCKROOM. G.G. 15 TO VERIFY THE C.L. G HEIGHT PROVIDE PROPER CLEARANCE FOR SPRINKLER HEADS, LIGHTS, ETC. GUT, MODIFY SHELVING AS REQ'D TO ACCOMMODATE FIELD CONDITIONS. 12. G.G. TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL CHANNEL BRAG ING ACROSS TOP SHELVES EVERY +/ -8' -0" @ ALL FIXED SHELVING (OR BRACED TO WALL). I. PROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER(5) WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2 -A: IOBG WITHIN 15 FT. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL POSITIONS OF STORE. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SUGGESTED LOCATIONS, BUT VERIFY 1N/LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 1 0 ib 1 gliiiM FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE TOP TAG # SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE TGP TAG # SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE TOP TAG # SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE TGP TAG # ITEM # ITEM # ITEM # ITEM # - - - 3b" I6 x 36 JEWELRY 4' STOCK - A, B, G, D, E, NESTING - FF -200A PERIMETER - PF -300 TOWER - FF -1100 / SHELF K, 5. or W TABLE SHELVING 1 1 PARALLEL - OF -700 3' STOCK _ A, B, G, D, E, f 30" Ib" x 4S" 1 1 BAR / SHELF K, 5. or W _.._ NESTING - FF -201A ( PERIMETER - PF -400 - TABLE SHELVING �_� - EMPLOYEE - T -STAND OF -1000 LOCKER BH -100 - FF -300P ARMOIRE - FF -3005 SHDE 55-100 PRIGS EMPLOYEE - FF -300W BENCH - PG -100 - BH -200 - FF -300V CHECKER BREAK TABLE - FF -3006 60" 3 4' WINDOW RECEIVING _ BH -300 O TIERED - FF -400A 1 i i i I END PANEL FF -ID DISPLAY - DP -400 "�° DESK TABLE PLATFORM 6' WINDOW COMPUTER 48" 3 DOUBLE DISPLAY - DP -600 - BH -400 OTIERED - FF -401A ICI PARALLEL - OF-100A PLATFORM CART TABLE I BAR 8' WINDOW DP -800 MANAGER'S - BH -500 ACCESSORY 4 BAY GASH DISPLAY DESK - TOWER - FF -500A WRAP UNIT - GR -100 PLATFORM SHOE - _ � � WINDOW SF -400 "� WRAP UNT (3) - GR -1005 I �� l - 3 BAY GASH - DISPLAY OUTLET OF -600A � GR -IOOA ROUNDER 1 WRAP UNIT INLINE GASH - GR -2005 � � WRAP UNIT (4) IMPULSE _ 6 BAY GASH _ GR -200 NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT TYPE OF STOCK ROOM SHELVING W/ THE CHILDREN'S PLACE FOR om,., FIXTURE FF -1000 WRAP UNIT EXACT SPECIFICATIONS AND SHELF CONFIGURATIONS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA, 12 I NOT USED ® 2011 ARGVISION, INC TH15 DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCH ITEGT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV PATE 10/26/11 - TC. REVIEW #1 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #I H/07/12 - FOR PERMIT 2\ ARCHI TEGT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SURE 300 ST. LOUD, MO 63146 PR (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — B 2010 -10 lNE3 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 565 517/ 33618 5E PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S PLACE: STORE 1322 5OUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 1 S I S8 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY ARCVISION PROJECT # 1201618 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE FIXTURE FLAN F I XTURE SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER i I -7 I NOT USED SOT USED i SHELF UNI EXIST. WALL NOTE: IF EXISTING WALL 15 MASONRY, SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT TO WALL PER 0550 1104.1.2 . - COORDINATE SPECIAL INSPECTION AGREEMENT WITH CITY AS REQUIRED 6 ", I6GA STUDS ®16 "O.G. CONT. SOLID FIRE RETARDANT SOLID WOOD r BLOCKING OR CONT. 6 "H -14GA. METAL SURFACE BLOGKI NG I N WALL (2) #10 SMS AT EA. STUD, TYP CONT. ANGLE/BRACKET AT TOP OF SHELVING CABINET (L3X3X16GA) 4" I4GA. STEEL STUD BRAG I NG AS SHOWN ON PLAN I4GA. TRACK FASTENER TO WALL W/ SELF TAPPING SCREWS 1 6G TRACK W/ #105MS AT EA. FLANGE EA. STUD. CONNECT TO CONCRETE DECK USING 5/8"D IA HILTI KB -TZ (PER LARR 23101/ESR Ial1) W/ 2" EMBED INTO CONCRETE. PROVIDE ANCHORS @ 2' -0" O.G. ALONG LENGTH OF TRACK SHELF UNIT 4 "x4 "xI /8" STL. ANGLE ATTACHED TO EXIST. WALL ®8" O.G., STAGGER ATTACHMENTS BETWEEN STUD AND BASE PLATE; ATTACH TO FLOOR W/ P.A.F. @ 8" O.G. NEW WALL TYPICAL SHELVING RAG I NG DETAIL SCALE: I/2 "= I' -0" NOTE: WHEN WALL 15 CONCRETE BLOCK, ATTACH FURRING TO CONCETE W/ HILTI HIT HY20 1/2" DIA. X 6" EMBEDMENT AT 16" O.G. STAGGERED. FIXED SHELVING UNITS G.G. TO MOUNT I" X 6" F.R.T. WOOD FURRING STRIP TO EVERY WALL STUD W/ (3) #12 STEEL 2 1/2" LONG TEK COUNTERSINK HEAD SCREW FLUSH WITH BUT NOT LOWER THAN SURFACE OF FURRING. INSTALL WASHERS WHERE FURRING 15 SOFT. NOTE: DRYWALL SCREW ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ATTACH SHELVING UPRIGHT POST LOCATED AGAINST THE WALL TO I" X 6" F.R.T. FURRING W/ (2) TAMPER PROOF TORX SCREWS PER UPRIGHT POST. THROUGH THE STEEL OF THE UPRIGHTS. * USE Y4" DRILL. PRE -DRILL UPRIGHTS BEFORE USING SCREWS. ** #12 X 2" HEX HEAD S/M SCREW MAY DE USED IN PLACE OF TAMPER PROOF TORX SCREWS FLEX RACK ASSEMBLY ATTACHED TO WALL FURRING I. SECURE CONTINUOUS I" X 6" WHITE PINE WOOD FURRING ( #2 MINIMUM, KNOTS ARE TO BE NO CLOSER THAN 18" APART ) TO EVERY WALL STUD TO ENSURE LATERAL STABILITY OF FULLY STOCKED WALL SHELVING. 2. ATTACH EVERY UPRIGHT POST LOCATED AGAINST THE WALL PER INSTRUCTIONS ABOVE. 5 I SHELVING MALL ANCHOR I NG DETAIL SCALE: NTS 2 I GASHV'RAP SECTION SCALE: I/2 "= I' -O" METAL WALL STRAP FASTEN TO TOP OF ARMOIRE IN/#12X 3/4" SELF DRILLING TEK SCREWS (3 PER WALL STRAP, SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL) ACT CEILING TOP OF ARMOIRE SIDE VIEW TOP OF ARMOIRE FASTENERS BY GC EXIST. WALL STUD FRONT VIEW ARMOIRE FASTENING DETAIL SCALE: NTS FOOT BRAKE I" THICK PLASTIC BRAKE SPACER CORNER BRACE PRESS WITH FOOT TO SET PRESS WITH FOOT TO RELEASE RUBBER STOP TOP SCREWS BOTTOM SCREWS FRONT VIEW FOOT BRAKE MOBILE TRACK W/ I/4 "47 ANCHORS 24" o.c. 2" EMB. SHELVING POST CONNECTED TO CARRIAGE WITH (1)-1 /4" TEK SCREWS PER POST SHELVING TRACK AND CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY SIDE VIEW dJ r 3/8 "x3" HI ANCHORS MIN EMB. TRACK. 2 1 1/4" TI TZ -5/16" N .5" o.c. 5 1/8" GUIDE I/4 "49 BOLT, TYP IN TRACK ANT -TI P :T) IN -TRACK ANTI -TIP TRACK TRACK ANCHORING DETAIL MQS3I LE SHELVING INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NTS i UPRI GHT STRINGER I/4" NUT 1/4" FLAT WASHER 1/4" x 3" ANCHOR FLOOR ANCHOR CL I P FITS INTO LOWEST UPRIGHT TAB 16 GA. FLOOR ANCHOR PLATE �' SHELVING FLOOR ANCHOR DETAIL SCALE: NTS i REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 03 2012 BUILDING Tukwila DIVISION 3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL; NOV 0 8 2012 O 2011 ARCVISION, INC TH15 DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, L055E5, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR H15 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV PATE ISSUE 10/26/11 - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW # I I/O 7/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PR (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 - 5 2010 -10 VSB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL PROJECT 6897 2833 5F 565 5E 33618 SE REGIS ERED ARCH CT THE CHILDREN'S FREDERICK 1. GOGLIA STATE OF WASHINGTON LACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, VVA 618188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY ALP ARGVISION PROJECT # 120118 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER ILIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND IGEILING NOTES i NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT SPACING OF STOCK ROOM LIGHT FIXTURES W/SHELVING BELOW. CENTER LIGHTS BETWEEN SHELF AISLES, V.I.F. MOUNTING HEIGHT TO SF -I FIXTURES SHALL BE II' -0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF F I XTURE (TYP. AT STOCK ROOM) BRACE LIGHTS AS NECESSARY HALLWAY 106 11r -11" w.wi ACT -E.X CENTER GRID AND LIGHTS AS SHOWN, PROVIDE HOLD DOWN CLIPS FITTING . ROOM .,_ 102 - ,,...._...... ACT- JANITOR CLOSET _ 105 > 1� ACT EX.,,r SERV I GORRID� NMI NNE MIN MIN NNE 4' -0" 2' -6" 'EM2W 6' --1 5/4" EXISTING TOILET ROOM :........o ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .... ,,,,,,,,,. 103 -0" PT -1 CRAZY S SEE DETAIL 5/A4.0 FOR SUPPORT DETAIL FOR YY -I LIGHT (TYP.) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SALES AREA 1 ....... 10 0 ............... . 11).-11w PT -5 DISPLAY , .,_ W I N D O W 100E STAGGER LIGHTS AT CORNERS, TYP. (6" MAX BLANK SPOT) YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 5, -5 I / " YA- 2 YY -1 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA- 2 YY -1 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 Y YA- 2 YY -1 YA -2 YA -2 YY -1 TRACK LIGHTING TO BE RECESSED INTO CEILING AT DISPLAY YiI,NDOW ONLY. SEE DETAIL 5/A4.0 PROVIDE ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN ABOVE MALL GONGOURSE EM2W 5" SHOPPER TRACKER LINE OF DISPLAY FIXTURE BELOW (TYP. - SEE A2.0) COORDINATE LIGHT LOCATION WITH FIXTURES BELOW LINE OF DISPLAY FIXTURE BELOW (TYP. - SEE A2.0) COORDINATE LIGHT LOCATION WITH FIXTURES BELOW I' -i I' -3 1/5" DC -3 SF -.1._ u IL YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 CF -1 Ci I YA 2 YA 2 YA- 2 u1 STOCK „ 104 ... -.�. � ............. =...ACT..- .EX....: 11 STAGGER LIGHTS AT CORNERS, TYP. (6" MAX BLANK SPOT) i SEE ELEGTR GAL= D1A6S OR ADD T ONAL I N'ORVAT ON TYPE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION REMARKS CF -I 0 CEILING ROUND DOME SURFACE MOUNTED TO CEILING GRID. SEE MOUNTING DETAIL FINISH: WHITE WITH WHITE DIFFUSER ETI O I CI I FLUORESCENT L I GHT AT ARMO I RE < PT -5 > DG -5 0 RECESSED DOWNLIaHT MOUNTED IN GYP BD GLG FINISH: WHITE RF -I/ RF -2/ RF -4 < PT -I > 2X2 TROFFER FINISH: WHITE BAFFLES RF -I: (3) TUBE BIAX FIXTURES RF -2: (2) U -TUBE FIXTURES RF -4: (2) TUBE B I AX FIXTURES FITT ING ROOM ACT CEILING AND GRID AT 8' -O" A.F.F. HOLD DOWN GLIP5 <ACT -I> 105 TOILET ROOM GYP. BD. AT 8' -O" A.F.F. < PT -I > 104 STOCK ROOM 5F -I HOLD DOWN CLIPS STOCK ROOM PENDANT FIXTURE FINISH: WHITE 105 JANITOR CLOSET SF -4 TUBE STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE MOUNTED IN MILLWORK LIGHT COVE PROVIDE EMERGENCY BALLAST WHERE SHOWN ON M/E/P DINGS 106 TF -I /G ACT CEILING AND GRID AT II' -11" A.F.F. UNDERCOUNTER TASK LIGHT AT MANAGER'S DESK IN STOCK ROOM, FINISH: WHITE I YA -2 , , TRACK FIXTURE: ACCENT LIGHT (MN) FINISH: WHITE YY -1 TRACK MOUNTED TO GEILING GRID FINISH: BLACK YY -2 _ TRACK MOUNTED TO UNISTRUT FINISH: WHITE - - - - - YY -5 TRACK MOUNTED TO GYP BD GLG FINISH: WHITE X3 ® BACK OF HOUSE WHITE THERMOPLASTIC. EXIT SIGN FINISH: WHITE XIIB ® SALES AREA LED EDGE -LIT SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN WITH BLACK CANOPY FINISH: BLACK SPEAKER, SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION FINISH: BLACK SPRINKLER HEAD, SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION FINISH: WHITE ® SPRINKLER HEAD, SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATI ON FINISH: CHROME SEMI - RECESSED WF -I 2' RECESSED PERIMETER FLUORESCENT WALL WASH FIXTURE FINISH: WHITE NOTE: ALL EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING TO BE SELF POWERED 4 TO HAVE aO MINUTE MIN. BATTERY BACK -UP, SEE ELEG DINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOTE: SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS INDICATED FOR LAYOUT PURPOSE ONLY. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SEALED SHOP DRAWINGS. NOTE: SEE ELEG DINGS FOR ADDITIONAL I NFORMATI ON INCLUDING LOCATION /QUANTITY OF NIGHT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ETC LINE OF MILLWORK LIGHT COVE SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE AND SECONDARY FRAMING ABOVE, SEE DETAIL 5/A4.0 FOR INFO PORTION OF GYP BD GELLING TO BE NEW TO MATCH EXISTING @ I I' -I I " A.F.F., V.I .F. LOVE CULTURE i I. SEE CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. 2. TAPE AND SPACKLE ALL JOINTS IN GYP BD. (5) COATS TO PREPARE FOR FINISH. 5. ADJUST SPACING OF FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE I LIGHT FIXTURES AS SHOWN. 4. ALL CUT TILES AGAINST VERTICAL SURFACES TO BE CUT MECHANICALLY AND STRAIGHT (CURVED WHERE REQUIRED) SO THAT THE TILE APPEARS AS A PRE CUT MANUFACTURER'S TILE WITH THE CORRECT RECESS AND GUT AT "T" BAR AS APPLICABLE TO THE TYPE OF TILE SPECIFIED. 5. FINISHED HEIGHTS ( A.F.F. DIMENSIONS) FOR CEILINGS, SOFFITS, CURTAIN WALLS 4 WALL SYSTEMS ARE TO BE SET FROM THE HIGHEST FLOOR SLAB POINT PLUS A I/2" ALLOWANCE FOR UNEVEN SLAB GONDITIONS. 6. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WILL BE FURNISHED, COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, BY THE TENANT AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SUPPORT LIGHT INDEPENDENTLY FROM ALL FOUR CORNERS OF THE FIXTURE OR AS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS �. TYPE 'YAM" LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL CONSIST OF 2 -FOOT, 4 -FOOT, AND /OR 8 -FOOT TRACK LENGTHS, OUTLET BOX FEEDS "L" /STRAIGHT FEED CONNECTORS AND FLEXIBLE FEED CONNECTORS. ALL TRACK AND HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EXACT LOCATIONS OF TRACK HEADS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT. 8. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. . NO EXPOSED CONDUIT ALLOWED. 10. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE NEW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWI5E. I. SUPPORT EACH 2 x 2' L I GHT F I XTURE INDEPENDENTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE, SEPARATE FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. 2. INSTALL THE 2'X2' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES IN/THE LAMPS INSTALLED PARALLEL TO THE LONG DEMISING WALL. 13. TRACK LIGHTING 'YA/YY' ALONG THE BACK WALL TO BE ATTACHED TO THE CEILING GRID WITH CLIPS EVERY 2' -0" O.G. ALL L I GHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED AT THE LOGATION(5) OF THE CLIPS. NO L I GHT F I XTURE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE ENDS OF THE TRACK. OR AT CONNECTION POINT BETWEEN TRACKS. 14. TRACK LIGHTING 'YA/YY' ALONG THE BACK WALL OF THE SPACE TO HAVE IT'S OWN POWER FEED(S). 15. G.G. TO COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING DUCTWORK, BEAMS, ETC. IF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS ARE IN LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATION, CONTACT THE TCP PM IMMEDIATELY. 16. G.G. TO INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 2 WIRES (I -EACH CORNER) TO LIGHT FIXTURES TYPE 'DC' FOR ADDITIONAL SUPPORT OF LIGHT F I XTURE . I ?. G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CEILING GRID TIE WIRE FOR ALL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. 18. G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN STOREFRONT SOFFIT @ 'YAM" TRACK LOCATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SUPPORT. I . RETURN AIR PLENUMS REQUIRE NON - COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTI ON. 20. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED BY STORE LAYOUT - COORDINATE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR W/ L.L. FOR MALL APPROVAL - REFER TO TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL / WORK LETTER FOR FURTHER DIRECTION. SCHEDULE # ROOM GEILING DESCRIPTION FINISH REMARKS 100 SALES AREA GYP. BD. AT I I' -I I" A.F.F. < PT -5 > IOOF DISPLAY GYP. BD. SOFFIT AT 13' -6" LEVEL 4 FINISH < PT -I > 102 FITT ING ROOM ACT CEILING AND GRID AT 8' -O" A.F.F. HOLD DOWN GLIP5 <ACT -I> 105 TOILET ROOM GYP. BD. AT 8' -O" A.F.F. < PT -I > 104 STOCK ROOM ACT CEILING AND GRID AT II' -II" HOLD DOWN CLIPS <A\ CT-E5. 105 JANITOR CLOSET ACT GEILING AND GRID AT II' - II" A.F.F. <ACT -E 106 HALLWAY ACT CEILING AND GRID AT II' -11" A.F.F. HOLD DOWN CLIPS 4CT -E' ( l 12 -GA HANGER WIRE @ 5' -O" O.G. (4/UNIT) BLACK REVEAL, DO NOT PAINT STRETCHER CLEAT CEILING AS�� SCHEDULED COLOR: BLACK MILLWORK VALANCE UNIT COLOR: WHITE ALIGN WITH FACE OF WALL NOTE: PAINT ALL VISIBLE SURFACES OF SOFFIT,. EXCEPT \ BLACK REVEAL O Q NOTE: INSTALL SOFFIT CLEAT ON CEILING FIRST HANG CLIPS SOFFIT CLEATS STRETCHER CLEAT LIGHTING FIXTURE CEILING A' SCHEDULED COLOR: WHITE (PAINT GRID WHITE) FACE OF WALL 2' MAINTAIN DIST 1/4 -20 NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS TO ATTACH LIGHT COVE BOX TOGETHER MDF LIGHT COVE BOX HEAVY DUTY EYE BOLT 12 -GA HANGER WIRE NGE FR MW S IMILLIA1ORK LIGHT GOT DETAIL SCALE: 1 I/2 "= I' -0" PORTION OF 6Yir' BD GELLING TO BE NEW TO MATCH EXISTING @ II' -II" A.F.F., V.I.F. DISPLAY WINDOW 100E 13 " -6 "' ' PT -1 SEE DETAIL 2/A4.0 FOR DC -5 DETAIL DISPLAY WINDOW GRID. SEE DETAIL 4/A4.0 -TYP EXTEND DISPLAY WINDOW GRID AS REQUIRED PROVIDE z UT OUT FOR WIRE CASE USE HOLE - TO SECURE SOFFIT TO ONE ANOTHER IOU/ NUTS BOLTS, INAS1-R5 REWMAR X600 ADHESIVE BETWEEN IGHT COVES SECTION ; TYP SOFFIT G EAT. STAGGER; SEAMS OF SOFFIT CLEATS CENTEREt ON SOFFITS I INSIDE CORNER TAPE AND SPACKLE ALL SOFFIT JOINTS FOR SMOOTH APPEARANCE I2 -GA HANGER WIRE ®3' -O" O.G. (4NNIT) NOTE: INSTALL SOFFIT CLEAT ON CEILING FIRST END CAP OUTSIDE CORNER NOTE: WEIGHT OF UNIT 15 ILB /LF, WEIGHT OF LIGHT FIXTURE 15 SLB/LF NOTE: PAINT ALL VISIBLE SURFACES OF SOFFIT; PT -I EXCEPT BLACK-- REVEAL M LLY'IORK LIGHT DOVE AXONOMETR G NOT TO SCALE INSTALLATION STEPS (FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION GUIDANCE ONLY) I . INSTALL SUPPLIED HANG CLIPS OVER TOP OF CEILING GRID METAL FRAME 2. MAINTAIN DISTANCE FROM WALL FACE TO FRONT OF SOFFIT CLEAT 3. ATTACH SOFFIT CLEATS TO HANG CLIPS USING APPROPRIATE SHEET METAL SCREWS - STAGGER SOFFIT CLEATS SEAMS MUST NOT ALIGN WITH SEAMS ON SOFFITS 4. MAINTAIN I/2" REVEAL BETWEEN SOFFIT FACE AND SOFFIT CLEATS 5. ATTACH SOFFITS TO SOFFIT CLEATS USING APPROPRIATE WOOD SCREWS THROUGH STRETCHER CLEATS 6. ALL SOFFIT JOINTS MUST BE FINISHED WITH TYPICAL SHEETROCK TAPE 4 SPACKLE STANDARDS AND METHODS FOR SMOOTH APPEARANCE. CREATING INSIDE CORNER I. PLACE TWO SOFFIT ASSEMBLIES ON FLOOR 2. BUTTING TWO SOFFIT TRACE "C" SHAPED GUSSET 3. USING A JIG SAW CUT ON TRACED LINE REMOVING MATERIAL FROM CENTER- DO NOT CUT THROUGH GUSSET ON SOFFIT "B" * DO NOT REMOVE GUSSET WITHOUT REPLACING IT WITH ANOTHER STRUCTURAL DEVIGE. CREATING OUTSIDE CORNER I. FOLLOW SAME STEPS FOR CREATING INSIDE CORNER 2. FROM INTERIOR OF SOFFIT, ATTACH END CAP TO ONE OF THE TWO SOFFITS USING CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE AND APPROPRIATE SCREWS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 _'ERMI'I CENTER SE LIGHT DOVE INSTALLATION NOTE NOT TO SCALE LEGEND ROOM NAME ROOM # L. 12" ACT-2.-1- CEILING FINISH CEILING HEIGHT DC -3 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT TO BE INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS SPECS, SEE SCHEDULE FOR INFO JUNCTION BOX ©pi 6 3/8" GEM GYP BD CEILING 2 I DET @ DG-5 LIGHT SCALE: I I/2 " =1' -0" i APPROVED FASTENER TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR SOLID BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING TRAGK MOUNT DET SCALE: 6 "= I' -O" i APPROVED FASTENER TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR SOLID BLOCKING (FIRE RETARDANT) ABOVE CEILING GYP. BD. CEILING INSTALL @ 2" FROM UNDERSIDE OF CEILING 5/4" X I/2" ALUM. EXTRUSION SECURED TO CEILING 5/16-1 8X I HEX BOLT COUPLING NUT I/4" X I/5 " -16 GA CHANNELS 5/4" X 5/4 " -I6 GA CENTER CHANNEL WITH CLOSED END 5/16 -18 FLANGE NUT 4 I D I SPLAY GRID DETA I L SCALE: 6 "= I' -O" i "UNISTRUT" BEAM CLAMP P2846 SUPPORT FROM CHORD OF ROOF JOIST AT PANEL POINTS AT BOTTOM W/ LANDLORD PERMISSION NUT LOCK WASHER FENDER WASHER LOCK WASHER NUT GYP. BD. GEILING 1111 I.' Ml L❑.41■N■1111■ 411=r4i, ❑LI EXISTING STEEL JOIST OR BEAM 5/8" D I A. "ALL THREAD" ROD POWER CABLE TO J -BOX WIRE -TIE TO THREADED ROD APPROVED FASTENER TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR SOLID BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING, INSTALL LEVEL 4 TIGHT TO ACOUSTICAL CEILING 6 TYP SUPPORT DET AT GF- I L I GHT SCALE: 1 " = 1 1 - 0 " ® 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE REV DATE ISSUE 10/26/11 - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26/11 LL REVIEW #1 11/07/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RD! 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcvcom STORE TYPE TECH2- B 2010 -10 PROJECT PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 SF� 565 SP 53 '18 5E 6897 RE GIST ARC HI . a1 ED T FREDERICK J. GOGLI STATE OF WASHINGTON THE CHILDREN'S PLACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA x8188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP ARGVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 1201'18 LLJ SHEET TITLE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A400 I 6' -0" 12'- 0 "O.C. MAX '' MAX 12'- 0 "O.C. 12'- 0 "O.C. 12' -0 "O.0 MAX MAX 6'-0" MAX MAX ME uui\ 1 o x 1 < co � ATTACHED WALL ■ VERTICAL STRUT /BRACING RESTRAINT SEE DETAIL 3, 3A/A4.1 a • ■ • J J CD z 0 -J U- U I I o x I x co SEE DETAIL #8/A4.1 FOR ATTACHED WALL & FLOATING WALL ASSEMBLY -Kus u `'•``..'""•.h`•.` .>N.::':'�` `` y' ji.:`'.".::..:,' A' .�Mc�•f.'i•<''`�s't�::?`': :':'v `. .E,,..n., `'.t'n' '..•'.' �i...:.. w�.... ki:.:.:.:.:.. 5';.: a...... �...,• ...,...., <'".:N:N'&`�::n::v..a. FLOATING WALL I VERTICAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING BRACING PLAN SCALE: I /8 "= I' -0" 12 GA VERTICAL HANGER WIRES AT 4' -0" ON CENTER EACH WAY. SEE NOTES 1, 2, 3/A4.1 FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE DETAILS 11, 13/A4.1 FOUR 12 GA SPLAYED BRACING WIRES, TWO PARALLEL TO AND TWO PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN RUNNERS, SEE NOTES 6 & 7 FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE DETAILS 11, 13/A4.1 VERTICAL COMPRESSION POST AT EACH SET OF BRACING WIRES - SEE DETAIL 3/A4.1 (COMPRESSION POST SHALL NOT REPLACE HANGER WIRE) MAIN RUNNERS CROSS RUNNERS 2" MAXIMUM FROM BRACING WIRES 70 CROSS RUNNERS (TYPICAL) 2 I VERTICAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING BRAG I NG NOT TO SCALE JL TYP. CLIP 16GA.X3X3X5" EA. SIDE TO HEADER W/(3) #10 SMS AND W/ (3)HILTI X -EDNI SHOTPINS TO STEEL BEAM \___BEAM PER PLAN EXISTING METAL DECK (2)6005162 -43 STUDS (4) #10 SCREWS VERTICAL STUD L S I TYP SUSPENDED HANGER DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = 1' -0" X X1 -12 AT BOTH > X ENDS (2)6005162 -43 STUDS VERTICAL STUD 4 I SECTION DETAIL SCALE: 5" = 1' -0" THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN UNIFORM BUILDING CODE STANDARD 25 -2, AND WITH THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS NOTED FOR CALIFORNIA LOCATIONS: CHAPTER 25A, CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (PART2, TITLE24, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS) FOR SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS. DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT, INTERPRETATION OF REGULATIONS DOCUMENT 1R 25 -2 (DATED 7 -21 -2005) DEVIATIONS OR SPECIAL SITUATIONS NOT ADDRESSED BY THESE NOTES REQUIRE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA). THESE NOTES AND THE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET ARE APPLICABLE TO STANDARD SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS WHOSE TOTAL WEIGHT INCLUDING AIR CONDITIONING GRILLES AND LIGHT FIXTURES DOES NOT EXCEED TWO POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT (2 PSF), AND WHICH DO NOT SUPPORT LATERAL LOADS FROM PARTITIONS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM. 1. 12 GAUGE (MINIMUM) HANGER WIRES MAY BE USED FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 4' -0" X 4' -0" GRID SPACING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNERS. 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRES AT THE ENDS OF ALL MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS WITHIN EIGHT INCHES (8 ") OF THE SUPPORT OR WITHIN 1/4 OF THE LENGTH OF THE END TEE WHICHEVER IS LEAST, FOR THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA. END CONNECTIONS FOR RUNNERS WHICH ARE DESIGNED AND DETAILED TO RESIST THE APPLIED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL FORCES MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF THE 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRES SUBJECT TO DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA) REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 3. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO TYPICAL HANGER SPACING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS STRUTS OR BRACES AS REQUIRED AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, SOFFITS OR DISCONTINUOUS AREAS. HANGER WIRES THAT ARE MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT OF PLUMB SHALL HAVE COUNTER - SLOPING WIRES. 4. CEILING GRID MEMBERS MAY BE ATTACHED TO NOT MORE THAN TWO (2) ADJACENT WALLS, USING APPROVED CLIPS OR TIE WIRES. USE OF RIVETS, SCREWS OR OTHER FASTENERS THROUGH EXPOSED FLANGE OF TEE IS NOT PERMITTED. CEILING GRID MEMBERS SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE -HALF INCH (1/2 ") FREE OF MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS SHALL BE FREE AND A MINIMUM OF ONE -HALF (1/2") CLEAR OF WALL. 5. AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA WHERE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNERS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE ADJACENT WALL, PROVIDE INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN THE RUNNERS AT THE FREE END TO PREVENT LATERAL SPREADING. A METAL STRUT OR A 16 GAUGE WIRE WITH A POSITIVE MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO THE RUNNER MAY BE USED. WHERE THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM THE WALL TO THE FIRST PARALLEL RUNNER IS TWELVE INCHES (12 ") OR LESS, THIS INTERLOCK IS NOT REQUIRED. 6. PROVIDE BRACING ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF A COMPRESSION POST AND FOUR (4) MINIMUM 12 GAUGE SPLAYED BRACING WIRES ORIENTED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT THE FOLLOWING SPACING (SEE DETAIL 2/A4.1): THE SLOPE OF THE BRACING WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING THE BRACING WIRES SHALL BE TAUT WITHOUT CAUSING THE CEILING TO LIFT. SPLICES ARE NOT PERMITTED IN BRACING WIRES WITHOUT SPECIAL REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY DSA. 7. FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAT THREE (3) TIGHT TURNS. FASTEN SPLAYED BRACING WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAT FOUR (4) TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF ONE AND ONE -HALF INCHES (1 1/2 "). HANGER OR BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE FORCES ACTING ON THE WIRE. 8. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGER AND BRACING WIRES SIX INCHES (6 ") MINIMUM FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO ATTACH LIGHTWEIGHT ITEMS, SUCH AS SINGLE ELECTRICAL CONDUITS NOT EXCEEDING 3/4" NOMINAL DIAMETER, TO HANGER WIRES USING CONNECTORS APPROVED BY DSA. 9. WHERE DRILLED -IN EXPANSION ANCHORS OR POWDER- DRIVEN PINS ARE USED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE FOR HANGER WIRES, ONE OUT OF TEN (1/10) SHALL BE FIELD TESTED FOR 200 HUNDRED POUNDS IN TENSION. WHERE DRILLED -IN EXPANSION HANGERS ARE USED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE FOR BRACING WIRES, ONE OUT OF TWO (1/2) MUST BE FIELD TESTED FOR 440 POUNDS IN TENSION. POWDER- DRIVEN PINS IN CONCRETE ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR BRACING WIRES. IF ANY DRILLED -IN EXPANSION ANCHOR OR POWDER- DRIVEN PIN FAILS, SEE SECTION 1923A.3.5 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (PART 2, TITLE 24). 10. ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS TO THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS TO RESIST A HORIZONTAL FORCE EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. USE #8 SELF - TAPPING CNFFT MAFTAI CrPrwc THPr I IrN TI-IF FIXTI IPF I- 1(111CINr ANTI THE 11. 12. 13. VERTICAL WEB OF THE CEILING GRID MAIN OR CROSS RUNNER. FOR 24 INCH LONG FIXTURES, INSTALL ON EACH OF TWO OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE FIXTURE TWO (2) SCREWS, SPACED 12 INCHES APART (4 SCREWS TOTAL PER FIXTURE). FOR 48 INCH LONG FIXTURES INSTALL ON EACH OF TWO OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE FIXTURE FOUR (4) SCREWS, SPACED 12 INCHES APART (8 SCREWS TOTAL PER FIXTURE). INSTALL SCREWS ON LONG SIDES OF RECTANGULAR FIXTURES. SEE DIAGRAM BELOW. FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES, WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS MAY BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNER OF HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEMS, BUT IN ADDITION THEY SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) - 12 GAUGE SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL 4 FOOT X 4 FOOT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE SLACK SAFETY WIRES AT EACH CORNER ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS OR MORE SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAT FOUR (4) - 12 GAUGE TAUT WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM USED. THE FOUR TAUT 12 GAUGE WIRES INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR (4) TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT. SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES BY AT LEAST TWO POSITIVE DEVICES WHICH SURROUND THE CEILING RUNNER AND WHICH ARE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY A 12 GAUGE WIRE. SPRING CLIPS OR CLAMPS THAT CONNECT ONLY TO THE RUNNER ARE NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS WHEN LIGHT FIXTURES ARE 8 FEET OR LONGER. SUPPORT PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH HANGER WIRES OR CABLES PASSING THROUGH EACH PENDANT HANGER AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR (4) TIME THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. A BRACING ASSEMBLY PER NOTE 6 ABOVE IS REQUIRED WHERE THE PENDANT HANGER PENETRATED THE CEILING. SPECIAL DETAILS REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY DSA ARE REQUIRED TO ATTACH THE PENDANT HANGER TO THE BRACING ASSEMBLY TO TRANSMIT HORIZONTAL FORCES. CLASSIFICATIONS OF CEILING GRID: HEAVY DUTY CEILING GRID MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT SYSTEMS: NOTE: SYSTEM COMPONENTS, MATERIALS, RUNNER SPLICES AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE STANDAED 25 -2, THE RESPECTIVE ICC ES EVALUATION REPORT, AND THE DSA PRODUCT APPROVAL (PA) LISTED BELOW FOR EACH MANUFACTURER AND SYSTEM. CHICAGO METALLIC CORPORATION SEISMIC 1200 SYSTM (NON- RATED) FIRE -FRONT 1250 SYSTEM (FIRE- RATED) ICC ES LEGACY REPORT ER -1905 DSA PA -026 ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. PRELUDE XL SYSTEM (NOT- RATED) PRELUDE XL FIRE GUARD SYSTEM (FIRE- RATED) ICC ES ESR -1308 DSA PA -041 USG INTERIOR, INC. DONN DX SYSTEM (NON- RATED) DINN DXL SYSTEM (FIRE- RATED) ICC ES LEGACY REPORT ER -2244 DSA PA -030 0 IiJ w 24" LONG FIXTURE OR AIR TERMINAL 8" SELF - TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS 4 EACH SIDE 2 EACH SIDE 0 0 w 48" LONG FIXTURE OR AIR TERMINAL ATTACHMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS TO CEILING GRID. SEE NOTE NO. 10 ABOVE 6 I SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING NOTES PLAN SECTION KEY NOTES: 1. MAIN RUNNER (4 24" O.C. MAXIMUM 2. CROSS RUNNERS © 24" O.C. MAXIMUM 3. 12 GA HANGER WIRES ® 48" O.C. MAXIMUM - SEE NOTES 1, 3, 5, 7 & 8, DETAIL 6/A4.1 4. 12 GA HANGER WIRE 8" OR 1/4 LENGTH OF END TEE FROM WALL, SEE NOTES 2, 3, 7 & 8, DETAIL 6/A4.1 5. 12 GA SPLAYED BRACING WIRES & COMPRESSION POST, SEE NOTES 6 & 7, DETAIL 6/A4.1 AND DETAIL 14/A4.1 6. SEE NOTE 6 & DETAIL 2/A4.1 FOR SPACING OF BRACING WIRES 7. LIGHT FIXTURES & HVAC GRILLES -SEE NOTES 8 & 10, DETAIL 6/A4.1 8. CEILING GRID MEMBER ATTACHED TO WALL AT TWO ADJACENT WALL ONLY, SEE NOTE 4, DETAIL 6/A4.1 AND DETAIL 1/A4.1 9. CEILING GRID MEMBERS NOT ATTACHED AT OPPOSITE WALLS. SEE NOTES 4 & 5, DETAIL 6/A4.1 AND DETAIL 1/A4.1 10. HANGER WIRE AND BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE, SEE NOTE 9, DETAIL 6/A4.1 AND DETAILS 9 & 10/A4.1 -7 I SUSPENDED GLG DETAIL ff NOTES 1/4 OF LENGTH OF RUNNER (8" MAX., TYP.) INE OF WALL (TYP.) MFR'S APPROVED PERIMETER CLIP EACH RUNNER Iriatmain FIRST RUNNER PARALLEL TO WALL (TYP.) WALL MOLDING W /SHEET METAL SCREW INTO EACH STUD OR 1/4" EXPANSION ANCHOR, 1 1/4" MINIMUM EMBED. 24 O.C. MAX. AT CONC. WALL (TYP.) ATTACHED TO WALL (AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS ONLY - SEE NOTE 4. DETAIL 6/A4.1) LINE OF WALL (TYP.) 3/4" CLEAR MIN. I I '' ®.®.a- HANGER WIRE 3/4" COLD ROLLED STEEL CHANNEL INTERLOCKING STRUT - OMIT IF FIRST RUNNER PARALLEL TO WALL IS WITHIN 12" OF WALL) FIRST RUNNER PARALLEL TC WALL (TYP.) NOT ATTACHED TO WALL (AT OPPOSITE WALLS) 8 WALL /SUSPENDED CLG INTERSECTION NOT TO SCALE NOTE: AT STEEL BAR JOISTS, FOLLOW SAME ATTACHMENT METHOD BUT ATTACH TO TOP CHORD OF EXISTING JOIST, NOT BOTTOM CHORD 12 GA X 1' WIDE X 2" LONG (MINIMUM) STEEL STRAP W /POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER BRACING WIRE WITH MINIMUM 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" - SEE NOTES 6 & 7 k 5/8" MAX. BRACI \G WIRE AT STEEL BEAM STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOT -IN ANCHOR "HILTI" DN27P87 OR EQUAL 5/8" MAX. HILTI CC 27 CEILING CLIP OR 1.3 GA X 3/4" WIDE (MIN.) STEEL STRAP W /POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER 12GA VERTICAL HANGER - ▪ WIRE. PROVIDE (3) TIGHT TURNS WITHIN 1-1/2" FROM BOTH ENDS. HANGING WIRE BAR JOIST cJ I AI RE ATTACHMENT AT STRUCTURAL STL NOT TO SCALE SADDLE TIE LEVEL UNSTRUT PER SCHEDULE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM FLANGE OF STL. BEAM HANGER WIRE WITH MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS ON 1 1/2 "- SEE NOTES 1 & 7, DETAIL 6/A4.1 COMPRESSION POST PER 14/A4.1 S I SECTION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOTE: NEW ACOUSTIC TILE CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH: -ASCE 7 -05: SECTION 13.5.6 - CBC 2506.2.1 - ASCE 13.5.6.2.2 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D: a- A HEAVY DUTY T -BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. b- THE WIDTH OF PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 2 IN.(50mm). IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION , ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A 0.75 IN.(19mm) CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON A CLOSURE ANGLE. e- EXCEPT WHERE RIGID BRACES ARE USED TO LIMIT LATERAL DEFLECTIONS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2 IN. (50mm) OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTOR THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1 IN. (25mm) IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY , A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 IN. (25mm) OF CEILING MOVEMENT IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS IS PERMITTED TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION. BERC2 CLIPS 144" X 7/8" x 7/8" 12' - ANGLE MOLDING #7800 ATTACHED WALL POP RIVET i 0 =o= REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 03 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 144" X 7/8" x 7/8" 12' - ANGLE MOLDING #7800 UNATTACHED WALL RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 10 I CEILING GRID ATTACHEMENTS DETAILS NOT TO SCALE MAXIMUM LENGHT SEE CHART x 0 u7 1 1/2" -I 1' 5/8" MAX. r 2 z TWO 3/16" 0 POWDER DRIVEN PINS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS, 1 1/2" MINIMUM INTO CONCRETE OR # 12 X 1" SELF TAPPING SCREWS INTO STEEL DECK, OR # 12 X 2" WOOD SCREWS INTO WOOD RAFTERS, JOISTS OR BLOCKING 1/8" X 2" WIDE X 3" X 3" BENT STEEL PLATE TWO 1/4" MACHINE BOLTS WITH FLAT WASHER AT NUTS AND TWO NUTS EACH DO NOT CRUSH EMT. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (EMT) COMPRESSION POST - SEE BELOW CHART FOR SIZE TWO # 12 SHEET METAL SCREWS THROUGH BOTH SIDES OF SLEEVE & POST ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (EMT) SLEEVE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN COMPRESSION POST ONE 1/4" 0 MACHINE BOLT WITH FLAT WASHER AT HEAD AND NUTS, AND TWO NUTS, THROUGH BOTH SIDES OF SLEEVE AND THROUGH MAIN RUNNER. DO NOT CRUSH MAIN RUNNER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (EMT) POST 6" MINIMUM (TYP.) i 2 #10 SHEET METAL SCREWS EACH SIDE OF TRACK (TYP.) 1 5/8" X 20 GAUGE METAL STUD TRACK X 8" LONG W /TWO 3/16" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN PINS OR EXPANSION ANCHOR 1 1/2" MINIMUM INTO CONCRETE, OR FOUR #8X 1/2" SELF - TAPPING SCREWS INTO STEEL DECK, OR FOUR # 8 WOOD SCREWS INTO WOOD RAFTERS, JOISTS OR BLOCKING (2) #8 SMS 0 16" O.C. @ 2 METAL STUDS PER SCHED. (2) METAL STUD (BACK TO BACK) COMPRESSION POST PER SCHEDULE ATTACH STUD TO MAIN RUNNER W /ONE 1/4" 0 MACHINE BOLT WITH FLAT WASHER AT AND TWO NUTS, THROUGH STUD AND MAIN RUNNER. DO NOT CRUSH MAIN RUNNER. ETAL STUD POST Dl/... 35S COMPRESSION POST CHART COMPRESSION POST MINIMUM CROSS " SECTIONAL AREA "A" MINIMUM RADIUS OF „ „ „ GYRATION "R" Ry MAXIMUM LENGHT OF COMPRESSION POST ( "R" OR "Ry" x 200) 1/2" 0 EMT 0.088 IN2 0.238 IN 3' -10" 3/4" 0 EMT 0.134 IN2 0.309 IN 5' -0" 1" 0 EMT 0.198 IN2 0.392 IN 6' -6" 1 5/8" x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD 1625125 -30 0.168 IN2 0.454 IN 7' -6" (2) 3 5/8" x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD - (2) 3625137 -33 0.236 IN2 0.501 IN / EA. STUD 17' -0" NOTE: USE EMT OR METAL STUD COMPRESSION POST WITH MINIMUM STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES "A" AND "R" OR "Ry" USED IN CHART NOTE: PROVIDE UNISTRUT SUBSTRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT IF DECK ABOVE IS STEEL DECK WITH GYPCRETE FILL 11 I COMPRESSION POST NOT TO SCALE ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD!. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE 12 IREGT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE DATE ISSUE 10/26/11 - TGP REV I EA #1 10/26/11 - LL REVIEA #I II /07/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcvcom STORE TYPE TEGH2 -5 2010 -10 AB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5E 565 5E 33618 5E PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S ACS STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, AA 618188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY OE ARCVISION PROJECT # 12061618 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE SEISMIC CEILING SUPPORT DETA I LS SHEET NUMBER A4 ADJACENT TENANT MALL NEUTRAL PIER LINE OF MILLWORK LIGHT COVE SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE AND SECONDARY FRAMING ABOVE, SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR INFO LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE, TYP PT -I LEVEL S FINISH IN ALL VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LEVEL 2 ALL OTHERS, TYP 6' -4 1/2" DOORMAX ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM MOUNTED TO STOREFRONT MULLION TYP SALES AREA PT- LEVEL 5 FINISH IN ALL VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LEVEL 2 ALL OTHERS, TYP I' -I 15/4" 1/2" 6' -O" 1/2" i'- 115/4" CHILD SAFETY BARRIER. SEE DETAIL 2/A1 .1 BOX BEAM ABOVE - SEE #6/A5.I FOR SIZE AND DETAILS BQ 2" 2" I' -1 5/4" LEVEL -4 FINISH LOOK FINISH INFO 2., 2 y--1 5/4" LEASE LINE 6' -5 5/8" PROVIDE DOOR STOP. SEE HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN ABOVE, SEE SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO, ALIGN FACE WITH FRONT OF STOREFRONT CLEAR ANODIZED STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM WITH 1/2" THK CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS L_ NOTE: I. ALL SIGNAGE MUST BE APPROVED BY LANDLORD GLASS ENTRY DOORS ADJACENT TENANT MALL NEUTRAL PIER LINE OF CEILING BEY LINE OF WALL BEYON PAINT WALL BEYOND, LEVEL 4 FINI MALL NEUTR PIER LEASE LINE 11'-b 1/2" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 032012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" FRAMELESS GLASS ENTRY DOORS MALL CEILING I5' -16 1/2" AFF VIF LINE OF CEILING BEYOND TOP OF STOREFRONT/ UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT 10' -2" AFF TOP OF DOORS 10' -0" AFF PT -I ANT WALL BEYOND, LEVEL 4 FINISH MALL NEUTRAL PIER LEASE LINE EXISTING WHITE FINISH TO REMAIN LINE OF WALL BEYOND FINISHED FLOOR 0' -0" AFF p1).--35 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 i1 I ` C: _ ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEC I F I CAT I ONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE 10/26/11 - TOP REVIEW #1 O /26/II - LL REVIEV #I II/0-1/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 Si. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — E3 2010 -10 PROJECT WB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F 33018 5E REGISTER ARG1ITEfi FL J. GOGLIA STATE Of WASHINGTON THE CHILDREN'S LACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 018188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLF ARCVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 1201018 LLJ SHEET TITLE STOREFRONT FLAN AND ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A5.0 SIGNAGE FACE MALL BULKHEAD EXIST. FINISHES TO REMAIN NEW PORTAL SIGN EQ 5. EQ AND _ IXI CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM TUBING FRAME ALIGN SEAMS WITH GLASS BELOW GLA55 ■ ' �_ N m ... „ Q z N . CHILDREN'S 1 •.- _i .. C'5.. W ..'.'.'.'.- .'.'.•.'.' PLACE • k I . , ... • "" ;._.;. '. • 5H ■ /- EXISTING NEW GLASS NEW GLASS ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN, SEE SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO I EXISTING I EQ EQ / // / / / \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 0', \\ 1 L ` - 0 / i // NEW �'OORS 6' LASS EXIS=TING GLASS CLIPS ■ 6" WIDE LOGO 2ND SURFACE DECAL APPLIED ON CENTER, TOP EDGE AT 56" / _ O \ O \ - \ \ \ \ \ / / / / \ ` _, 1\ / / • , W / O m a: 1 m iLi:_.. \ \ ; Mle - ! \ 111t1111? ill CLEAR ANODIZED STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM WITH 5/8" THK. CLEAR SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOM PRnvInF I FTTFf2INr -.. nN nnna °nnnfzS Tn REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" FRAMELESS GLASS ENTRY DOORS MALL CEILING I5' -16 1/2" AFF VIF LINE OF CEILING BEYOND TOP OF STOREFRONT/ UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT 10' -2" AFF TOP OF DOORS 10' -0" AFF PT -I ANT WALL BEYOND, LEVEL 4 FINISH MALL NEUTRAL PIER LEASE LINE EXISTING WHITE FINISH TO REMAIN LINE OF WALL BEYOND FINISHED FLOOR 0' -0" AFF p1).--35 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 i1 I ` C: _ ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEC I F I CAT I ONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE 10/26/11 - TOP REVIEW #1 O /26/II - LL REVIEV #I II/0-1/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 Si. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 — E3 2010 -10 PROJECT WB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F 33018 5E REGISTER ARG1ITEfi FL J. GOGLIA STATE Of WASHINGTON THE CHILDREN'S LACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 018188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLF ARCVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 1201018 LLJ SHEET TITLE STOREFRONT FLAN AND ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A5.0 i i i BRACE DIAGONALLY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE TYP ATTACH TO MALL STRUCTURE OR SECONDARY STRUCTURE TYP GYP BD CEILING II' -11" AFF CHI LDREN'S PLACE LEASE LINE LEASE LINE CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN, SEE RCP/MEP DINGS FOR INFO CORNER BEAD TYP PROVIDE Lilt GAGE MTL FRAMED 50X BEAMS. SEE DETAIL #6/A5.1 FOR SIZE AND DETAILS. VERIFY FIELD GONDITIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING CLEAR ANODIZED STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM WITH 1/2" THK CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS PROVIDE DOOR STOP Join MR RECESSED DC -3 LIGHT, SEE RCP FOR INFO AND LOCATION SALES AREA I FRAMELESS GLASS ENTRY DOORS DOORMAX ELECTRONIC. ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM MOUNTED TO STOREFRONT MULLION BEYOND LEVEL 4 FINISH <17PT -r WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED Q NOTE: STOREFRONT 4 SOFFIT FRAMING MAY NOT BE ATTACHED TO EXISTING BULKHEAD - BRACE BACK TO EXISTING OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN TENANT SPACE, VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS IN FIELD MALL BUALKHEAD 13 -6" AFF IXI CLEAR ANOD I ZED ALUM I NUM TUBING FRAME, ALIGN SEAMS WITH GLASS SEAMS BELOW TYP ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN , SEE SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO 3/4 "PLYWOOD OVER 3 -5/8" 20GA MTL. STUDS AT 16" OC TYP. HIGH DENSITY MDF BOARD UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT IO' -2" AFF GYP. BOARD W/ LEVEL 4 FINISH AT UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT CHILDREN'S PLACE LEASE LINE SALES FLOOR FINISH MALL BREAK METAL MT -3 > LEASE LINE MALL FLOOR FINISH FINISHED FLOOR Or- OYt..; ?1 =.. -... i SECTION AT STOREFRONT ENTRY SCALE: 3/4 "= I' -O" TOP MALL BULKHEAD 'Z' GL I P SCREWED TO ALUMINUM TUBING CLEAR ANODIZED I "x1" ALUMINUM TUBING FRAME MALL SIDE O 1" THICK CYAN METAL PANEL FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING 'Z' CLIP SCREWED TO STOREFRONT METAL SHIM AS NEEDED CLEAR ANODIZED I "x1" ALUMINUM TUBING FRAME STOREFRONT TOP SHOE 5 IXI ALUM FRAME ATTACHMENT DET SCALE: 6 "= I' -O" 2 I NOT USED Is I NOT USED DOORMAX ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM MOUNTED TO STOREFRONT MULL ION CLEAR ANODIZED STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM WITH 1/2" THK CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS FAME DUSTPROOF STRIKE TYP REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 CI DISPLAY WINDOW C.E.M.C.O. NUMBERS L 10' -O" I 4" DEEP, I6 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES O 4 (2) -600 GS 16 GA. 6" DEEP, 16 GAUGE 1 -5/8" FLANGES ' (2) -800 C.5 16 GA. � 1 i / / BUILDING DIVISION DISPLAY WINDOW ; (2) -1000 GS 16 A. 10" DEEP, 16 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES r � 12" DEEP, 16 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES ': 1' -1 3/4" . 6' -0" ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT 51 MORE FRONT DOOR GN SHOP INFO, NOTE: COORDINATE INSTALLATION i 6LA55 OF PIVOT HINGE AT STOREFRONT DOORS WITH LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL OF ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING SLAB TWO SIDED SIGN ABOVE, SEE DRAWINGS FOR ALIGN FACE WITH OF STOREFRONT € : ENTRY DOORS I ,' • \ m €€ , (v E € DOOR STOP, SEE HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO DUSTPROOF STRIKE \to: , • STOP, SEE HARDWARE >'N' FOR MORE INFO STRIKE 4i1 SCHEDULE DUSTPROOF -,c - - LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE qt' -I 1 1/2" MALL LEASE LINE I/2" THK. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS TYP LINE OF 6 "H CLEAR ANODIZED BASE BELOW 4 I ENLARGED FLAN AT ENTRY DOORS SCALE: I -I/2 "= I' -O" 2" EMBED. MIN. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL COLUMN L 3 "X3" 16 GA. x "-4" ANGLE PER SIDE 3 #8 SCREWS 11/2" HILTI KKK BOLT - TZ ANCHOR COLUMN CONNECTION DETAIL LIGHT GAUGE STEEL COLUMN 3 #8 SCREWS ALTERNATE COLUMN CONNECTION DETAIL STEEL BEAM - SEE PLANS \ - -1-I-I x x x x r X x 3 1/2" MIN LIGHT GAUGE STEEL COLUMN - SEE PLANS 16 GA. SIDE PLATE W/ (4) # 8 SCREWS PER MEMBER,EACH SIDE OF CONNECTION BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION STEEL BEAM - SEE PLANS iv IX /2" ,1 " x x x X x x 3 1/2" MIN. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL COLUMN - SEE PLA CLEAR SPAN C.E.M.C.O. NUMBERS SIZE DESCRIPTION 10' -O" (2) -400 C.5 16 A. 4" DEEP, I6 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES 15' -0" (2) -600 GS 16 GA. 6" DEEP, 16 GAUGE 1 -5/8" FLANGES 20 -O " (2) -800 C.5 16 GA. 8" DEEP, 16 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES 25' -O" (2) -1000 GS 16 A. 10" DEEP, 16 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES 30' -0" (2) -1200 C.5 16 A. 12" DEEP, 16 GAUGE I -5/8" FLANGES 16 GA. SIDE PLATE W/ (4) # 8 SCREWS PER EMBER,EACH SIDE OF CONNECTION BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 362 -XDLT 4 "x 20 GA. TRACK (TYPICAL TOP AND BOTTOM) #12 x 3/4" LONG SMS ry SCREWS @ 12" O.G. - N Ir � TYP. 0 = 362 -XDLT 4 "x 20 v GA. TRACK (TYPICAL W TOP AND BOTTOM) ry 16 GA. ��- 20 GA. )- 5/81'_ 1- 5/8f'_ STUD TRACK 1 -5/8" TYPICAL BOX BEAM CONSTRUCTION PER CHART NOTE: FASTEN BUILT -UP MEMBER TOGETHER @ 12" ON CENTER, MAX. ATTACH EACH SIDE TRACK ATTACH TRACK TO EACH STUD FLANGE ADD BENT TAB W/ FREE STANDING ON SLAB 4X4" BOX BEAM. CUT I -1/2" FLANGE AT EACH MEMBER AND _ BEND FLUSH TO SLAB. SECURE TO SLAB W/ (2) 0.145" P.A.F. EA — TAB TYPICAL. 0-1_2 3 -I/2" TRACK WHEN COL SET IN WALL FRAM'G • 1 PLAN SECTION 7 E3OX E3EAM AND COLUMN DETA I L SCALE: N.T.S. INOT USED © 2011 ARGVISION, INC. THI5 DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSE5, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATER I ALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERV151ON OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE 10/26111 - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #1 11/07/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUffE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415-2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2 - B 2010 -10 PROJECT 1AB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F 3318 5F 6897 • FREDERICK J. GOGLIA STATE OF WASHINGTON THE CHILDREN'S ,p ACE STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 18188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP ARCVISION PROJECT # CHECKED BY 120118 LLJ SHEET TITLE STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER AS. DOOR SCHEDULE # DOOR SIZE ROOM DOOR TYPE DOOR MATERIAL DOOR FINISH FRAME TYPE FRAME MATERIAL FRAME FINISH THRES -HOLD HDW. GROUP REMARKS I (2) 3' -O "W X 10' -O "H FRONT ENTRY DOOR DA AGM. / - ALUM. - T -3 I — 2 3' -0"W X 7' -O "H X 14 "T STOCKROOM 0E S.G. lc OA H.M. SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" T -4 4 — < PT -3 > < PT -S> 5 S' —O"W X 7' -O "H X Ii "T FITTING ROOM O S.G. O H.M. - 5 — < PT -5> < PT -5> 4 3' -0"W X 7' -O 1'H X I4 "T TOILET ROOM O EXIST. - EXIST. - 6 — < PT -S> < PT -S> 5 2' -8 "W X 7' -O "H X Ii "T JANITOR CLOSET O H.M. 0 H.M. - 1 — < PT -5> < PT -5> 6 3' -0"W X 7' -0 "H X 14 "T SERVICE DOOR 0 EXIST. - EXIST. T -4 ci UPDATED EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO TGP STANDARDS < PT -S> < PT -3> NOTE: TO THE RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK ON SHEET TI.O ALL EXISTING THROUGH BOLTS ON ALL EXISTING EXIT DOORS (IF APPLICABLE) AI.2 FOR FINISHES I. REFER 2. REMOVE 3. SEE �v7 I I NEW STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYPICAL ELEVATION SEE SCHEDULE / CLOSER SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE TYPE AND INFO TYP KICK PLATE BOTH SIDES - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME ELEVATION STOCKROOM AT NON EXIT PATH IT. o_1 •'• STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS I" INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS TYP I GAL 5 ELEVATION 3' -O" O r CLOSER AUD I BL ALARM CHIME CONCEALED CLOSERS PANIC DEVICE, SEE OOR SCHEDULE FOR RDWARE TYPE A INFO TYP ✓ —KICK PLA BOTH SIDES - SEE DOOR HEDULE 4 HARDWARE 5C' DULE FOR LOCATION HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME CDELEVATION STOCKROOM AT EXIT PATH SEE SIGN PACKAGE FOR SIZE 4 MOUNTING LOCATIONS KICK PLATE - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION EQ. EQ. PLACEMENT AS REQ'D BY LOCAL. CODE TACTILE UNISEX ROOM SIGN ELEVATION SEE SCHEDULE VARIES - SEE DOOR SOH WEATHER STRIP EXTERIOR DOORS NO RE -ENTRY TRIM AT EXTERIOR CLOSER IDENTIFICATION SIGN ON OUTSIDE OF EXTERIOR SIDE DOOR ONLY PER MALL STANDARD BY TCP SIGN VENDOR OR MALL SIGN VENDOR - COORDINATE WITH MALL PEEP HOLE / '2A t- O 3' -O • OPEN ABOVE OPEN BELOW HONEY COMB /SOLID CORE PAINT GRADE DOOR W/ METAL FRAME ELEVATION L/ PANIC DEVICE, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE TYPE AND INFO TYP KICK PLATE AT INTERIOR SIDE ONLY - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME 0 EXTERIOR ELEVATION ELEVATION SERVICE DOORS DOOR TYPES OFEN I NGS SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" WELDED FRAME OR K/D WITH ALL SEAMS HOLES, SEAMS JOINTS, SEAMLESS CLEAN DOOR FRAME SEE SHEET A1.0 FOR PARTITION TYPE. DOUBLE MTL. STUDS AT JAMB, TYPICAL HOLLOW MTL. FRAME, ANCHOR SECURELY TO METAL STUD FRAMING PAINT< PT -5 ' WEATHER STRIP ALL SIDES AT EXTERIOR DOORS DOOR (AS PER SCHEDULE) FRAME FLAN / SECT ON SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FULLY OPEN POSITION) CONCEALED HINGE - 5055 *2I8 OR APPROVED ALTERNATE SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR, (FULLY CLOSED POSITION) PRE - ASSEMBLED DOOR 4 FRAME 1/2" "J" MOLDING ON BOTH SIDES FRAME FLAN / SECTION 2 I FRAME TYPES NOT TO SCALE FOR REFERENCE ONLY - SEE PLAN FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS ', �.. \i .' ,#.: ... .. " e'..`•, .:=n ^` :t,..`i``":: .''. :. s EXTERIOR/ SERVICE HALLWAY .�1 DOOR TYPE OG (PANIC BAR) STOCK ROOM DOOR TYPE O (PANIC BAR) EXTERIOR/ SERVICE HALLWAY OOR TYPE G ANIG BAR) OOR TYPE E TRILOGY) STOCK ROOM S IPARTIAL FLAN DIAGRAM AT REAR DOOR NOT TO SCALE SALES FLOOR/ HALLWAY DOOR DOOR JAMB BEYOND NEW 4" OR 6" A.D.A. COMPLIANT ALUM. SADDLE. ENTRY MAT MF075 ADA COMPLIANT RUBBER TRANSITION, 1:12 MAX. TILE FLOORING CONC SLAB ALIGN BLDG. EXTERI OR WEATHER STRIP ALL SIDES AT EXTERIOR DOORS T TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 6" = I' -O" SALES FLOOR ENTRY DOOR DOOR JAMB BEYOND N LEASE LINE MALL TILE BY OWNER METAL TRANSITION STRIP TILE FLOORING. EXTEND TILE TO MALL TILE CONC. SLAB -� INTERIOR MALL ALIGN T2I TRANSITION DETA I L SCALE: 6" =1' -0" Il l l 1 III ■■ SALES FLOOR ENTRY DOOR INTERIOR MALL DOOR JAMB BEYOND LEASE LINE MALL TILE BY OWNER METAL TRANSITION STRIP TILE FLOORING. EXTEND TILE TO MALL TILE CONC SLAB -� ALIGN T5ITRANSITION DE TA I L SCALE: 6" = I' -0" HOLLOW DOOR JAMB SEALED ADA COMPLIANT RUBBER 1:12 MAX. BLACK TRANSITION TILE FLOORING CONC. SALES FLOOR MTL. FRAME STOCK ROOM HALLWAY BEYOND CONCRETE TRANSITION, VINYL STRIP SLAB /\ lc T41TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" HOLLOW MTL. FRAME DOOR JAMB BEYOND NEW 4" OR 6" ALUM. SADDLE. SEE SHEET A3.0 FOR MAT LOCATION. ENTRY MAT \ FG -3> TILE FLOORING CONC SLAB HALLWAY ALIGN � ; 41119,1fr BLDG. EXTERIOR WEATHER STRIP ALL SIDES AT EXTERIOR DOORS .s. T5ITRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" HOLLOW MTL. FRAME DOOR JAMB BEYOND NEW 4" OR 6" ALUM. SADDLE. SEE SHEET A5.0 FOR MAT LOCATION. ENTRY MAT F0-3 \> PAINTED CONC SLAB STOCK ROOM ALIGN 4 BLDG. EXTERIOR WEATHER STRIP ALL SIDES AT EXTERIOR DOORS TSITRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 6" = I' -0" HARDIAIARE SCHEDULE GROUP DESCRIPTION QTY. MODEL FIN. MANUFACTURER #1 STOREFRONT ENTRY (INTERIOR MALL) GLASS DOORS HANDLES 2 3' -0" X 10' -O" TEMPERED GLASS DOORS 4 CD8B5 8" OFFSET DOOR PULL BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CR LAURENCE TOP CLIP HINGES 2 TOP CLIP HINGES CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM HINGES 4 TOP 4 BOTTOM OFFSET PIVOT HINGES BOTTOM RAILS 2 6" HIGH CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM DEADBOLT 2 BOTTOM RAIL DEADBOLT, THUMB TURN AT INTERIOR, "BEST" KEYED CYLINDER AT EXTERIOR STRIKES 4 DUST PROOF STRIKES 626 IVES DOOR STOP 2 DOME DOOR STOPS, F5436 628 IVES DOOR STOP I "XI "X4 "XI /4" ALUMINUM ANGLE IN/ I "X4" NEOPRENE STRIP, GREY, CSK SCREW5 *4 STOCKROOM (NO EGRESS) LOCKSET TRILOGY T2 ELECTRONIC CYLINDRICAL DIGITAL KEYPAD LOCK WITH INTERCHANGEABLE CORE, DL21 -0O- (WP) TRILOGY IC / 26D, MOUNT KEYPAD ON HALLWAY SIDE HINGES 3 TA2114 -20D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2 ", NRP MCKINNEY CLOSER 1601 -BF-H, W/ HOLD OPEN ALUM NORTON STOP DOME DOOR STOPS, FS436 628 IVES KICK PLATE SILENCER 3 KI050F, 0.050 TH 24 "x54" ON SWING SIDE 5R64 STAINLESS STEEL GREY ROCKWOOD IVES THRESHOLD ADA THRESHOLD #5 FITTING ROOM FULL MORTISE HINGE SINGLE ACTING ADJUSTABLE SPRING HINGE, #MP560- U526D, 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" MCKINNEY HINGES LATGHSET TA2114 -26D, 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" BEST LEVER HANDLE "L" FUNCTION (PRIVACY),13KC -0- L- 15 -D -53 -626 SATIN CHROME PLATED MCKINNEY 5E5T STOP *64 HINGE PIN DOOR STOP ALUM. IVES SILENCER 3 SR64 GREY IVES #6 TOILET ROOM LATGHSET BEST LEVER HANDLE "L" FUNCTION (PRIVACY), T3KC- O- L -I5-D- 53-626 SATIN CHROME PLATED 5E5T HINGES 1 TA21I4 -26D, 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" MGKINNEY CLOSER *1601 -SF-H, W/ HOLD OPEN ALUM NORTON STOP DOME DOOR STOPS, F5456 628 IVES KICKPLATES 2 KIOSOF, 0.050 TH, 8 "x34" (ON BOTH SIDES OF DOOR) SILENCER 3 5864 STAINLESS STEEL GREY ROCKWOOD IVES JANITOR ROOM LATGHSET BEST LEVER HANDLE "D" FUNCTION (STOREROOM), 13KC- 1- D-I5 -D- 53-626 SATIN CHROME PLATED BEST HINGES TA2114 -260, 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" NRP MCKINNEY STOP KIGKPLATES DOME DOOR 5TOP5, F5436 KIOSOF, 0.050 TH 24 "x34" (ON SWING SIDE OF DOOR) 628 STAINLESS STEEL IVES ROCKWOOD SILENCER 3 5R64 GREY IVES EXIT DEVICES SERVICE DOOR ECL-230D PANIC HARDWARE WITH AUDIBLE ALARM. DETEX HINGES 4 TA2114 -26D 4 I/2" x 4 I/2 ", NRP MCKINNEY LATCH -GUARD ECL-431K DETEX CLOSER 1601 -BF -H, IN/ HOLD OPEN 684 NORTON PEEPHOLE PANORAMIC PEEP HOLD VIEWER ® ADA HEIGHT, DOOR SCOPE D5 /1000 GREY STOP HEAVY DUTY FLOOR STOP 4 MANUAL HOLDER, F5446 628 IVES KICK PLATE KIOSOF, 0.050 TH 30 "x34" ON INSIDE STAINLESS STEEL ROCKWOOD SILENCER THRESHOLD 3 SR64 ADA THRESHOLD GREY IVES WEATHERSTRIPPING WEATHER SEAL @ FRAME 588W PEMKO DOOR SHOE 211AV, DOOR SHOE W/ VINYL INSERT PEMKO SPECIAL DOORS *10 CASHWRAP DRAWER LOCKABLE CASH WRAP DRAWER IN MILLWORK NOTE: I. DOM HARDWARE PACKAGE 15 aIED AND INSTALLED BY GC. UNLG6 OTFBZWISE NOTED 2. NO 5U35TITUTION5 ALLOIED WTHGJT NRITTEN P'FFROJAL FRGM OWNER/ARCHITECT 3. KEY LOCKS ALIKE WTH "MANAGER'S KEY" 4. BEST REMOVABLE CORE CYLINDER TYP. REVIEWED FOR CODE CMP AN CE APPROVED DEC 03 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D11 - -358 RECEIVED ..rTY CF TUKW LA NOV 0 8 2012 F a4Mi CE N1 T HARDIA1ARE NOTES I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A HARDWARE SCHEDULE ORGANIZED BY "SETS" TO INDICATE THE PRODUCT TO BE FURNISHED FOR EACH ITEM AND TO INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL REGARDING THE PROPER USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THI5 EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCK SETS ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH 6 -PIN TUMBLER BEST TYPE LOCK CYLINDERS AND A MASTER KEY SYSTEM. 3. ONLY TEMPORARY CYLINDERS ARE TO BE USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND THE PERMANENT CYLINDERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CLIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SUCH KEYS FOR THIS HARDWARE ARE TO BE DELIVERED AT THAT TIME. 4. TEMPLATES ARE REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH DOOR AND FRAME AS'QUCiRED FOR PREPARATION TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. 5. THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH NBHA "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS HARDWARE" AND /OR THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE A.D.A. REGULATIONS, OR CABO /ANSI STANDARDS WHICHEVER APPLICATION 15 MORE STRINGENT FOR ITS USE. IN NO INSTANCE SHALL HARDWARE BE MOUNTED HIGHER THAN 36" A.F.F. 6. THE OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATION WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. 1. ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE SIDE FROM WHICH EGRESS 15 TO BE MADE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 8. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD!. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISUE REV DATE 1 SSUE 10/26V1 I - TGP REVIEW #1 10/26/II - LL REVIEW #I II/01/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PR (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TEGH2— 5 2010 -10 N5 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2855 SF 565 5F 5388 5F PROJECT 6897 \ REGISTERcy ARCHITE THE CHILDREN'S S-TATE Of WASHINGTON ACE STORE 1522 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA GISISS SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLP ARGVI510N PROJECT * 120118 CHECKED BY LLJ SHEET TITLE AND D ETA I LS SHEET NUMBER A7.0 IFITTING ROOM FIXTURE SGHEDULE i TOILET ROOM 4 JANITOR CLOSET NOTES: I . WATERPROOFING REQU I RED AT TO I LET ROOM, MOP SINK AND DRINKING FOUNTAIN - COORDINATE W/ L.L. TENANT CRITERIA PACKAGE AS REQUIRED 2. CONDENSATE LINE5 ARE TO BE BROUGHT TO NEAREST DRAIN, MAINTAIN ALL. CODE REQUIRED AIR GAPS ETC. 5. INSULATE DRAIN AND HOT WATER LINE5 BELOW LAVATORY 4. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT SOLID WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS BABY CHANGING TABLE (INSTALL TABLE PER MFG'S. INSTRUCTIONS) 5. INSTALL WC-1 ON WALL BEHIND 4 TO THE SIDES OF THE MOP SINK AND DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO +8' -O" A.F.F. 6. APPLY CLEAR SEALANT AT JUNCTURE OF VINYL BASE AND PVC FLOOR TO PROVIDE WATERPROOF SEAL AS REQUIRED 21' -I 13/4" FITTING ROOM NOTES: I. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 2. BENCH FURNISHED BY T.C.F. AND TO BE CUT DOWN, INSTALLED BY GC - SEE TYPICAL BENCH SECTIONS FOR DETAILS. 3. COAT HOOKS FURNISHED BY T.G.P. AND INSTALLED BY G.G., PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED 4. 30" X 66" FRAMED MIRROR PANEL, MOUNTED TO WALL, CLEAR ANODIZED 'J' BEAD W/ MITERED CORNERS - ALL SIDES OF MIRROR TO BE POLISHED. INSTALLED BY G.G. NOTE: HOLD ALL TOILET ROOM, FITTING ROOM AND HALLWAY DIMENSIONS TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCES 7' -10 1/4" SHUTOFF VALVE NOTE: PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT OR MALL TENANT CRITERIA JANITOR CLOSET 2-7 I/2" . _ 3' -0" , _ 4' -4 1/4" O ft1 E \ ll ACCESSIBLE \ FITTING ROOM' \ i PROVIDE ROD STYLE STOP - 6' -6 3/4" CG CG \ ACCESSI BLE \ TO I LET ROOM INSTALL VERTICAL GRAB BAR AS PER DETAIL 2/A8.0 2' -2" 73 I/2" (T' 0 I I / r -8 I (T-10 i ENLARGED FLAN SCALE: I/2 "= I' -O" I TOILET ROOM FIXTURE SCHEDULE I WATER CLOSET: -Is+ SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATION \ LAVATORY: (T -3� '.-5 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATION BABY CHANGING TABLE: PROVIDED BY TCP AND INSTALLED BY G.G. DRINKING FOUNTAIN: SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATION HAND DRYER: BOBRICK B -1128 TRIMLINE SURFACE MOUNTED ADA DRYER - STAINLESS, 208 -240V AC 6.8- 7.8AMP, 1400 -1100 WATTS, 50/60HZ, SINGLE PHASE. SUPPLIED BY TCP $ INSTALLED BY G.0 SOAP DISPENSER: BOBS CK B -155 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER. SUPPLIED BY TCP 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. MIRRORS: BOBRICK B -165 WITH STAINLESS STEEL, BRIGHT POLISHED FRAME. 51ZE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. GRAB BARS: BOBRICK STAINLESS STEEL * 8161122 AI, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAW IN65. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. TO I LET PAPER DISPENSER: BOBRICK B -6861 DOUBLE ROLL STAINLESS STEEL SATIN FINISH. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK CABINET: AMERICAN CLASSICS HAMPTON 25" WHITE STORAGE CABINET MODEL TTH -WH SKUT1115 (AVAILABLE AT HOME DEPOT) SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY 6.C. IJANITOR GLOSET FIXTURE SCHEDULE I NOTE: SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS -I MOP 51 N 2`I MOP BRACKET FLOOR DRAIN (ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT OR MALL TENANT CRITERIA) -4 WATER HEATER ) WALL SHELVING NOTE: PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED F —I MIRROR r-2) COAT HOOKS - SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. -3 MILLWORK BENCH INSULATE DRAIN AND HOT WATER LINES BELOW LAVATORY fi -s� 2' -10" MAX PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED 51DE ELEVATION AT LAVATORY SCALE: I /2" = I' -0" Q ;t INSULATE DRAT 4 AND HOT WATER LINES BELOW LAVATORY 4' -O" MAX. FRONT ELEVATION AT LAVATORY SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" SIDE ELEVATION AT WATER CLOSET SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED HANDLE ON OPEN 51 DE FRONT ELEVATION AT WATER CLOSET SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" 5/8" T -4\ 2' -a" MAX. f S' -4" MAX. 3' -4" MAX. SIDE ELEVATION AT DUAL DRINKING FOUNTAIN SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 0 0 klitVISICONSTASSITEA FRONT ELEVATION AT DUAL DRINKING FOUNTAIN SCALE: I/2" = I' -0" FRONT ELEVATION AT FRAMED MIRROR SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED ACT CEILING AS SCHEDULED SHUTOFF VALVE 4 DISCONNEC.T SWITCH - LOCATE AWAY FROM WET LOCATION PLATFORM ENCLOSURE - FRP OVER EXT. GRADE 5/8" PLYWD., SEAL ENTIRE PERIMETER FRONT ELEVATION AT JANITOR CLOSET SCALE: I/2" = I' -O" FRONT ELEVATION AT BABY CHANGING TABLE FRONT ELEVATION AT COAT HOOKS SCALE: 1/2" = I' -O" SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 2 I TYfi= I GAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCALE: AS NOTED rilk 0 AO ACT, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WATER HEATER PLUMBING WALL FRAMING SECURE METAL STUDS TO WALL 2' -0" 0.G. AT TH15 AREA OF WORK. (2) I "xI /16" STEEL STRAPS AROUND WATER HEATER BOLTED TO BACK PLATE IN LOWER 1/3 AND UPPER I/3 OF WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A WATER TIGHT, GALVANIZED STEEL PAN, MIN. 2" DEEP x 24 GA., BELO HOT WATER HEATER. I" MIN. DI A. DRAIN PER LOCAL CODE 4 LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TO NEAREST INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTOR OR APPROVED DRAIN. (2) LAYERS OF 5/4" FR TRTD CD PLYWOOD BELOW WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN AS PLATFORM PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED 2X4 WOOD LEDGER PROVIDE MID -POINT SUPPORT IF OVER 4' -0" WIDE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 0 3 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MINIMUM MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 7' -O" TO TOP OF PLATFORM. DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATE AS FAR AWAY FROM WATER HEATER AS PRACTICAL SIDE SECTION AT WATER HEATER SCALE: I" = I' -0" 2" x 4" FIRE I Iv /\ RETARDANT BLOCKING I\ I BY G.G. ® BACK 4 I \� SIDES OF BENCH I CONTINUOUS 2" x I 1/2" FIRE RETARDANT WOOD f LEDGER BY G.G. FOR BENCH BRAG I NG AT I BACK 4 SIDES OF BENCH. I NTERMEDI ATE SUPPORT, MATCH BENCH FINISHES AT VISIBLE AREAS TYP 10.° r � SSSS�AAYASS6 SSS` 2" X 3/4" PLAM FINISH. -TYP. SINGLE LAYER 3/4" PLAM FINISH AND RADIUSED LIP. COUNTER SINK SCREWS @ 12" O.G., TYP. ALONG BACK SIDE OF BENCH INTO LEDGER BENCH TOP MUST BE SECURED TO THE FRAMING WITH CONSTRUCTIONS ADHESIVE. SCREWS ARE ALLOWED ONLY ALONG THE BACK EDGE COVERED WITH THE TRIM. NO EXPOSED SCREWS THROUGH THE TOP OF THE BENCH ARE ALLOWED NOTE: CAULK FINISH TRIM, SEAL ALL GAPS @ VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL JUNCTURES W/ SILICONE LATEX SEALANT, COLOR WHITE SINGLE LAYER 5/4" BENCH W/ PLAM FINISH AND RADIUSED LIP. CONTINUOUS 11/2" x 11/2" HEAVY GAUGE METAL ANGLE ATTACH SECURELY TO BACK OF BLUE LAMINATE BENCH SUPPORT SIDE SECTION AT FITTING ROOM BENCH SCALE: I" = I' -0" • FITTING ROOM PARTITION CONTI NUOUS BLOCKING I N WALL c SIDES it BACK OF BENCH BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TYP. CONTINUOUS I I/2" X I I/2" HEAVY GAUGE METAL ANGLE ATTACH SECURELY TO LEDGER 4' -0" • CONT I NUOUS I -I/2" X 2" WOOD LEDGER I NTERMED I ATE SUPPORT, MATCH BENCH FINISHES AT VISIBLE AREAS TYP WALL FINISH BEYOND AS SCHEDULED FITTING ROOM BENCH PROVIDED BY TENANT'S MILLWORK VENDOR 4 INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. RUN BEAD OF CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE ® ALL BENCH TOP CONTACT POINTS. NOTE: CAULK FINISH TRIM, SEAL ALL GAPS e VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL JUNCTURES W/ SILICONE LATEX SEALANT, COLOR WHITE 2 LAYERS OF 5/4" END SUPPORT, MATCH BENCH FINISHES AT VISIBLE AREAS TYP BASE AS SCHEDULED FRONT SECTION AT ADA FITTING ROOM BENCH SCALE: I" = I' -0" FRP PANEL 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD METAL MOUNTING PLATE W/ MACHINE THREADED STUD METAL SHIM PLATE AS REQUIRED FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKI NG WOOD SCREWS HOOK SUPPLED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. DECORATIVE PLASTIC DISK GLUED TO FRP PANEL SUPPLIED BY TENANT WHITE SILICONE SEALANT COAT HOOK MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = I' -O" Dig - -3s8 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKV!IL =, NOV 0 8 2012 E M1 I _I_. U TYFIGAL SECTIONS SCALE: AS NOTED ® 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV PATE ISSUE 10/26/II - TOF REVIEW #1 1 0/26/11 - LL REV I E141 #I II/01/12 - FOR FERMIT / \ ARCHITECT FREDERICK J. GOGLIA ARCHITECT, NCARB, RDI 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcv.com STORE TYPE TECH 2— 5 2010 -10 PROJECT WE3 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUFFORT TOTAL 2833 5E 565 5E 3318 5E FREDERICK J, GOGLIA STATE OF WASHINGTON THE CHILDREN'S r-1 E•i v 1� LAC STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 18188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JLF ARCVI5ION PROJECT 6 CHECKED BY 120118 LLJ SHEET TITLE TOILET ROOMS F I TT I NO ROOM FLANS DETAILS SHEET NUMBER SECTION 230000 - HVAC GENERAL CC OITiONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 APPUCABIUTY A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for Division 23 and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the Drawings, or required to provide a complete installation of approved HVAC systems. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. 'Work" Is hereby defined as, 'The construction and services required by the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The work may constitute the whole or a part of the project.' B. "Furnish" is hereby defined as, 'To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect for damage." C. "Install" is hereby defined as, To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect clean, connect, and place into operation into the work. D. "Provide" is hereby defined as, To furnish and install." E. "Connect" is hereby defined as, To bring service to the equipment and make final attachment including necessary ductwork, Piping, wiring, etc." F. "Concealed is hereby defined as, "Hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces, or buried." G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as, Not installed underground nor concealed as defined by the Specifications." H. "Drawings" is hereby defined as, 'All plans, details, equipment schedules, diagrams, sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the work? 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, Electrical Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy Code, and all other applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. Also perform all work in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) induding Fire Marshal(s). B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any Tenant Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies serving the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the work. D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these Specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard rules of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Electrical Code (NEC), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers ( ASHRAE), and the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA). E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract Documents exceed code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards requirements. 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the work under this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his expense, unless otherwise indicated. 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any required corrections, induding all associated costs, arising from issues caused by the Contractor's failure to understand and /or coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents are the Contractor's sole responsibility. B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise and is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general arrangement of ductwork, piping, equipment, and accessories. Follow these drawings in laying out the work and verify spaces for the installation of these materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the exact intended location of ductwork, piping. or equipment, obtain instructions from the Architect before proceeding with the work. C. Notify the Architect for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered within the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of discrepancies shall result in the resolution becoming the Contractor's responsibility and subject to the Architect's review and possible rejection. Should the Architect reject a discrepancy resolution of which they were not notified, the Contractor Is fully responsble to correct the installation, induding all associated costs, until approval of the installation is given by the Architect. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Verify all existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Any existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based on information drawings provided by others and possibly limited field verification. The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions at no additional expense to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing conditions against the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself with the work prior to bidding and start of the work. By signing the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges the site visit has been completed and the existing conditions are accepted. D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in writing so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made without delay to the project The Contractor assumes full responsibility of adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect is not informed. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Furnish the Architect shop drawing portfolios containing names of manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on the project. Use manufacturer's specification sheets identified by number indicated on drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number on the cut sheets. As applicable, provide construction data, weight and dimensional data, voltage ratings, performance data, listing data, pump curves, fan curves and sound data as part of the shop drawing submittal. 2. Submittals are reviewed only for general compliance with the Contract Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not checked during submittal review. Review of the submittals does not relieve the Contractor of the responsbility for providing all materials, equipment and accessories necessary for a complete and operational system meeting the requirements of the project and the intent of the Contract Documents. The responsibility for coordination of substituted materials and equipment lies solely with the substituting Contractor. 3. Electrical Characteristics: Verify that proper power supply is available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, phase and current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any deviations prior to order, connection of equipment or start -up. Responsibility for verification of proper power supply voltage and any product returns or damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. B. Project Record Documents: Provide as specified. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. D. Test Reports: Provide as specified. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section, with minimum five years experience. C. Products: 1. Usted and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. D. All equipment and components shall be free of all rust /corrosion or any visible damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced without any change in the Contract amount. E. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required for a complete, functional system, including all required components reasonably inferred to as necessary although such components may or may not be specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this section. 1.09 DEUVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG A. Rooftop Equipment: Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. C. Protect dampers and accessories from damage to operating linkages, blades and finishes. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. 1.10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out to Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. B. Provide one year manufacturer warranty for pumps. C. Provide three year manufacturers warranty for solid state ignition modules. D. Provide five year manufacturers warranty for compressors, heat exchangers, condensing units, and electronic air cleaners. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The manufacturers listed are listed to set minimum standards for quality, design, and functionality. The products of other manufacturers may be submitted, at the Contractor's option, during shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. The products of other manufacturers shall meet or exceed all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor accepts all responsbility for costs and coordination issues arising out of the substitution of materials or equipment, and the coordination of such substitutions with all other contractors and subcontractors. B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork, piping or insulation materials at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and any utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other trades. Coordinate all work accordingly. B. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties encountered in the installation of the work, which might prevent prompt and proper installation, or make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. Failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit and proper for the execution of this work. C. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in advance so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work that has not been completed and work that is in progress. Inform all trades of openings required for the work and provide all special frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The HVAC system layout may be altered to suit the conditions with engineer approval, prior to the installation of any work and without additional cost to the Owner. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's responsibility. D. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and afford other trades reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work. Properly connect and coordinate this work with the work of other trades at such time and in such a manner as not to delay or interfere with their work. E. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. F. All temperature control wiring, thermostat wiring, damper interlock wiring, control panel interlock wiring and miscellaneous low voltage wiring associated with the equipment furnished or installed under this contract shall be furnished and installed by the mechanical contractor or his sub - contractor. All wiring installed under this contract shall be in full compliance with the National Electrical Code, all State and local codes and requirements of the Electrical Specifications for this project 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. B. Verify all equipment locations prior to rough -in. Maintain adequate equipment service clearance per manufacturer and code. C. Verify routing of all ductwork and piping in field prior to fabrication or installation. Verify adequate clearance with structure, light fixtures, and ceiling heights. D. Verify that proper fuel and power supply is available for connection. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install all ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, completed status, and suitable operation of each system. Tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the Architect. 3.05 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean fire suppression parts to remove harmful materials. B. aeon exposed surfaces of all ductwork pipe, equipment, and accessories of all dirt, debris, splatter, and other deleterious materials. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning as applicable. C. Repair or replace damaged ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories, as directed by and to the satisfaction of the Architect, where marring or disfigurement has occurred. All pipe, equipment, and accessories shall be new. 3.06 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed copy and one electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. Information contained on project record drawings shall include, as a minimum: 1. Actual locations of all equipment, ductwork, air inlets /outlets, accessories, etc. 2. Actual routing of ductwork with sizes and elevations. 3. Actual locations of control devices induding valves and volume dampers. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and operation data for all hvac equipment, control systems, accessories, and materials used. Include maintenance procedures, intervals, and parts list of each item installed under this contract. Include all manufacturer's guarantees and warranties. C. Maintenance Materials: At project closeout, furnish to the Owner the following: 1. One set of replacement filters for all hvac equipment. 2. The maintenance contract for the hvac system, if applicable. D. Test Reports: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two copies of the following: 1. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Report END OF SECTION SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, MO BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. 1. Air handling units; Packaged heating and /or cooling equipment Fans. (Exhaust and supply); Coils; Terminal equipment; Air inlets and outlets. (Diffusers, grilles, louvers, etc.) B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. C. Independent agency requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. Provide TAB Agency qualifications. B. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1. Submit to the Construction Manager within two weeks after completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing. 2. Provide reports in bound manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets. and indicating thermostat and equipment locations. 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5. Include the following on the title page of each report a. Name, address and telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Project Name; location; Engineer, Contractor, Report date. 1.03 WARRANTY A. The Balancing Contractor shall be prepared to return to the site at no additional cost to re- adjust air quantities as required to provide uniform temperatures, eliminate drafts and objectionable noises during the first year of occupancy, induding one full heating and one full cooling season, after the acceptance of the final balancing report. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1. AABC MN -1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation. Air - Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4. SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the Project. C. Where HVAC systems and /or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D. TAB Agency Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with a minimum of five years experience. 2. Certified by one of the following: a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau. c. TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute. 3. The TAB Agency must be a completely independent, third party balancing contractor with no financial, common owners or other ties to the installing contractors. E. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems; Air Outlets and Inlets; Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 15 percent of design. 3.03 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. B. Mark on the Drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. 3.04 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. Do not use diffuser, grille or register integral dampers for balancing adjustments unless the plans do not indicate duct mounted devices. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required at no additional expense to the Owner. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, induding filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions in all operating modes as indicated in the sequence of control. I. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions and at all intermediate operating conditions specified in the sequence of control. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. 3.05 SCOPE A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (if present on the project): 1. HVAC Pumps; Boilers; All Air Handling Equipment; All Packaged Heating and /or Cooling Equipment; All Coll; All Heat Exchangers; Terminal Heat Transfer Units; Air Terminal Units; Air Inlets and Outlets 3.06 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. Report (as applicable to the project): 1. Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system c. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of building pressurization d. Nomenclature used throughout report and test conditions. B. Electric Motors and drives: 1. Manufacturer, Model/Frame; HP/BHP; Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual. no load; RPM; Service factor Sheave Make /Sze /Bore. 2. V -Belt Drives: identification/location; Required driven RPM; Driven sheave, diameter and RPM; Belt, size and quantity, C. Cooling and Heating Coils: 1. Identification /number, Manufacturer 2. Air flow, design and actual 3. Air pressure drop, design and actual 4. Entering and leaving air DB and WB temperature, design and actual 5. Water flow, design and actual (if applicable) 6. Water pressure drop, design and actual (if applicable) 7. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual (if applicable) D. Air Moving Equipment: 1. Manufacturer, Model number, Serial number Arrangement /Class/Discharge 2. Air flow, specified and actual 3. Inlet; Discharge; Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual E. Air Distribution Tests: 1. Air terminal number 2. Room number/location 3. Terminal type 4. Terminal size 5. Area factor 6. Design velocity 7. Design air flow 8. Test (final) velocity 9. Test (find) air flow 10. Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Duct insulation. B. Duct liner. C. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in ceiling spaces. 1.02 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread /Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. B. Manufacturer. Knauf Fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens Coming Corp.; CertainTeed Corporation. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K' value: 0.31 at 75 degrees F. when tested in accordance with ASTM C 518. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 4.50 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yam and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability. 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E 96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Barrier Tape: 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yam and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. D. Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, black color. E. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage. 2.03 DUCT UNER A. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071; flexible blanket, rigid board, and preformed round liner board; impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer shown to be fungus and bacteria resistant by testing to ASTM G 21. 1. Apparent Thermal Conductivity. Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. 2. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 3. Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, minimum. 4. Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: a. 1/2 inch Thickness: 0.30. b. 1 inch Thickness: 0.45. c. 1 -1/2 inches Thickness: 0.60. d. 2 inch Thickness: 0.70. B. Adhesive: Waterproof, fire - retardant type. C. Uner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self- adhesive pad or impact applied with integral, or press -on head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NAIMA National Insulation Standards. B. Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: 1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion pints. C. Insulated ducts conveying air above ambient temperature: 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. D. External Duct Insulation Application: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of duct Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Uft duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. E. Duct and Plenum Uner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible for spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. The Contractor may use any of the following Insulating materials, at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected insulating material and thickness with all State and local codes and utility company requirements Is the sole responsibility of the Installing Contractor. B. Supply air ducts in ceiling spaces: 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 2 inches thick. 2. Flexible Glass fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1 -1/2 inches thick. END OF SECTKNI SECTION 233100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Nonmetal ductwork. C. Duct cleaning. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed In place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts, only after approval of the Engineer. B. Report all conflicts with structure or other obstructions. prior to fabrication of any ductwork. Suitable adjustments in the sizes of ducts shall be accommodated without any additional expense to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for all systems. No ductwork shall be fabricated until engineer approved shop drawings have been received by the Contractor. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in sizes or shapes made necessary by the obstructions of other trades. 8. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA (LEAK) - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and NFPA 96 standards. B. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this Section. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not Install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot - dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold - rolled commercial steel. C. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003 -H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061 -T651 or of equivalent strength. D. Insulated Flexible Ducts: 1. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected ductwork material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. 2. Two ply vinyl film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. c Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. d. Minimum R- Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 3. Black polymer film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 4 inches WG positive and 0.5 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. c Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. d. Minimum R-Vaiue: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 4. Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches negative. b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. d. Minimum R- Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 5. UL 181, Gass 1, aluminum laminate and pdysster film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. d. Minimum R- Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 6. UL 181, Gass 0, interlocking spiral of aluminum foil; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 8 inches WG positive or negative. b. Maximum Velocity. 5000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 250 degrees F. d. Minimum R- Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. E. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non- hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant. 1. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2. VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 4. For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. 5. Ductwork Exposed to the Weather. Hard cast VersaGrip 102, (VG -102), UL 181 -AM compliant duct joint sealer, as manufactured by Carlisle, with fiberglass scrim tape reinforcement on all seams and joints, lateral and longitudinal. F. Hanger Rod: ASTM A 36/A 36M; steel; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate, support and seal in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T'e, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1 -1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. D. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 2.03 DUCT MANUFACTURERS A. Metal -Fab, Inc.; SEMCO Incorporated; United McGill Corporation. 2.04 MANUFACTURED METAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS A. Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA 'E' rated rigidly class connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with sealant. gasket, cleats, and corner clips. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine drawings for the Architectural, Structural, Electrical and all other trades prior to preparation of ductwork shop drawings and prior to the fabrication of any ductwork. B. Resolve any conflicts encountered with the Engineer prior to fabrication. C. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in sizes or shapes made necessary by the obstructions of other trades. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Duct sizes indicated are inside dear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. C. Install and seal metal and flexble ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. F. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. H. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. I. Support flexible duct runs every five feet in the horizontal direction to avoid dips and sags. J. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. K. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. Longer duct lengths are acceptable If depicted on the design drawings and allowed per local code. A maximum of one 90 degree bend, or equivalent, will be allowed in flexible duct runs. L During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped pdysthylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust or clean with high power vacuum machines. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Ductwork Material: B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected piping material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. 1. Low Velocity Supply. Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 2. Return and Relief: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 3. General Exhaust: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 4. Outside Air Intake: Galvanized Steel. C. Ductwork Pressure aass: 1. Low Velocity Supply (Systems with Cooling): Scheduled System ESP +0.5 ", round up to next higher pressure class. 2. Return and Relief: 1 inch. 3. General Exhaust: Scheduled System ESP +1.0 ", round up to next higher pressure class. 4. Outside Air Intake: 1 inch. END OF SECTION SECTION 233300 - MR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air turning devices /extractors. B. Volume control dampers. C. flexible duct connections. D. Duct access doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS A. Manufacturers: Krueger; Ruskin Company Titus. B. Multi -blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.02 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin Company. Prefco Inc. B. Fabricate In accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. D. Multi -Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. E. End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil- impregnated nylon or entered bronze bearings. F. The contractor shall provide either a mechanical or electrical cable operated system wherever dampers are located in non- accessible areas. 1. Mechanical cable operator system shall be similar and equal to Young Regulator Company, "Bowden Cable Control' system including damper, flexible cable with casing and concealed ceiling regulator control. 2. Electrically operated damper control system shall be similar and equal to United Enertech Corporation, "Power Balance" system including motor operated damper, RJ -11 plenum rated cabling and flush ceiling or wall mounted RJ -11 jack in remote plate. Include one hand held battery pack operator pack to be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the balancing. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1. Fabric: UL listed fire - retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. a. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. 2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel. 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Acudor Products Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin Company, SEMCO Incorporated. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C. Fabrication: Rigid and close- fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ducts, install minimum 1 Inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 1. Less Than 12 inches Square: Secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. D. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Duct construction and pressure class. B. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. C. Locate all dampers and control elements in accessible areas wherever possible to avoid access doors. Provide ceiling access doors for access to all dampers and control elements located above inaccessble ceiling areas. Provide minimum 12 x 12 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take -off. E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. Do not locate dampers closer than 5 feet or 10 duct diameters from the air terminal device, whichever is greater. F. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. G. At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment END OF SECTION SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTLATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof exhausters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Greenhedc; Loren Cook Company PennBarry; CaptiveAlre. 2.02 POWER VENTILATORS - GENERAL A. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing the MICA Certified Rating Seal. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. D. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.03 ROOF EXHAUSTERS AND VENTILATORS A. Fan Unit: V -belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; resilient mounted motor, 1/2 inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire birdsc Teen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. B. Roof Curb: 20 inch high above the finished roof surface (compensate for roof insulation thickness at fan location) self - flashing of galvanized steel or aluminum construction with continuously welded seams, built -in cant strips, insulation and curb bottom, and factory installed nailer strip. C. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non - fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor. D. Backdraft Damper: Motor actuated (or gravity damper if depicted on design drawings), aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked, and line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self - aligning pre - lubricated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide sheaves required for final air balance at no additional expense to the project. C. Secure roof and wall exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb or structure. D. Extend ducts to roof and wall exhausters into roof curb or wall structure. Counterflash duct to roof or wall opening. E. Install backdraft dampers (gravity or motorized as depicted on design drawings) on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. F. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system applicable to this project. The use of on unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION SECTION 233700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Round diffusers. B. Rectangular ceiling diffusers. D. Ceiling supply registers and grilles. E. Ceiling exhaust and return registers and grilles. F. Grid core exhaust and return grilles. I. Wall registers and grilles. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, accessories, and noise level. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70. B. Teat and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500 -L C. Code requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this Section. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this Section, with minimum five years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Titus; Krueger, Price Industries; Camas Company HVAC; Hart & Cooley, Ruskin. 2.02 ROUND DIFFUSERS A. Type: Round, adjustable pattern, stamped or spun, multi -core, or architectural plaque diffuser to discharge air in 360 ree attern. B. Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off -white finish. C. Accessories: Opposed blade damper and multi- louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.03 RECTANGULAR CEIUNG DIFFUSERS A. Type Square, adjustable pattern, stamped architectural plaque diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern with sectorizing baffles where indicated. B. Frame: Inverted T -bar type. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and cuing frame. (To allow lift-out removal of the diffuser without removal of the plaster frame.) C. Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off -white finish. D. Accessories: Opposed blade damper and multi- louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.04 CEIUNG SUPPLY REGISTERS /GRILLES A. Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of grille, two -way deflection. B. Frame: 1 -1/4 Inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket C. Fabrication: Stee; with factory off-white enamel finish. D. Damper. Integral, gang - operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. 2.05 CEIUNG EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS /GRILLES A. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades set at 35 degrees, horizontal face. B. Frame: 1 -1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. C. Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage minimum frames and 22 gage minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimum frame, or aluminum extrusions, with factory off-white enamel finish. 2.06 GRID CORE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRIUES A. Type: Fixed grilles of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1 inch louvers. B. Fabrication: Aluminum with factory off -white enamel finish. C. Frame: 1 -1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. D. Frame: Channel lay-in frame for suspended grid ceilings where face size exceeds 18 x 18 inch. 2.07 WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS /GRILLES A. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades set at 0 degrees, vertical face. B. Frame: 1 -1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. C. Fabrication: Steel frames and blades, with factory off -white enamel finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. END OF SECTION SECTION 237413 - PACKAGED OUTDOOR ROOF TOP UNITS - GAS FIRED PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged roof top units. B. Thermostat controls. C. Remote EMS panel connection. D. Roof mounting curb and base. E. Economizer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. York. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. B. Description: Self- contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, enthalpy economizer and power exhaust fan where indicated on the Drawings, condenser coil and condenser fan. C. Electrical Characteristics: As scheduled on the Drawings. D. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet Steel with baked enamel finish, including access panels with screwdriver operated flush cam type fasteners or doors with piano hinges with locking handles. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gage, with access doors or panels of minimum 20 gage. B. Insulation: one inch thick neoprene coated glass fiber with edges protected from erosion. C. Heat Exchangers: Aluminized steel or stainless steel where indicated on the Drawings, of welded construction. D. Supply Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V -belt drive, adjustable variable pitch motor pulley, and rubber isolated hinge mounted motor or direct drive as indicated. Isolate complete fan assembly. E. Air Filters: 2 inch thick disposable media in metal frames. F. Roof Mounting Curb: Galvanized steel, channel frame, insulated with gaskets, nailer strips. Provide roof curb of adequate height to provide a unit mounting height of 12" or greater above the top of the roof surface with the curb mounted to the building structure. Roof curb height must compensate for the roof insulation thickness to meet this requirement. G. Vibration Isolation Curb: Only when Indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 BURNER A. Gas Burner. Induced draft or forced draft type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut -off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100 percent shut -off pilot. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. C. High Umit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. D. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. 2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. B. Provide capillary tubes or thermostatic expansion valves for units of 6 tons capacity and less, and thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circuiting for units 7.5 tons cooling capacity and larger. 2.06 COMPRESSOR semi-hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm A. Provide hermetic or sem p rp maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. B. Five minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. C. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F ambient 2.07 CONDENSER COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows and coil guard. B. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 2.08 MIXED AIR CASING A. Dampers: Provide outside, return, and relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside air damper to fail to dosed position. Relief dampers may be gravity balanced. B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets maximum leakage 5 percent at 2 inches pressure differential. C. Damper Operator. 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil. D. Damper Operator, Units 7.5 Ton Cooling Capacity and Larger. 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil with spring return on. E. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position on call for heating and above 75 degrees F ambient, or when ambient air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy. 2.09 INTEGRATED ECONOMIZER: A. Economizer shall be furnished and installed complete with outside air and relief dampers and controls. B. Provide low- leakage, opposed blade dampers. C. Economizer shall be capable of introducing up to 100X outdoor air for minimum ventilation as well as free cooling. D. Damper actuator shall be electronic, fully modulating design. E. Economizer outdoor hood shall be pre- painted and fully Integrated with the unit F. Provide differential enthalpy sensor capable of comparing heat content (temperature and humidity) of outdoor air and indoor air and controlling economizer cut -in point at the most economical level. 2.10 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Siemens EMS. Refer to EMS sheets for additional details. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INFPA nstall in 90A accordance with manufacturer's instructions and B. Mount units on factory bunt roof mounting curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. Install roof mounting curb so that it bears on the building structure, not on top of the roof deck or roofing materials. Provide restraints where required by local codes. END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKML NOV 0 8 2012 PERMIT CEN © 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING THE DES16N INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NGARB, WI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, L055E5, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'SSr FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORK I N6 FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, I F G MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWING'S WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606L IA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - PROJECT sk y � y.. .ry � a,.. STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, !NA a8ISS '.'�'`�� �c �N. - y 45;1,1. �, ci a �. sip .� --r.� -, y,or��t IO /26/1 I - TGi= REYI W #I .�.�,.,..m -�.,,, .,._,,..�...m ...,.P . .... A a ,._._ ,...W..�,�.�.w,A,.,.�..�,.,_ r o ...�.... .,,A,.,w.,...., .....�,w m .... - 10/26/1 1 - LL RE V I B'1 # I �� - I I /01/12 FOR PERMIT T _. . _. ..�� __ ....... ..A �_ m. ,...W........_,_._ �A. .. ROBERT L. QUEATHEMa ENC�IEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD SLIM 300 ST. LOU3, MO 63146 Pli (314) 415-2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 twraercwoom PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5E -.- .._»m._ W W ..,. ____ .o. ,.,.. W _ _. ._.. ....�...... _ .. __ m . W � � ...�.�._...m -� ° ° °-T-� mm - - -- - �-���- ...,,M..�h......_.. . �, �..�....�...w..�.�.M._..�._.w. _ w _ w _ 4 ... ...... .�..�..�..�... _ _� .,.�..,�..u,.__.,.._.. M_� ,. _ .. ,_,. e... _._ _ . _ ...__,w .._._ 3318 5E . _mil.,. ._ __ .w.. „,,_.._, .....om p._.., vo-_ .. m,_.... ,. W ..�..� a...... , ......� .,,..m..w.._..___..�....�.�.... ....�..r... . �. �..._._..w..�.�........m.._..,. . __ .... H..A.M �. �_,.... _....q ._�_�..._._.. SCALE A5 NOTED DRAWN BY NIA SEPARATE PEEWIT CHECKED BY APPROVAL. RF REQUIRED SHEET TITLE AND MECHANICAL � 5i'�G I � I G AT I ON5 SHEET NUMBER • 0 ms w ..._, ... _.MA 4. ,....... _4.�._... . �r. �..... �..... m ....��._.....�....,.�.��..�.... �_w..�.� �,��..�....M.P...�...�. �. �. �., m,. �. �_ w..._.. .._K.�.___..,�.�..__..�..._.... ARGVISION PROJECT * 120115 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 0 -C iv MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER THERMOSTAT WITH CONTROL WIRING -C }gyp MOTORIZED DAMPER 0 HUMIDISTAT (BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER) -C 2-FD FIRE DAMPER G ROUND DUCT RISER OR DROP -C a•SD SMOKE DAMPER G 2011 ARGVI510N, ING THIS DRAW N6, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 60GLIA, D DESIGN NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PROFESS SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE DESIGN NAL AL OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESS 10NAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB — CONTRACTORS WORK IN6 FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARD IN6 MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENT'S DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWIN65 WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE SUPPLY OR OUTDOOR AIR DUCT RISER -C }�•� COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER 1�1 OR DROP (SA OR OA) REV DATE ISSUE SQUARE/RECTANGULAR DIFFUSER WITH AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER E. PROVIDE SECTORIZING BAFFLES TO ACHIEVE AIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGIVE� 1950 CRAIG ROAD SUITE 300 ST. L MO 63146 P11 (314) 415-2400 FAX ( )415 -2300 NIwML�.w.COm RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT RISER OR DROP (RA OR EA) ���' �r y ` � ..a� STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, INA 1515 10-0 J" I �''. U1i '� f `r° 1'R : 4 J r� 10/26111 — TOP REV I EIN #1 — # 10�Z('>�1 1 LL R1�IJ�I 1 11/07/12 — FOR PERMIT RECTANGULAR DUCT WITH SIZE f0 . FIRST FIGURE IS SIDE SHOWN \ \ '/ 10'/ D-X / ROUND DIFFUSER WITH AIRFLOW TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE 10 / ROUND DUCT WITH SIZE FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH SIZE En)))) 19E ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES .- ,w ► i A! r' X00 G><M SQUARE/RECTANGULAR SUPPLY GRILLE WITH AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE. ADJUST BLADES OR PATTERN CONTROLLER TO ACHIEVE AIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. 2833 5F 565 5F — EXISTING 12/6 D-f �� -v NEW WORK �. _. k � A POINT OF CONNECTION BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING WORK. 100 ow EXHAUST AIR GRILLE WITH AIRFLOW TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE �e/6 c-X 1.200 QCM 4 MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR 678 G-X RETURN AIR GRILLE WITH TAG SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE �G�+>�N I G>�L FLAN SHEET DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR '��I 7��•��, ►iii -4 HATCH PATTERN INDICATES ITEMS BEING REMOVED. NOTE: NOT EVERY DEVICE OR SYMBOL IN THIS LEGEND MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATION TERM ABBREVIATION TERM AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE FA OR OA OUTDOOR AIR EA EXHAUST AIR RA RETURN AIR HVAC HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SA SUPPLY AIR ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS) DEVICE SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Q ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (1 PER DZC) 0 ® DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER ® CO2 SENSOR (ONLY IF INDICATED ON PLANS) NOTE: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IS MANUFACTURED BY SIEMENS, FURNISHED BY THE OWNER TO THE GC FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GC. COORDINATE EXACT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES WITH THE GC. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS AND EMS1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I MECHANICAL SYMBOL LEGEND GENERAL NOTES. A. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON PECORD DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER P. AND /OR LIMITED FIELD VERIFICA 770N. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADD /71ONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VER /FICA 7TON OF ALL EXIS11NG COND /TTONS PRIOR TO SUBM/T77NG HIS B /D. NO ADDI71ONAL COMPENSA 710N WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMl777NG 7HE BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE /MMEDIA TEL Y REPORTED TO THE ENG /NEER FOR RESOLUTION. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONS /BLE TO DEMOLISH ALL EX/S77NG AS REQUIRED FOR /NSTALLA 770N /CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK D. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES. E. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE $ 1H ELECTR /CAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS. AB. F. 771E CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE /NSTALLA 770N OF ALL EQUIPMENT MAY BE PROPERLY COORDINATED. AC. G. ALL EQUIPMENT FURN /SHED SHALL fir THE SPACE A VA/LABLE WI17 CONNECTIONS IN 771E REQUIRED LOCA 710NS AND W1771 ADEQUATE SPACE FOR OPERA T1NG AND SERVICING. THE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY D/AGRAMMA 71C AND INDICATE THE INTENT OF 771E /NSTALLA 770N WHILE THE SPEC /FICA 7TONS AND EQUIPMENT LIST DENOTE THE TYPE AND QUALITY OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE USED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. WHERE A CONFLICT EX /STS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND 7HE SPECIFICA 170NS, THE HIGHER AND /OR MORE COSTLY STANDARD WILL APPLY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER WHOSE DEC /S /ON SHALL BE FINAL. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE SUBSEQUENTLY IN THIS REGARD ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR AFTER AWARD OF 171E CONTRACT. H. COORDINATE- DUCT ROUTING AND HEIGHTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE STARTING WORK. , THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO CONFORM THE STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUC77ONS, PRESERVE CE /LING HEIGHTS AND HEADROOM AND MAKE ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ACCESS /BLE. J. ALL DUCT CONN£CT7ONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT MUST BE MADE W17H FLEX /BLE CONNECTORS K. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO DECK ABOVE ATTACH TO STRUCTURE (Le. BEAMS, JOISTS) ONLY DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W1'7H LOCAL CODE. ALL CONNECTIONS TO JO /STS SHALL BE MADE AT THE TOP CORD. L. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. ALL SUPPLY A/R DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH 1 -1/2” ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER OR WRAPPED WITH 2" THICK FIRE RETARDANT FIBERGLASS WITH A REINFORCED ALUM /NUM FOIL JACKET AND SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE BY SMACNA AND NA /MA. RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTWORK W/7H /N 10 FEET OF THE UNIT FAN SHALL BE LINED 1417H 1" ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER. M. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED 77GHT TO 771E BOTTOM OF 7HE STRUCTURE. M THIS PROJECT U71LIZES A PLENUM RETURN A/R CEILING DES /GN. ALL EQU /PMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED IN THE PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS MUST MEET 771E FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RA T7NGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS 0. TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIELD VER /FICA 710N OF ALL U77LITY RUNS AND /OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS LOCH TED ON THE PREMISES PRIOR TO BIDDING. TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONS /BLE FOR ALL COSTS RELA T1NG TO THE RELOCA 770N OF, DAMAGE TO, REPAIR OF ANY EX /STING UT1LUTY RUNS AND /OR IMPROVEMENTS' WHICH ARE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF TENANTS WORK IN OR AROUND THE PREM /SES. R. MALL AA. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE, IF REQUIRED IN LEASE OR TENANT CRITTER /A MANUAL. AT THE COMPL£71ON OF CONSTRUCTION AN NEBB, AABC OR TABB C£R71F1ED A/R BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENG /NEER AND LANDLORD. THE BALANCING MUST BE COMPLETED BY AN INDEPENDENT, THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR WITH NO TIES TO THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS. REFER TO 77.0 FOR EXACT PROJECT SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. COOPD/NA 77ON1.• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTA /N A COPY OF 771E LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL. TENANT CR /TER /A MANUAL IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONS /BLE FOR COMPL Y/NG WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. PARTS OF THE BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS THAT FALL INTO LEASE LINE SHALL REMAIN UND /STURBED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WRING, RELAYS, DETECTORS, COMPONENTS, ETC., FOR FIRE ALARM OR CONTROL SYSTEM INTERLOCK IF APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH MALL PERSONNEL BEFORE B /D. PER/FY IF REQUIRED TO REUSE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND TOILET EXHAUST TAPS IN LANDLORD DUCTS OR IF ALLOWED 70 INSTALL NEW TAPS (NTH GEORGE BARTH PR /OR 70 BID. IF NEW TAPS ARE 70 BE INSTALLED, MUST VERIFY POINT -OF CGWNEC77ON 7•7 LANDLORD DUCTS MIN GEORGE BARTH THE FOLLOWING WORK SHALL BE BY LANDLORD'S OR A LANDLORD APPROVED HVAC CON7RACTCR, AT THE TENANT'S EXPENSE; CAPPING AND SEALING OF ABANDONED TAPS OR IF REQUIRED 70 REMOVE - REMOVAL OF ABANDONED TAPS AND PATCH /NG OF LANDLORD DUCTS- INSTALLATION OF NEW TAPS DUCTISVRK 70 VAV BOX AND INSTALLATION OF VAV BOX. VERFY ALL WORK REQUIRED PR /OR 77 BID. MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES. 1. PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULED ON SHEET M3.0. 2 ROUTE NEW 6 "0 TO /LET /JAN /TOR CLOSET EXHAUST DUCT AND CONNECT TO BUILDING CENTRAL EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4": 4. DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE MANAGER'S DESK IN THE STOCK ROOM. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCA710N WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTA T7VE AND PROVIDE A LOCKING COVER. MOUNT THE DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER AT 48" A.F.F. PROVIDE ELECTRO— PNEUMA7TC TRANSDUCER IF REQUIRED BY MALL OPERA T1ONS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S OPERA T10NS MANAGER. 5. BALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO NEW AIRFLOW INDICATED. 6. NEW DIFFUSER IN NEW CE /LING. CONNECT TO EX/ST1NG DUCT AS REQUIRED. PATCH INSULA 7TON INCLUDING VAPOR BARR /ER. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL VER /FY £X /STING DUCTWORK LOCH 7TON. 8. EX /STING VAV BOX TO REMAIN AND RE —USED. BALANCE TO NEW AIRFLOW INDICATED. VER /FY PROPER OPERA TTON AND CONTROL RESPONSE. 9. PROVIDE EMS COMPONENT ON SUPPLY A/R DUCT. REFER TO ELECTR /CAL PLANS AND SHEETS EMS1.0 FOR ADD ITIONAL /NFORMA 110N AND SCOPE. MUST MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF LANDLORD'S C YLING PLENUM RETURN / SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/ FOR TENANT'S SPACE AND ADJACENT TENANT SPACES VERIFY RETURN A/R PA7h INTERIOR WALL AND DEMISING WALL OPINING REWIREMENTS AREAS WHERE SUSPENDED CEILING IS RWJIRED,GEILING RE77JRN A/R GRILLE REQUIREMENTS ETCWITN 7HE TENANT'S ARAN /TFCT AND GEORGE BARTH PR /OR TO B/D. 10. EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE RE —USED. CLEAN AND BALANCE IS COMPLETED. 11. PRO19'DE ACCESS PANEL(S) IN NEW CEILING AS REQUIRED TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND SMOKE DETECTOR. TEST AFTER A/R TO SERVICE VA V BOX, (GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES HALLWAY FITTING ROOM 11' -11" 1 ACT —EX 8' —O" 1 ACT -1 JANITOR CLOSET ACT —EX SERVICE, CORRIDOR 22X22 EXISTING TOILET ROOM 11' -11" 1 PT -5 50 CM 6 "0 0 -1 N.O.TE...6.... EVAV -1J NOTE 7,8,9 G -1 22X22 -: G -1 22X22 170 CFM NOTE 5 170 CFM 8 "0 D -1 NOTE 6 170 CFM 8 "0 D -1 NOTE 6 170 CFM NOTE 5 170 CFM NOTE 5 170 CFM 8 "0D -1 NOTE 6 MALL CONCOURSE 175 CFM 8"o D -1 NOTE 6 170 CFM NOTE 5 170 CFM 8"01 NOTE 6 170 CFM NOTE 5 170 CFM 8 "0 D -1 NOTE 6 OTE 10 OTE 11 22X22 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 8 2012 mrr MECHANICAL PLAN G 2011 ARGVI510N, ING THIS DRAW N6, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 60GLIA, D DESIGN NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PROFESS SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE DESIGN NAL AL OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESS 10NAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB — CONTRACTORS WORK IN6 FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARD IN6 MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENT'S DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWIN65 WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGIVE� 1950 CRAIG ROAD SUITE 300 ST. L MO 63146 P11 (314) 415-2400 FAX ( )415 -2300 NIwML�.w.COm STORE TYPE 2010 -10 T G 2 — PROJECT y ` � ..a� STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, INA 1515 q •� y r v �l S/' y : , .. .� � ` , J" I �''. U1i '� f `r° 1'R : 4 J / 10/26111 — TOP REV I EIN #1 — # 10�Z('>�1 1 LL R1�IJ�I 1 11/07/12 — FOR PERMIT — µµ J� — �_ - ���N- ���- ��- �- ��� -� -- _. . ___ .. _.......:...,.....oP..,o ....... _ _ ____ ....., _mm PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE .Al 5 S SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F — �_ _._ �- �� -v �. _. .. �._. w.._. �. w.. .�.�...�.,.._..�......��.....w — �.,.._. �..._....__. ..................a .. .�..,_., .,.,__......, .,...a.. _....... . _ ,. -,. A „ .. W...Y.o .. „.. ,., . .. .., ........a...,_„a._._. .. mmrnmm�µ mm _ s � 33gS 5F ____ q �_..µµ SCALE AS NOTED DRAM BY � I ND p� T �G�+>�N I G>�L FLAN SHEET NUMBER 2 DO T....._.M.___ m...._.___ .... _. m . ....__� .__.._ __...__� iT AND �m� _� �_.. ARGVISION PRO.tf =GT # 120115 CHECKED BY SP�''OVA1 R1 REQUIRED I SCHEDULES DUCT SHOULD EXTEND STRAIGHT FOR SEVERAL INCHES FROM A CONNECTION BEFORE BEND /N MAX SAG 1/2 " PER R m FOOT (41.7 mm PER ) OF SUPPORT SPACING 0. Q MAX SAG 1/2" PER FOOT (41.7 mm PER m) OF SUPPORT SPACING CLOSER MAXIMUM INTERVALS MAY BE SPECIFIED AS A CONDITION OF U.L. LISTING, PARTICULARLY IN FIRE RATED FLOOR — CEILING ASSEMBLIES " (25mm) MINIMUM 1" (25mm) BAND CLAMP WITH WIRE IS OP77ONAL 1" (25mm) MINIMUM i 1 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SUPPORT DETAILS FLEXIBLE SCALE 4 I NT OT TO USED NO SCALE MAX OF 12" TO BRANCH CONNECTION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE AL VAN /ZED SHEET METAL DUCT AND INSULA TTON PER SPECIF/CA T7ONS GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DUCT AND INSULA 770N PER SPEC/F /CA T1ONS VOLUME DAMPER LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE LOCH 770N. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR OR CABLE OPERATOR IF NOT ACCESSIBLE. b OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AT DIFFUSER INSULA 1E DIFFUSER BACK AND SEAL WTI/ VAPOR BARRIER TAPE fi ZTE �- w IMMEN SE RIGID GALVANIZED 90 DEGREE ELBOW ETAL STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) 2 PLACES INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (M /N. 2; MAX 5; NO MORE THAN ONE 90' BEND) 7RANS/770N F/T 71NG AS REQUIRED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TYPE AS /ND /CA TED ON SCHEDULE 5 I CT EILING TO MOUNTED DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE i 90° FIVE SECTION ELBOW 90' BRANCH TAKE -OFF 45' THREE SECTION ELBOW 45' BRANCH TAKE -OFF 2 I OT ROUND TO DUCTWORK DETAILS N SCALE i A B X A TRANSFORMATION TURNING VANES 90' ELBOW 45' ELBOW SIMILAR SUPPLY OR RETURN WYE. (RECTANGULAR DUCT) 45 DEGREE ENTRY 0 45' BRANCH TAKE -OFF FITTING. B 0 MAX. 45' DIVERGING, 60' CONVERGING X THREE TURNING VANES NO THROAT RADIUS L =W /4, 4" MIN. SLOPE — 1 "IN 7 "MAX 1" IN 4" MIN. FLOW EXPANSION 0 MAX. 45' DIVERGING, 60' CONVERGING 1 A/R OW SHORT RADIUS 7URN/NG VANES 90' ELBOW TAKE —OFF, USE ONLY IN AREAS WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED CONTRACTION SLOPE — 1 " IN 7" MAX. 1" IN 4" MIN. FULL RADIUS FULL RADIUS ELBOW. TAKE —OFF 3 I DT TO SUCTWORK DETAILS NOCALE BEAM CLAMP (MAX WEIGHT 500 LBS.) 1/2" CON77N000S THREADED ROD TOP CHORD OF JOIST STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM STEEL BEAM ATTACHMENT DETAIL NOT TO SCALE A•- M3!i!ZM=MZMI A■ OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST ATTACHMENT DETAIL NOT TO SCALE BEAM CLAMP (MAX WEIGHT 500 LBS.) 1/2" CON77N000S THREADED ROD SECTION A—A NOT TO SCALE DO NOT ATTACH TO BOTTOM PANEL POINTS UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY 7HE LANDLORD 6 T ATTACHMENT TO TO STRUCTURE DETAIL NO SCALE i BEAM CLAMP (MAX WEIGHT 500 LBS.) TOP CHORD OF JOISTS —I ! MI I I II I I WA L\ 1/2" CON77NUOUS THREADED ROD W METAL JOIST METAL STRAP NOTE. DISTANCE BETWEEN DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF THE AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND SMACNA REQUIREMENTS. 1" X 16 GA. MIN 1" X 18 GA. MIN FOR DUCTS OVER BOTTOM OF DUCT ATTACH SEISMIC BRACING TO TOP CHORD OF STEEL BEAM OR JOIST (DUCTS OVER 2 SQ. FT.) MAX 700 LBS. (DUCTS UNDER 2 SQ. FT) MAX 420 LBS. 49" WIDE, TURN METAL STRAP UNDER AND FASTEN MAX SIDE INCHES RECTANGULAR DUCTS M /N. GAL V SHT. GAUGE ALUMINUM MIN. B & S GAUGE THROUGH 12 26 (0.022 IN.) 24 (0.020 IN.) 13 THROUGH 30 24 (0.028 IN) 22 (0.025 IN.) 31 THROUGH 54 22 (0034 IN.) 20 (0032 IN.) 55 THROUGH 84 20 (ao4o IN.) 18 (0.040 IN.) OVER 84 18 (0.052 IN.) 16 (0.051 IN.) 2x2x16 GA. ANGLE CHORD OF \ \ JOISTS 3/8" MACHINE BOLT A J� 1/2" D/A. CON77N000S THREADED ROD METAL JOIST DUCT SIZE 36" D /A. MAX MAX HEIGHT PER FOOT 16 LB. ATTACH SEISMIC BRACING TO TOP CHORD OF 57FEL BEAM OR JOIST DIAMETER INCHES SPIRAL SEAM DUCT STEEL MIN. GAL V. SHT. GAUGE ROUND DUCTS LONGITUDINAL SEAM DUCT STEEL M /N. GAL V SHT GAUGE F/TT7NGS STEEL MIN. GAL V SHT. GAUGE THROUGH 12 28 (0.019 /N.) 26 (0.022 IN.) 26 (0.022 IN.) 13 THROUGH 18 26 (0.022 IN.) 24 (0.028 IN.) 24 (0.028 IN.) 19 THROUGH 28 24 (0028 IN.) 22 (0034 IN.) 22 (0.034 IN.) 29 THROUGH 36 22 (0034 IN.) 20 (ao4o IN.) 20 (0.040 IN.) 37 THROUGH 52 20 (0.040 IN.) 18 (0.052 IN.) 18 (0.052 IN.) 7 I DUCTWORK SUPPORT DETAIL DUCTWORK SCALE i 8 I NOT USED NOT TO SCALE DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS MARK SERVICE LOCATION CLG. TYPE MANUFAC. CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS D -1 SUPPLY CEIUNG AC TILE TITUS TDC X 3 24x24 26 AG -75 SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE (2,3) G -1 RETURN /TRANS. CEIUNG AC TILE TITUS 50F X X 3 26 B SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE (1,2) I NOTES: 1. WITH 1 /2" x 1 /2" x 1" CORE 2. THE DEVICE SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED WITH AN ENAMEL PAINT TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING AREA. VERIFY COLOR ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 3. PROVIDE BACK PAN INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER. EXHAUST FANS MARK LOCATION SERVICE CFM EXT. S.P. (IN W.G.) SONES MOTOR DATA RPM MFR. REMARKS HP VOLTS PH CYC. EF -1 CEILING JANITOR 100 — 8.2 1/6 115 1 60 1395 GREENHECK — NOTES: 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR FAN CONTROL. 2. FURNISH DISCONNECT AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. VAV BOX NOTES 1. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT BOXES ARE EXISTING TO BE REUSED. 2. BOXES ARE TITUS DESV WITH TITUS CONTROLS. 3. AIRFLOW SHOWN ON PLAN IS BASED ON 617 SUPPLY AIR. RECEIVED c -ry OF TUKV.!!t. NOV -013 2012 _d G'?tINIt (: ;EN Er... I REFER TO T1.0 FOR EXACT PROJECT SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. I i © 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606LIA NCARB, W I. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOW THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB— CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATII/E REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS PO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE I55UE ARCHITECT ROBERT L QUEATHEM L. STORE 'TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2- 15 INS PROJECT Ti- s .,. � . � ��� �;; � .. ^ ^i:^ ^. .,.. �uaan.11G.d' STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 018188 �- , t .,. L.1-- > , A ' r� , � � ��� ��� ��� � j �� �� � , r . � � ,...'� . f.,. k :.= "'.' ; � t ���� ' r�`' � . 10/26/11 - TGP REV I EVV # I �.,qA ..�.w � _W . _..�.._.�... M a. .W d ..... _ . i W�.....A ... o..� o.n.m.. e .w o m..W ..� m .w _ _..,AA . .� _. ___ _H__.. _ .�....___�w...� —° ~° ° ._ ..�»...��._.�..� ._W.a __ __ 10/26/11 — L L REV I EN # I °^ m m— /O�l/12 - FOR PERMIT ...�.......__ � � — .�,w,.� _ _ __._..�..... F . , .._ - ^._._..�...w.^^.^�. n � _ _�..... w.........^^ ^.�m.,.^ __ ��.�.....�.,. -- _.._.W __ ........ / 1 \ PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 SF ENCRVEER LOUIS, 1950 CRAKE ROAD, SUTE 300 ST. L MO 63146 PH. (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 WWWA O COM ... _ m .. m _ _. °-°- - _..v _m .. M �_ . � ................_,,,..._.. ^ ^^ . �^.^.^. ^�..�.�.......�....w.....M�... _ __ ................q ......a....q .�.�.__ _ .............,,..4 ,..,....... , ._�....� .�..... ^,. _�_.....____....�_ _m^ _ m �d��.... ..... ��.,.,.....�. _ ^_ H^ �� 3388 5� .. _...... a,W....... M.w.F w ^. . ._��..., , .�..�,.a.w._...w�...._ ......�.� ...�......�..�.__.,�_.. ^... ^. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^_.... �._._ _...._._.. ...m...... ..w_.... �W��� ���. �...., �. �. �... �.._. a�. �.. �... �.. �.., �,.�_...��..�.�,...�.....o..... �n .�� SCALE AS NOT D DRAWN BY NI% pER PERMIT GHEGKED BY AFeKOVAL RF REQUIRED G AN I G,�L. DETAILS AND SCHEDULES SHEET E NUMBER 5 .0 T TITLE AND .a .�._e_m....o....o�. ARGVISION PROJECT # 120115 _ 451EAERAL POMER AAV SYSTEM NORM A. ANY EXISTING COND/AONS /ND/CA TED ARE BASED ON /NFORMA 770N PROVIDED BY 07HERS AND POSSIBLE LIMITED f7ELD V£R/F7CATION. 7H£ CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FAR ACTUAL FIELD CGND/17ONS AT NO ADDI770NAL EXPENSE' 7V THE OWNER. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SHE RENEW EX/S77NG CANDV77ONS AGAINST 771E PLANS AND FAM /LIAR /ZE HIMSELF WI771 771E WORK PR /OR 70 BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. C; THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMQL1770N OF EXl'S77NG EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES AS /ND/CA7ED AND /OR AS REQUIRED 70 ALLOW FOR /NSTALLA 770N AND CONS7RUC770N OF 71E NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES LUMINAIRES CONDUITS SUPPORTS HANGERS ETC 771AT ARE NOT SHOWN AND ARE REQUIRED 70 BE REMOVED IN ORDER 70 CON/PLETE 7HE NEW WORK. D. RECESSED BOXES AND CONDUITS CONCEALED WITH /N WALLS OR FLOORS 7HA T ARE TO REMAIN ARE PERMI77ED 70 BE ABANDONED IN PLACE ONLY IF THE OPENINGS ARE PATCHED AND 7HE CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED. E. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE FIRST SALVAGE RIGHT ON ALL DEMOUSHED EQUIPMENT, DENCE5 LUMINAIRES AND MATER /ALS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES LUMINAIRES AND MATERIALS 7HE OWNER REJECTS F. MAINTAIN CONIINU /TY OF EX/S77NG C/RCU /TS AS REQUIRED 70 PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES; AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING REMOVED. G. COORD /NA 7E ALL DEVICE LOCH 71ONS AND CIRCUIT ROUTING W1THIN MILLWORK WI771 MILLWORK VENDOR PR /AR TO ROUGH -IN. H. SLAB CUTTING AND TRENCHING SHALL BE DONE PER LANDLORD STANDARDS COORD /NA 7E ALL SLAB CU771NG $171 7HE CHILDREN'S PLACE FIELD TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. REPAIR VAPOR BARR /ER PR /OR 70 POURBAG'K. DOWEL POJRBACK INTO EX/S71NG SLAB. I. RUN PHONE LINES FOR MAIN AND CORDLESS TELEPHONES TO CASH *RAP 01/7LE7: J. ELEC7R /CAL 007LE75 AT 771E SALES AREA WALLS MUST EXTEND THROUGH AND BE FLUSH WITH THE FADE WALL K ALL OU7LE75 AND COVER PLATES 7HROUGHOUT SPACE 70 HAVE WH ITE FIN ISH. L. REFER 7V 0101.GY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DRAWING 9151.0 FOR ADD 1770NAL INFARMA 77AN AN SYSTEM FUNC77ONS AND WORK REQUIRED M. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR /NFORMA770N ON CIRCUITS THAT ARE 7O BE ROUTED THROUGH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYS7EM FOR CONTROL. N. THIS FRO,ECT U77UZES A PLENUM RETURN AIR CEILING DESIGN. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATER /ALS INSTALLED WITH /N THE PLENUM RETURN CEILING MUST MEET 771E FLAME SPREAD AND WOKE DEVELOPED RA77NGS Cr 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS. POME7? AND SYSTEMS NOTES►` 1. PROVIDE JUNC770N BOX WITH ISOLA7ED GROUND LOCA7ED ABOVE 771E CEILING FOR SECURITY SYSTEM. 2. NOT USED. 3. ADT TELEPHONE LINE. OWLET BOX MOUNTED +90" A.F.F. 4. NOT USED. 5. PROVIDE SERVICE DOOR CALL BUTTON SYSTEM /NCLUD /NQ PUSH BUTTONS; IRANSPO?MER, BUZZER IN GE/LING ADJACENT 7O CASHWNRAP, AND BUZZER ABOVE G1E/LING ADJACENT 7O MANAGER'S DESK. 6. LOCA 7E BUZZER ABOVE CEILING. 7. PROVIDE ONE 1" SPARE CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE 8 POWER PACK air ABOVE CE7'L/NG. SEE DETAIL 4/-5.0 FOR ADD /77ONAL /NFORMA770N. 9. RUN CONDUITS DOWN PURRED WALL AS REQUIRED FOR CONDUITS TO CASH$NRAP. STUB CONDUIT BEHIND KICK BASE AT CASHWRAP. SEE CASHWRAP ELEVA 77OW AN SHEET E5.0 FOR POWER AND DATA OUTLET LOCA TiONS 10. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT FROM EAS SYSTEM DIGITAL C'0V7RGYLER 70 DOOR MULLION FOR EAS SYSTEM WRING (BY SENSORMA77C). PROVIDE BUSHING AT CONDUIT TERM /NA T70N5r SEE DETAIL 11. SENS0RMA77C DOORMAX SECURITY SYSTEM. REFER TO INSTALLA770N GUIDES FOR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 12. CONFIRM EXACT LOCA770W OF EMS BUTTON OVERRIDE AN WING WALL WITH 7HE CHILDREN'S PLACE REPRESE7NTA TT VE PRIOR 70 ROUf1 - /N. MOUNTED +54" A.F.F. SHOpPER7RAK INSTALLED ON FACIE AF SOFFIT ABOVE EN7RY BY VENDOR. 14. APPROX/MA 7E LOCA 770V OF AUDIO SYSTEM/ VENDOR FURNISHED, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED MUS'C EQUIPMENT SHELF MOUNTED ON TELECOMMUNICA77ONS EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD. SEE DETAIL 6/ -5.0. RECEPTACLE MOUNTED #90" A.F.F. 15 SINGLE GANG WALL BOX MOUNTED BEH /ND SOUND SYS7EM EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAIL 6/E5.0. JJNC77CN BOX MOUNTED #90a A.F.F. 16. RECEPTACLE FOR UNDERSHELF LUM /NAIRE. SEE SHEET E3.0 FOR LOCA770N OF LUM /NAIRE. 17. PROVIDE A 4' - -O" x 8'-0" x 3/41 UL- LABELED PORE- RETARDANT PL YHVOD BACKBOARD FOR TELECOMMUNICA 71CWS EQUIPMENT. THE MP OF 7HE BACKBOARD SHALL BE MOUNTED 10=0" A.F.F. PROVIDE GROUND BAR MOUNTED ON BACKBOARD WWI771 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONNECTED 70 POWER SYSTEM'S GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM/. EXTEND EA1S77NG LANDLORD 7ELECOI/MUN1CA 770N CONDUIT TO TH /S LOCA770N. RECEPTACLE MOUN7ED +90" A.F.F. 1a PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR ARMOIRE UGH77NG. ALIGN TOP Or RECEPTACLE WITH THE TOP OF THE ARMOIRE 19. PROVIDE f7NAL CONNECTION 7O S/GNAGE COARD/NA7E LOCA770N AND ALL REQUIREMENTS WI771 SIGN CAN7RACT7R PRIOR TO ROUGH -/N. PROWDE A LOCAL D/SCANNECI7NG MEANS MOUNTED IN AN ACCESSIBLE INCONSPICUOUS LOCA770N. EACH SIGN CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND SEPARA7E EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 20. PROWDE A 3/4" CONDUIT W17N PULL SIRING FROM OWNER FURNISHED PRICE CyIECKCER LOCA 770N 70 C£/UNG SPACE 21. DIMENSION SHOWN IS THE MAXIMUM WALL SPACE AVAILABLE FAR 7HE /NSTALLA770N OF 7HE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 22. ELEC7R /CAL CAN7RAC7CR SHALL INSTALL OWNER F7RN /SHED SPEAKERS VERIFY OUAN777Y AND PLACEMENT OF SPEAKERS PRIOR 70 ROUGH -IN. 7HE QUAN777Y AND PLACEMENT CAN VARY BY STORE LOCA77AN. SPEAKERS SHALL BE PAINTED BLAGKG 23 PROVIDE TWO 3/4" CONDU /TS WM PULL S7R/NG TO ACCCESS/BLE CEILING SPACE FAR CASHWI?AP DATA. 24. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT IS 7H PULL S7R/NG 70 ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR CASHWRAP TELEPHONE 25. HOLD -UP BUTTON INSTALLED BELOW COUNTER. VERIFY LOCA 770N WITH 171E CHILDREN'S PLACE REPRESENTA77VE PR /AR TO ROUGH-IN. 26. NOT USED. 2Z RETURN SIDE DUCT SMOKE DETECT 71R AND RELAY FAR HVAC UNIT SUPPLY FAN SHUTDOWN SHALL BE FURNISHED BY 7HE ELEC7R /CAL COV7RAC7OR FOR /NSTALLA770N BY 7HE MECHAN /CAL CONTRACTOR 7HE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A REMOVE KEYED TEST STATION WI7H VISUAL STATUS ANNUNCYA7CW WHEN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IS INSTALLED IN A CONCEALED LOCA770N GREATER THAN 10=0" ABOVE f7N/SHED FLOOR OR WHEN DUCT SHAKE DE7ECC7OR'S STATUS INDICATORS ARE NOT READILY VISIBLE. COORDINATE LOCA770N OF REMOTE KEYED 7EST STA770N Nl7H AUTHORITY HAVING JJRISDIC77ON AND OWNVER PR/OR TO ROUGH -/N. ALL FINAL WIRING SHALL BE BY 7HE ELEC7R /CAL CONTRACTOR. 2a ROUTE CANDU/75 IN THE FLOOR. 29. PROVIDE ONE HUBBELL TWO -GANG FLOOR BOX MODEL 0423341 $9771 7Nt7 02625 COVERS FOR CASH WRAP POWER AND ONE HUBBELL 11V -GANG FLOOR BOX MODEL #9423341 WITH TJK7 03425 COVERS FOR CASH*RAP DATA. EXACT FLOOR BOX MODEL NUMBER 70 BE DE7ERM /NED BY THE CHILDREN'S PLACE ALTERNA7E FOR FLOOR BOX WOULD BE 70 S71/8 CONDUITS UP AT LOCA770W INDICATED EMS DEVICE LEGEND SYMBOL DEVICE -w DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER ® ENERGY METER ® OVERRIDE BUTTON l■ LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR ® POWER INTERFACE PANEL ® SCREAM LOGIC PANEL ® OUTSIDE SENSOR DE'VOE NOTE: LOW VOLTAGE CABLING SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED 727 ANY LAM /NA7ED SURFACE E.a CASHWN7AP FIN /SHED SURFACES (POWER AND SYSTEMS GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES 1 L1- 410,12 NOTE 5 HALLWAY FITTING ROOM JANITOR CLOSET GFCI L1 -3 4 N. L1 -3440 HWH -1 1 reg Mt EXISTING TOILET ROOM 103 SALES AREA (DISPLAY WINDOW 100 NO7E 16 GAi; BOX MOUNTED A DCK NO7E 18 NOTE 18 NOTE 18 EVAV-1 +60" +15" L1- 7,9,11 :NOTE 22 TYPICAL FOR",. ALL SPEAKERS::., L1 -1. 15 5 T. RANSF'ORMER.::T -1 (MW. ADJ PANEL 1 -35 El -37 NO7E 10 NOTE 13 L1 -28 NOTE 11 NO7E 19 L1 -2, 4, 6,(#12#12,#10)::.:::. XIS77NG PANEL 11 'TX PYS4BUITON AT SERVICE DOOR NOTE 11 NO7E 25 • NO7E 12 1 -17,19 NO7E 28 NOTE 18 NOTE 18 NOTE 23 NOTE 24 NO7E 18 STOCK ROOM 104 DISPLAY WINDOW 100E 1 RECEIVED IT' CFTUK1 I NOV 082012 LEGEND (XiS77N0 NEW WORK NEW TO EX/S77NG COVNEC770111 1 1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 1 © 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS RAWIN6 THE DESI6N INDIGATED THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 6O&LIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DES I &N MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL GLAIM5, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY 15 FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT BUPERVI5ION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE I55UE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGINEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOOS, MO 63146 P1"L (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.Arcvc 1 STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - E3 WE PROJECT s.. 9� d STORE SOUTHGENTER SEATTLE, -` ,.= 1322 MALL WA 41841 85 h v' i ; `: b� .4, oI ` , -• ii,� '' f. + ,- �._ ��� �; -, .�� 4 j-E , ,f �� � , �:- "'S ON »1 -' 1 , t 10/26/11 - TGP REVI EY **1 I 10/26/11 - LL REV I E kM # 1 /2\ PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2855 5F 565 5F ;. ; ;, I 1 �0�/'12 - 1=0R PERMIT T 55'18 5F SCALE A5 NOTED DRAWN BY JM SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL POYAIE:RE I E SYSTEMS FL1� 'PERMIT AND .. R r 1 / C \:AL SHEET . .,� NUMBER o 0 ARCVISION PROJECT * 120g1S CHECKED BY JM 2009 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be Tess than 1 foot - candle at the walking surface. 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways... 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior Iandings...for exit discharge doorways... 2009 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.4 Performance of system. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that 'is at least an average of 1 foot - candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot - candle measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot - candle at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to- minimum illumination uniformity ration of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. 2 I NOT USED SCALE:NOT TO SCALE GENERAL UiGHflNG NO7E3 A. ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ARE BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLE UM /TED FIELD VERIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADD /77ONAL EXPENSE TO THE OMER B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROWECT SITE, RENEW DOSING CONDITIONS AGAINST THE PLANS AND FAMIUARIZE HIMSELF INIH THE WORK PR /OR 70 BIDDING AND START Cr THE IfO2K. C. 7HE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DEICES AND LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED AND /OR AS REQUIRED 70 ALLOW FOR /NSTALL4 TTON AND CONSTRUCTION OF 7HE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT; DEVICES; LUM /NAIRE4 CONDUITS; SUPPORTS, HANGE7?S, ETC. THAT ARE NOT SHOW, AND ARE REQUIRED 70 BE REMOVED IN ORDER 70 COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. D. RECESSED BOXES AND CONDUITS CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS OR FLOORS THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE PERMITTED 70 BE ABANDONED IN PLACE ONLY IF THE OPENINGS ARE PATCHED AND 7HE CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED. E THE OWNER SHALL HAVE FIRST SALVAGE RIGHT ON ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT; DEICES LUMINAIRES AND MATERIALS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEICES; LUMINAIRES AND MATERIALS THE OWNER REACTS F. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEICES AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING REMOVED. G. ALL OUTLETS AND COVER PLATES THROUGHOUT SPACE 70 HAVE $H /7F F7N /SH. H. EMERGENCY LIGHTING LEVELS AT 7HE FLOOR TO BE VERIfTED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE ADDI77ONAL f77XT7./RES AS REQUIRED BY 7HE AUTHORITY HAVING JJRISIXC77ON. 1. REFER 70 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DRAWING EMS1.0 FAR ADD/77ONAL INFORMATION ON SYSTEM FUNC77ONS AND WORK REQUIRED. ✓. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR INFORMATION ON GYRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE ROUTED THROUGH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR CONTROL K. THIS PROJECT UTILIZES A PLENUM RETURN A/R CEILING DESIGN. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED WHIN THE PLENUM RETURN CLR7UNG MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN CEIUNGS. LICHRNG NOTES 1. EMERGENCY LIGHTING C/RCU /T SHALL BE ROUTED AHEAD OF ANY LIGHTING CONTROLS SO AS 10 OPERATE 24 HOURS A DAY, SEVEN DAYS A WEEK. 2. LUM /NAIRE IS INTEGRAL AND RECEIVES POWER FROM THE ARMOIRE. SEE SHEET (2.0 FOR THE LOCATION OF THE RECEPTACLE SERVING 7HE ARMOIRE. 3. SITE CONTROLS LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LOCATION. PANEL 70 INCLUDE OVERRIDE FUNCTION TV SYSTEM SCHEDULE. REFER 70 SHEETS E151. 0 FOR ADD /TTONAL INFORMA TTON. 4. CONNECT UNDERSHELF LUM /NAIRE TO RECEPTACLE. SEE SHEET £20 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCA 7TON AND C/RCU /T CALLOUT. DOT AND EMERGENCY LIGHT f7X7URE TYPES AND LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT 70 BUILDING DEPT. AND LANDLORD APPROVAL. EMS DEVICE LEGEND SYMBOL DEVICE ® BUTTON OVERRIDE 10 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR ® POWER INTERFACE PANEL ® SCREAM LOGIC PANEL SEE ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A4.O FOR LUM /NAIRE LAYOUT AND QUAN77T1 ALL LUMINAIRES EMS COMPONENTS AND EXIT S GNS INLL BE FURNISHED BY THE CHILDREN'S PLACE FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTR /CAL CONTRACTOR. (LIGHTING GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES 1 HALLWAY FITTING ROOM 102 r'JANITOR CLOSET --� 105 NOTE 1, (TYPICAL) NOTE 4 EXISTING TOILET ROOM SALES AREA (DISPLAY WINDOW NMI NMI EM2W 39 A,N07E 2 SF -4 SF -4 i�!�N L'Gb�6Eb�l ANOIE 2 AINIMINA ANON 2 ILION 9c4 aaa-a o �I=MI -4 NSF -4 SF 4 NSF -4 ' I SF- SF -4 SF -4 z SF -4 SF- - YA -2 YA -2 A -2 YA 2 YA -2 YY -1.._ YA -2 YY -1 YA -2 YA -2 YY -1 YA -2 L1 -23 A -2 YA -2 YA -2 ---- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- --- YY-1 YA -2 YY -1 I YA -2 YA -2 YY -1 CF -1 EMS2 4 CF -1 EMS1 2 CF -1 EMS1 2 CF- EMS2 4 CF -1 EMS1 2 L1-30 =42 L1 -33 L1 -22 1 CF -1 EMS2 4 YA -2 YY -1 YA -2 CF -1 EMS1 2 CF -1 EMS2 4 CF -1 EMS2 4 1 -27,29 NOTE 3 YA -2 YY -1 YA -2 YY -1 YA -2 CF -1 EMS1 2 YA -2 YY-1 CF -1 EMS1 2 CF -1 EMS2 4 YA -2yy_1 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 YA -2 A-2 YA -2 YY -3 YA -2 F -4 SF -4 SF -4 SF -4 SF-4 SF -4 4 rrrrr■1111r1rrrrrrarrrir NOTE 2 NOTE 2 NOTE 2 STOCK ROOM 104 DISPLAY WINDOW 100F L1-30 l RECEIVED OF TUKWIL/ NOV 0 8 2012 LEGEND &X/SING NEW ft7RK NEW 70 EX/S7TNG CONNECT70N 11 air 1 ELECT1 -0 RICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE.1 4 = 0 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606LIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DE516N PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOCC S, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWING'S WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE 10/26/11 - TGP REV I EV # 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #1 11/01/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGINEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 P11 (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.ercv oom STORE TYPE TECH 2 - 2010 -10 115 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F 3318 5F PROJECT THE CHILDREN'S PLAC STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 18188 SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY JM ARCVISION PRO.ECT * 120118 CHECKED BY JM SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL GAL SEPARATE L I GHTI MG PLAN PERMIT AND APPROVAL Kara BRED SHEET NUMBER 5.O LIGH11NG FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMP SPECIFICATION (SEE GENERAL NOTE A) VOLTS MOUNTING REMARKS 3 COUNG DEPTH i'.1 < N 0 N z a CABLE LAMP QUAN LAMP DESCRIPTION LAMP TYPE CF -1 LITE CONTROL S- D- 38- L- 5- 78U6- FP- TCWl -ELB10 -277 5 F6032/835/6/ECO SYLVANIA FL 120 30" X NO X GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE ALUMINUM WINDINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE CLASS 220 INSULATION SYSTEM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE VENTILATED ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE NEMA TP -1 RATED. 1180 FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE CEIUNG SURFACE DECORATIVE ROUND DOME LIGHT. DC -3 CON -TECH LIGHTING RL38- CTR1902 -CLR 1 CDM -1 25/PAR38/ FL /3K (BY PHILIPS) MH 120 - X X 2180 0 PEDESTAL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE eF 6" RECESSED DOWNUGHT RF -2 LIGHTOUER DP- A- 2- G- 9- W- S- 2- 6U- UNIV -SO 2 FB032 835 /6/CO SYLVANIA FL 120 WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET X X 0 WALL MOUNTED COMPUTER OUTLET - BRANCH CIRCUITING CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEIUNG 2X2 RECESSED DEEPCELL TROFFER. SF -1 SIMKAR IE- 232- A- B11 -UNV 2 F032T8/835 FL 120 -12 X 0 X X W CEIUNG MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET 4' STOCK ROOM INDUSTRIAL STRIP LIGHT. SF -4 SIMKAR CH- 1- 32- B11HPH -UNIV 1 F032T8/835 FL 120 CONDUIT DOWN X DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH. SEE PLAN FOR RATING. X MULTI- OUTLET ASSEMBLY 1 CORD AND PLUG 4' VALANCE STRIP UGHT. PROVIDE CONNECTOR: AND MOUNTING HARDWARE AS REQUIRED TF -1 FSC UGHTING FSC 3148 -132 1 F032T8/835 FL 120 AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR F FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION X AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR F H ARE ALARM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN UNDERCABINET TASK LIGHT. YA -2 CON -TECH LIGHTING CTL603 -P -MOD 1 CO 31< (B PAR38/ FL /3K (BY PHILIPS) MH 120 F • X F F X F 9I SYSTESM RIINU ER TAARY�R SWI TTION D CORROSION MONITORING a TRACK MOUNTED SALES ACCENT UGHT. YY -1 CON -TECH LIGHTING LT SERIES: LT2B: 2FT, LT48: 4FT, LT6B: 6FT LT8B: 8FT. LT12B: 12FT _ BLA I< FINISH - 120 SOUND SYSTEM AMPLIFIER X CEIUNG MOUNTED SPEAKER X f 17 CASHWAP IG RECEPT. SURFACE TO GRID CEIUNG TRACK. VERIFY EXACT TRACK LENGTHS REQUIRED ON PLANS. YY -3 CON -TECH LIGHTING LT SERIES: LT2P: 2FT, LT4P: 4FT, LT6P: 6FT LT8P: 8FT. LT12P: 12FT _ WI -IITE FINISH - 120 RR X DOUBLE RELAY X COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH. SEE PLAN FOR RATING_ O SINGLE BUTTON PUSHBUTTON STATION SURFACE TO GRID CEIUNG TRACK. VERIFY EXACT TRACK LENGTHS REQUIRED ON PLANS. X11B ROYAL PACIFIC SINGLE FACE: RXL11 -RB - INCLUDED LED 120 20 X 64 X = % 500 SALES AREA LED EDGE -UT SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN WITH BLACK CANOPY. X3 EXITRONIX VEX- U- BP -WB -WH - INCLUDED LED 120 X X GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER X ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GFCI GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER BACK OF HOUSE WHITE THERMOPLASTIC EXIT SIGN. EM2B EXITRONIX UL.90 -BL EM BUG EYES 2 INCLUDED IND 120 HACR X HG X NL NIGHTLIGHT GFPE BLACK DUAL HEAD SALES EMERGENCY UGHTING UNIT. EM2W EXITRONIX LL90 EM BUG EYES 2 INCLUDED IND 120 27 X % X _ 20/1 20/1 WHITE DUAL HEAD SALES EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: NOTE A: FL= FLUORESCENT, CFL= COMPACT FLUORESCENT, IND = INCANDESCENT, MH =METAL HALIDE, HPS =HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM, LED =UGHT EMITTING DIODE REFER 70 71.0 FOR EXACT PROJECT SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. (LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 1 EXISTING DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE MARK PHASE PRIMARY SECONDARY k11 RATING K FACTOR MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT WEIGHT WEATHERSHIELD MOUNTING DETAIL T -1 3 PHASE 480V DELTA 120 /208V WYE 45 KVA NONE EATON _ V48M28T45EE 23" 17" 30" 351 LBS. NO 3960 GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE ALUMINUM WINDINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE CLASS 220 INSULATION SYSTEM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE VENTILATED ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE NEMA TP -1 RATED. (DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE 1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBCL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PHASE C (VA) WALL MOUNTED SINGLE RECEPTACLE g ELECTRIC METER CONNECT. WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE %7, SWITCHBOARD OR DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD CONNECT. WALL MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE UGH TING: LIGHTING AND APPUANCE PANELBOARD 1260 WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OD SWITCH. SPST UNLESS INDICATED WITH MODIFIER. HORSEPOWER RATED WHEN USED FOR MOTOR CONTROL OR DISCONNECTING MEANS. (INCLUDING CONBINATIONS THEREOF): 1115 WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ONE RECEPTACLE SWITCHED iWITORStiODIFIERS 4. 3-WAY. (SPDT). D: DIMMER. F: BOX COVER UNIT BUSSMANN SSU OR STY SERIES. G: GLOW HANDLE vole GLOWS WHEN SNATCH IS OFF). H: HORIZONTALLY . K: KEY OPERATED. M: OCCUPANCY ENSOR. P: PILOT LIGHT (PILOT ON WHEN SWITCH IS ON). T: TIMER. V: VACANACY SENSOR. LV: LOW VOLTAGE. OR: OVERRIDE. OT: OVERRIDE VAIN TIMER. DTM: SPDT, CENTER OFF' MAINTAINED Y CONTACT. LOWERCASE LETTER: CONTROL LUMINAIRE WITIl SAME LETTER. OF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 3960 `:i 1180 FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE 4 CEIUNG MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE �' w WALL MOUNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION AS NOTED 50% WALL MOUNTED RANGE RECEPTACLE, NEMA 14-50R UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE 0 AS NOTEDNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE. NEMA CONFIGURATION - WALL MOUNTIE TELEPHONE OUTLET 0 2180 0 PEDESTAL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE eF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET -0 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION /OUTLET BOX ® CEIUNG MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET OF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION /OUTLET BOX 4410 WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET 0 CEIUNG MOUNTED JUNCTION /OUTLET BOX 0 WALL MOUNTED COMPUTER OUTLET - BRANCH CIRCUITING CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEIUNG OF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED COMPUTER OUTLET *- '-. ..,% BRANCH CIRCUITING CONCEALED IN FLOOR © CEIUNG MOUNTED COMPUTER OUTLET 1875 EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUITING -12 WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET 0 (-75$CA16 HOMERUN TO PANEL THE NUMBER OF ARROWS INDICATES THE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. TWO WIRES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. GROUND WIRE IS REQUIRED BUT NOT COUNTED IN HASH MARKS. W CEIUNG MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET 0 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM BACKBOARD ® ,00.---■..0 CONDUIT UP 0 MOTOR - .. CONDUIT DOWN LEI DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH. SEE PLAN FOR RATING. 167 MULTI- OUTLET ASSEMBLY 1 CORD AND PLUG 79'PPPl.T 11 POWER POLE 126' -0" TRACK LTG. AT 150VA/2 FT DROP -CORD FA FIRE ALARM PANEL (CONTROL OR ANNUNCIATOR) 1800 AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR F FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION $ AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR F H ARE ALARM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN D DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 11423 FIRE ALARM VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPUANCE F • FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM BELL DV FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPUANCE F • FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH F F FIRE COMBINATION AUDIBLE/VISUAL NOTIFICATION F 9I SYSTESM RIINU ER TAARY�R SWI TTION D CORROSION MONITORING a SIGNAUNG SYSTEM BUZZER ED SIGNAUNG SYSTEM BELL a SIGNAUNG SYSTEM CHIME a SIGNAUNG SYSTEM PUSHBUTTON -1% SOUND SYSTEM AMPLIFIER p CEIUNG MOUNTED SPEAKER EMS -3 f 17 CASHWAP IG RECEPT. WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER -IV WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL R RELAY ® MAGNETIC STARTER 1800 RR 18 DOUBLE RELAY L. COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH. SEE PLAN FOR RATING_ O SINGLE BUTTON PUSHBUTTON STATION 4VJ%2 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 20/1 TWO - BUTTON PUSHBUTTON STATION TR CONTROL TRANSFORMER m SPARE 20 THREE- BUTTON PUSHBUTTON STATION 64 ELECTRONIC SOLENOID VALVE = % 500 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION WP WEATHERPROOF NF NON -FUSED GFL GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GFCI GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IG ISOLATED GROUND ST SHUNT -TRIP TR TAMPER- RESISTANT HACR HRAACR(HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION) HG HOSPITAL GRADE NL NIGHTLIGHT GFPE GROUND -FAULT PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT EM EMERGENCY N.E.C. LOAD ANALYSIS FOR PANEL "A" (INCLUDING SUBFEEDS) LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR PHASE A (VA) PHASE B (VA) PHASE C (VA) TOTAL (VA) CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND UGH TING: 125% 1260 1575 3237 4046 1115 1394 5612 7015 RECEPTACLE (FIRST 10 KVA): 100% 3960 3960 1180 1180 4860 4860 10000 10000 RECEPTACLE (REMAINDER): 50% 0 0 2160 1080 0 0 2180 1080 OTHER CONTINUOUS: 125% 200 250 500 625 200 250 900 1125 OTHER NONCONTINUOUS: 100% 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WATER HEATER: 125% 1500 1875 1500 1875 0 0 3000 3750 COOUNG ONLY: 100% 0 0 200 200 200 200 400 400 LARGEST MOTOR: 25% 0 167 0 167 0 167 0 501 126' -0" TRACK LTG. AT 150VA/2 FT 25% 3450 4313 1800 2250 4200 5250 9450 11813 TOTAL: 10370 12140 10577 11423 10575 12121 31542 35684 EQUIVALENT AMPS: 86 101 88 95 88 101 88 99 PHASE BALANCE: -2X 1% 1% -6% -1% -1% (NEC LOAD SUMMARY (ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND 1 LANDLORD DISTRIBUTION POINT TENANT SPACE GENERAL OVE-LAVE DIAQPAA/ h 7E3` A. ANY EX1S77NG COND/770NS INDICATED ARE BASED ON /NFORMA 77AN PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLE LIMITED f7E7.D PER /f7CA770W. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL f7EL0 CONOI77ANS AT NO ADD /77ONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. B. 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT .517E RENEW EX7S77NG COND 177ONS AGAINST THE PLANS AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF W177-/ 7HE WORK PR /OR 7O BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. G. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEA/01.1770N OF EX/S77NG EQUIPMENT, DEW= AND LUMINAIRES AS /NDICA7E0 AND /AR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR /NSTALLA770N AND CANSTRUC770N OF 7HE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE= LUMINAIRES, CONDUITS SUPPORT= HANGERS ETC. 7NA T ARE NOT SHOW/ AND ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. D. RECESSED BOXES AND CONDUITS CONCEALED N47HIN WALLS 01? FLOORS THAT ARE 7V REMAIN ARE PERMI77ED 7O BE ABANDONED IN PLACE ONLY IF 7HE OPENINGS ARE PATCHED AND 7HE CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED. E. 7HE OWNER SHALL HAVE f7RST SALVAGE RIGHT ON ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVIL LUM /NAIRES, AND MATERIALS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICE= LUMINAIRES, AND MATERIALS 771£ OWNER REuEC1S F. MAINTAIN CQN77NUITY OF £X/S77NG 0/RCU /7S AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POWER 7V REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICE= AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BE /NG REMOVED. G. SEE DETAIL 8/E5.0 FOR ADD/770NAL INFORMA710N ON 7HE ISOILA 7ED GROUND SYS7EN. 40' -0" (APPROX.) REFER TO 77.0 FOR EXACT PROJECT SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. LANDLORD SERVICE SERVICE SWITCHBOARD, 800A, 277/480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE EXISTING 200/3 EXISTING G.E.C. EXISTING #8 G.E.C. XISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING (M METER SOCKET XISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING 200/3 I I70A FUSES SAFETY L J SWITCH 3r-E X ISTING TO REMAIN � EXISTING r - — "'(TRANSFORMER T -1 45KVA 3 PHASE, 1 1480 VOLT DELTA I PRIMARY, 120/208 VOLT WYE SECONDARY rEXISTING TO REMAIN E -1 1 PANEL 1 1 •L1" I EXISTING L__J LEGEND EX/S77NG NEW WORK NEW TO EXISTING CONNEC770N 1 1 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SCALD 'ELECTRICAL SCALE 1 PANEL "L1" SCHEDULE FED FROM: VOLTAGE: 120/208V, 3 BUS MATERIAL: ALUMINUM BUS LOAD: 95.6 AMPS BUS RATING: 225 AMPS MAIN: 125/3 MAIN BREAKER PHASE. 4 WIRE MOUNTING: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: NEMA FAULT CURRENT: AIC RATING: 10,000 OPTIONS*: WANSULATED/ISOLATED MOUNTED 1 GROUND BAR LOAD (VA) LOAD (VA) NOTES CKT. LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C BREAKER BREAKER A B C LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT. NOTES EMS -3 1 TRACK LTG. 1800 v / /�� //� 11/01/12 — FOR PERMIT 20/1 20/1 720 '���� /( SALES RECEPTS. 2 3 EWC RECEPT. % 480 !� 20/1 20/1 200 SENSORMATIC 4 DRAWN SY SHEET TITLE KRG SEPP�R �`� � GTR( GAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 5 SPARE ��l ���// -- 20/1 20/1 ��� 1260 ARMOIRE RECEPTS 6 EMS -3 7 EMPLOYEE DESK REC. 180 20/1 20/1 900� �A MGR'S DESK PLUGMOLD 8 9 EMPLOYEE DESK REC. % 180 " A 20/1 20/1 r 180 MGR'S DESK LTG REC. 10 EMS -1 11 TELEPHONE BOARD REC. �f��� 360 20/1 20/1 � 720 MGR'S DESK QUAD REC. 12 HLO HLO 13 ADT SYSTEM RECEPT. 360 20/1 20/1 360 /yr STOCK/HALL RECEPTS. 14 15 SOUND SYSTEM REC. 00 20/1 20/1 1800 D/W RECEPT. 16 EMS -3 HLO 17 CASHWAP IG RECEPT. fY/ 720 20/1 20/1 �/ ��1 1800 D/W RECEPT. 18 EMS -3 HLO 19 CASHWRAP RECEPT. 1440 4VJ%2 20/1 20/1 -- �ff '' SPARE 20 EMS -1 21 EF -1 % 500 20/1 20/1 r 1800 / /�% TRACK LTG. 22 EMS -3 EMS -3 23 TRACK LTG. �r �� 1800 20/1 20/1 / �� ��/�� 1500 TRACK LTG. 24 EMS -3 25 SPARE -- �� 20/1 20/1 1650 TRACK LTG. 26 EMS -3 EMS -1 27 SALES AREA LTG. % 1300 1300 20/1 20/1 1200 EXTERIOR SIGN 28 EMS -4 EMS -2 29 SALES AREA LTG. �f�f/ 1040 20/1 20/1 �jr/ r ��// 900 D/W TRACK LTG. 30 EMS -3 EMS -3 31 SALES VALANCE LTG. 1260 �� 20/1 20/1 -- SPARE 32 EMS -1 33 STOCK/RR/HALL LTG. % 500 20/1 20/2 r��// 200 EXISTING VAV 34 HLO 35 EMS -1 ,//r 200 20/1 200 36 37 EMS -2 200 ���/ 20/1 20/2 1500 ,// �� HWH -1 38 HLO 39 EMERGENCY/EXITS % 237 //A 20/1 1500 40 41 SPARE ��4 2, 20/1 20/1 / / /i1 75 ENTRY LTG. 42 EMS -3 NOTES: 1 TOTALS: 5240 3697 4120 5130 6880 6455 * SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER OPTIONS REQUIRED BUT NOT NECESSARILY NOTED HERE HLO CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH HANDLE LOCK -ON DEVICE HPL CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL HAVE HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT TO LOCK BREAKER IN OPEN POSITION EMS -# CIRCUIT SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH RELAY CONTROLLED BY ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS), # = CONTROL ZONE A PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER TO MATCH EXISTING TYPE AND AIC RATING. NO7E.• Wi10V REQUIRED BY 7HE LOCAL JJR/3D/C770N, THE ETVGINEER 01? THEIR AGENT WILL BE PERFORMING A S/7E VISIT FOLLOWING 7HE COMPLEAAN OF CONS7RUC7/ON. IT IS 7HE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE ALL WORK COMPLETED AT 7HIS 77ME 70 ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO DELAYS IN 7HE PROEECT. ANY DEWA77ONS TO 7HE PLANS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING. p« 3s6 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA, CIF{ 0 8 2012 LEGEND iy EX /S77NG NEW WORK NEW TO EX/S77NG CONNEC770N (ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD SCHEDULES © 2011 ARCVISI ON, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606LIA, MATERIALS BY THE LIENT, AGENTS OFI�HE CLIENT OR OTHER SIGN PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE PROFESSIONAGREES MLESSEFROM ALL MNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN THE CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI REPRESENTATIVE REGARD IN6 MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAW' N65 WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEP THEM ENGINEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SURE 300 3T. LOUR, MO PI-1 (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.ercvcom STORE TYPE 2010 -I0 2 — 1"85 TECH E3 PROJECT % THE CH DRENS . u-. s�r,a-.r , y �� � � ;;; x = . f ,': r ;1� � �; �y,,' , d �`� r ! � STORE 1322 « t� ry SOUTHGENTER MALL �,/ SEATTLE, � gS188 l L 10/26/11 - TCP REVI EIN # 1 A - # 10�26�I I LL RV I i� 1 PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTI�!- 2833 SF 565 5F 11/01/12 — FOR PERMIT 3388 SF SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN SY SHEET TITLE KRG SEPP�R �`� � GTR( GAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER ""'— ° 0 ARGVISION PROJECT * 1201S CHECKED BY �O \IAL ki P J• 9E.QUSEO © 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF 0RI6INAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE I55UE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENC�VEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUIE 300 ST LOINS, MO 63146 PK (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415- 2300.Arcv.CORI STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH E3 113 3/4" CONDUIT FOR WRING SE71/SORMA AC DIGITAL BETWEEN EACH DOOR FRAME AND CONTROLLER IN CEILING. SEE CONTROLLER. CONDUIT RUN IS TO SHEET E1.0 FOR ADD/770NAL BE NO MORE THAN 40' BETWEEN INFORMA 77ON. CONTROLLER AND ANTENNAS (NOTE C) urA �.:f r :: f .. -: N � ` ,� i �� E;�, r� °; ,� ...; \ . �t .Al G. - 10/26/11 TOP REV I EY"t I (NOTES A AND E) 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #1 2 T A PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES 2833 5F SUPPORT 563 5F (2) GIJADRAPLEX ISOLATED (2) OJAVRAPLEX ISOLATED N aAflRIIPLEX COMMENCE MOM RECEPTAGLE5 6ROI NV REGEPTAGLES RECEPTACLE I /01/12 - FOR PERMIT TOTAL 33018 SF SCALP AS NOTED ICEILING LINE I SHEET NUMBER 4 C{~ECKED BY APPROVAL ....1M REQUIRED DEA I LS 0 . HARDINRED �owERe aw NEC770N EAS DOOR FRAME MOUNT ANTENNA UNIT, MOUN7ED ON FACE OF DOOR OPEN/NG. PROVIDE FACE MOUNTED ANTENNA UNIT AS MANUFACTURED BY TYCO /NIL AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE MMTH TYCO INS7RUC7/ONS »; . I.i'x.:::. ! LCD t.Sr,: :.:.: 1. G.; \- COMBINATION OUTLET ON DIVIDER 11 REFER 127 MANUFACIU RER'S IN STALLA7IAN INS7RUC77ONS FOR 7HE CONTROLLER AND ANTENNAS �- COMBINATION PIIOIEJDATA antET POINTED HORIZONTALLY ON SIDE YI41L5 OF GAS VRAP MOM POWER SYSTEM/. 7HE CIRCUITS USED 127 REGISTERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CIRCUITS SHALL NOT SHARE THE NEUTRAL SEPARATE POWER NEUTRAL AND /MUM SIZE /12 AWG SHALL BE RUN TO BOARD WHERE GROUND IMRE SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM NEUTRAL DO NOT AS THIS IS NOT ADEQUATE AT FOR THE ELECTRONIC CASH SEPARATE CONDUIT, EZ£C71?OW /C COSY/ HUBBELL NO /05362 OR APPROVED BY THE TENANT. CONDUIT FROM TELEPHONE OUTLET 70 AND INSTALL 1" EMPTY FLEXIBLE BETWEEN ALL CASH REGISTER LOCA770 ( (CA 7EGORY 5 CABLES) ARE PLACE. LEAVE 20 FEET OF FLEX CONDUIT AT OUTLET STUB UP LOCA71ONS ELEVATION PH2E/DATA ELECTRICAL GONDUT FROYA -� MOUNTED NORIZONUILLY moat no LP OR GOLUMN, SIDE Y4 5 OF GASHVRAP coomiN TE Y4/ LOCATION IN FELD. E SHEET MO A. ELECTRONIC CASH REGISTER POWER THE ELECTRONIC CASH ANY OTHER PURPOSES. 7HE OR GROUND $?771 07HER EQUIPMENT. INSULATED GROUND IWRES MIN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 77ED 70 THE GROUND TERMINAL USE 77/E CIRCUIT FOR GROUNDING HIGH FREQUENCIES THE CIRCUITS REGISTERS SHALL BE RUN IN REGISTERS OU7ZE7S SHALL BE EQUAL. THIS SYSTEM! IS REQUIRED B. EXTEND 11' EMPTY FLEXIBLE NEAREST CASH REGISTER LOCATION CONDU /T WITHIN CASE WORK C. DATA CABLES FOR CASH REGISTERS PROVIDED BY THE CHILDREN'S D. ELEC7RICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL 771E CASHV4'AP ELECTRICAL - -BOOR PLAN ON SHEET A1.0 FOR EXACT STOREFRONT COVfTGYJRAE T PLAN W EXACT T A TYPICAL LAYOUT SHOW/ FOR /NFORMA 71ONAL PURPOSES ONLY FINAL PLACEMENT OF /SEMIS MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM CONF/GURA770W SHOWN. DOOR OPENING FLOOR UNE NO A. 3/4" CONDUIT INTERCONNECT BETWEEN ANTENNA CAVITY AND POKER PACE 20 FEET MAXIMUM. B. POWER SOURCE 70 BE M7HIN 1 FOOT OF 7HE POWER PACK. ELEC7RICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE 110 V AC, THREE IMRE, 24 HOUR CIRCUIT if7H LESS THAN .5 V AC BETN£EN NEUTRAL AND GROUND. G IF POWER PACK IS LOCATED IN CEILING AN ACCESS' PANEL OR CEILING 711E IS REQUIRED NOT LESS THAN 18' SQUARE. D. AUDIBLE ALARM MAYBE INSTALLED UP TO 30' -0" PROM ME POWER PACK. (NOT SHOWN IN DETAIL) E. MAX CABLE RUN FROM "A" ANTENNA TO ELECTRONICS 'B" POWER PACK IN SOFf7T IS 20'-a" INATF RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET LOCATIONS IN FIELD TO ALLOW REQUIRED ACCESS A 1 1 ICASHWRAP ELEVATION 4 I A SYSTEM DETAIL 7 NOT ED SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE NOT SCALE SCALE:NOT TO SCALUSE 1" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR .SHOPPER TRACK 3 4' CONDUIT 70 ACCESSIBLE / CEILING FOR PRICE CHECKER (2 FOR OU7LE7S) 1" CONDUIT I I I 2' CONDUIT 127 ACCEBLE CEILING SPACE FOR CCTV WIRING 72M7 3/4' CONDUITS TO ACCESSIBLE GL�/UNG SPACE FOR CASH WRAP DATA (CONNECTION SERVICE EQUIPMENT OR ISOLATED GROUND SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM PANELBOARD (SEE NOTE 4) • T EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR BONDED TO PANELBOARD CABINET OUTLET BOX EQUIPMENT GROUND TERM INAL MOUN77NG SCREWS BOND ONLY DMX PROFUSION XS MEDIA SERVER TOA EQUIPMENT UST ; ■ ' ■ • ZONE 1 • 500' BELDEN WIRE - FOR SPEAKER RUNS * LOV ELL FLAT MOUNT SHELF - FOR EQUIPMENT * FURMAN OUTLET STRIP PLUGLOCK - FOR PLUGGNG EQUIPMENT IN VOLUME CONTROL IS /NUNS W7H SPEAKERS SEE VC WRING DETAIL TERMINAL GO NOTE 1 INSULATED NEUTRAL BAR ~~ ETHERNET CABLE BY OWN e U POUR slur .; �� 7HE RECEPTACLE FRAME TO I I + am cz ue �2 .x " we la �/ we an " : E `��� M£TALUC OUTLET BOX METALLIC 0-OUTLET BOX wp�o I °� m 1 / 0 ZONE 2 ] H Ell GANG BOX MOUNTED ON WALL ABOVE DM( ��'' DIMENSIONS INDICATE THE CENTER UNE OF OUTLET CLUSTERS. LOCATE OUTLETS AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. trE our H I N°°w * ` + I Yaw °� ■ • EGC V 1 " ,: :: ZONE 3 �pr� + I I= ORANGE COLOR FACE 10ENAf1£S /SOL�47ED GROUND NOT LATER IFD RECEPTACLE FRAME SyL VER GROUNDED NEUTRAL TERM /NAL ( ) CONDUCTOR LEGEND ( ��© �,�. .g ,t `° `" FROM DMARC i' CONDUIT O -GC- GROUNDED CONDUCTOR NEUTRAL (NEUTRAL) UGC- EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR -IG- ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - GEC - GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR 1 1/4" CONDUIT FROM GANG BOX ZONE 4 E CC NOTE 2 7V GANG BOX 21 CONDUIT FROM GANG " I 2 1/2 CONDUIT FROM GANG BOX NOTE. FOUR SQUARE BOX s 2 3/4' CONDUIT * 1 CONDUIT TERMINATE ABOVE CEILING © ©I ZONE 1 • MAN MUSIC ZONE ZONE 2 . NOT USED; ZOIE 4 • NNOT UUSED r ■ ■ IG liffiL BOX FOR CCTV ,�!/NC710N BOX TRACK E � � ' y r G- ■ , FOR SHOPPER J/NC71ON BOX FOR BROADBAND/EXTANT NOTE 3 ISOLATED GROUND TERMINAL /S NOT CANNECIED TO 171E RECEPTACLE FRAME AND IS + ru• ^ L� wo BELDEN WIRE MAX VOL L A 10o WATT © UNDERSHELF LUM/NA/RE; PROVIDE ALL mar �� '�� z7 RECEPTACLES TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN SHELVING STANDARDS v NOTE 5 1HEREFARE INSULATED FROM 171E w OUTLET BOX GROUNDING PA771 r"""`) NECESSARY BLOCKING DIGITAL ZONE CON7ROILL£R, SEE M2.0 FAR SITE SPECIf7C PLACEMENT AND QUANI77TY - ISOLATED GROUND BAR ME BANDED TO (/NSJLA7E0 FROM) MI n RECEPTACLE FOR USE THE 70V OUTPUT OUTPUT UNDERSHELF LUMINAIIRE PANELBOARD CAB /NET GENERAL NOTES ASE 712 NIS DETAE: NOTES APPLI CAN.E 717 NS DETAIL: A. 771 15 &TAIL IS D/AGRAMMA77C IN NATURE AND IS NOT INTENDED 70 IND/CATE 1. ONLY EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL 7ERMINA7E ON THIS EQUIPMENT PROPOSED CRCUIT ROUTING PHASE CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT SHOWN FAR GROUND BAR. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY ISOLATED GROUNDING OR CLARITY ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE SECURELY BONDED 70 7HE ENCLOSURES THE GROUNDED CONDUCTOR ( NEU7RAL) CONDUCTORS TERM /NA7E ON THIS BAR. RA CEWA YS' CONNECT. 2. ONLY GROUNDED (NEUTRAL) CONDUCTORS SHALL 7ERM /NA 7E ON 7H /S NEUTRAL BAR. B. A GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IS REQU /RED FOR EVERY APPLIANCE BRANCH UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY ISOLATED GROUNDING AR EQUIPMENT CIRCU /T, EVERY GENERAL - PURPOSE BRANCH CIRCUIT, EVERY INDIVIDUAL BRANCH GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TERM /HATE AN THIS BAR. CRGYI /T, AND EVERY MUL 17 -V4R£ BRANCH CIRCU /T. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES' INLL 3. ONLY ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL TERM /NA 7E ON THIS ISOLATED A METALLIC RACEWAY SYS7EM BE ACCEPTED AS 7HE SOLE MEANS OF EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR. UNDER NO CRCUMSTANQES SHALL ANY EQUIPMENT GROUNDING OR GROUNDING. GROUNDED CONDUCTOR (NEUTRAL) CONDUCTORS 7ERM/NA7E ON THIS BAR. C GROUNDED (NEUTRAL) CONDUCTORS ARE ONLY REQU /RED FAR 120V LOADS OR POLYPHASE 4. UNLESS INDICATED O7H£RWSE, CIRCU /75 SERVED BY THIS PANEL SHALL BE LOADS 711A T REQUIRE 120V POWER. ROUTED IN DEDICA 7ED RACEWAYS AND SHALL NOT BE COMBINED IN 771E SAME D. WHEN INSTALLED PER THE CURRENT NA 77ANAL ELECTRICAL CODE REQU /REMELT M A T RACEWAY iW 171 NON -/BOLA RFD GROUND CRCU /7S LEAST MO GROUND CONDUCTOR PATHS ARE REQUIRED; ONE FOR 771E RECEPTACLE 5. ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IS PERMITTED TO PASS THROUGH PANELBOARDS GROUND AND ONE FAR 771E RECEPTACLE. BUT MUST TERM /NA 7E AT 771E SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERM INAL OR AT THE GROUNDING TERMINAL OF 771E SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM, IF APPLICABLE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE JJNC77ON BOX FOR \ APPS PC/ DM JACK/ L1,L2 JACK \ 0 o I N " INPUT SPEAKER UNE TO SPEAKERS WITH ill TRANSFORMERS • (25V, 70V OR 100V) _ a0 ' HUBBELL PLUG 7RAK IN1H (6) RECEPTACLES MODEL ,�T206112 \ FROM AMPUFIER a 1 b �JNCT/OV BOX FOR /NT /CART ®K= `% 0:1 . 4 PLUG 7RAK KITH PDB12S BOX, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL a NECESSARY BOXES CONNECTORS N I MOUN77NG CLAMPS ETC FOR A iv COMPLETE PLUG MOLD SYSI i /. C IN OUT „ a o v I a CCI, CC2 CC3- M M „ I �� N `l _ SPEAKER TYPE AREA/ROOM I TAP `t IT, T YMI � � I n \ \ VC WIRING DETAIL 1 2 MANAGER DESK ELEVATION 5 DMX WIRING DIAGRAM 8 ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE DETAIL SCALE:NOT TO SCALE SCALE.NOT TO SCALE SCALE:NOT TO SCALE 3/4N 4" CONDUIT NI7H PULL STRING IN WALL BY ELEC7RICAL HUBBELL PLUG 7RAK WI771 (6) INSTALL HOLD UP RECEPTACLES, MOLL ,/PT206112 BUT7ON BELOW COUN7ER PLUG TRAK W7H PDB12S BOX, VERIFY EXACT LOCA77 W ;. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL W7H OWNER'S REPRESENTA77W NECESSARY BOXES CONNECTORS, PRIOR 70 ROUGH-IN MOUNTING CLAMPS; ETC. FAR A RECEIVED ITS Q, l NOV 0 8 2012 -r III d-,” £ ; rr VERIFY IF REQUIRED TO MUTE TENANT'S MUSIC/STEREO WHEN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS AC77VA7ED W771 LANDLORD'S F7RE ALARM SYSTEM CONTRACTOR AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT PRIOR TO B/D. CONTRACTOR M8 MB ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT AUDIO EQUIPMENT MUSIC EQUIPMENT &VELF. SEE PLAN PANEL LOCA770,% SEE PLAN FOR EXACT LOCA770N AND HEIGHT AUD /O SYSTEM VENDOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED MUSIC EQUIPMENT WEST PENN 252248 (RUN TO SPEAKERS) SPEAKERS MOUNTED IN SALES AREA ARE FURN /SHED BY 7HE CH ILDREN'S PLACE FOR INSTALLA770N BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COORD/NA7E LOCA770NS 01771 THE CHILDRENS PLACE REPRES£NTA71VE PR/OR 127 ROUGH - /N. VOLUME CONTROL TURN /SHED BY AUD /O SYSTEM/ VENDOR FOR INSTALLA770N BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, VERIFY EXACT MOUN77NG LOCA 770N MTH TCP PROJECT MANAGER , w PR/OR 70 /NSTALLAAON, MOUNT AT t5 -0 A.F.F. .irs:. _♦ ° 'I' , R E `�� } A I COMPLETE PLUG MOLD SYS7EM. „.::::::,. JUNC170N BOX o I i'IJ ,. 1 (a 1i7� I, 8 8 FAR SHOPPER TRACK I 1 I ■, AI FURNISHED, SINGLE GANG WALL BOX MOUNTED BEHIND SOUND SYS7EM EQUIPMENT BY ELEC7RICAL CON7RACTOR SEE PLAN FOR LOCA77ON • si a �� __ AlwAI r, ... Illix SHELF AT f/- 7 -0 A.F.F. SEE PLAN FOR LOCA770N. 18 GA PLENUM RATED SPEAKER WIRE FURNISHED BY AUDIO SYSTEM/ VENDOR JUNC770N BOX FOR BROADBAND/EXTANT JJNC770N BOX JJNC77ON BOX FOR DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER, FOR /NT /CART APPS PC/ DM JACK/ SEE M2.0 FOR 577E SPECIFIC PLACEMENT AND QUAN /T17 Y FAR INSTALLA !IAN BY ELEC7RICAL CONTRACTOR WEST PENN 252248 (RUN TO VOLUME CONTROL) NOTES: 1. ALL ELECTRICAL BOXES AND CONDUIT, SHALL BE PROVIDED RR. BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE AUDIO SYSTEM M VENDOR WILL FURNISH ALL AUDIO EQUIPMENT, WIRING AND SHELVING FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 3. THE CHILDREN'S PLACE WILL FURNISH THE SPEAKERS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SPEAKERS, AUDIO EQUIPMENT, AND PROVIDE FINAL TERMINATIONS. 4. REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM 5/E5.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CC1, CC2, CC3 L1,L2 MCK RECEPTACLE FOR UNDERSHELF LUMINAIRE 3 IMANAGERS DESK PLAN 6 MUSIC SHELF ELEVATION I 9 I NOT USED SCALE NOT TO SCALE SCAR l» NOT TO SCALE SCALE NOT TO SCALE © 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF 0RI6INAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HI5 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDIGATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE I55UE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENC�VEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUIE 300 ST LOINS, MO 63146 PK (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415- 2300.Arcv.CORI STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH E3 113 PROJECT 0 ' qq, Y U.;Y¢'4R9b w.. 6 � STORE 1322h ! 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 018188 urA �.:f r :: f .. -: N � ` ,� i �� E;�, r� °; ,� ...; \ . �t .Al G. - 10/26/11 TOP REV I EY"t I A 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW #1 2 T A PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES 2833 5F SUPPORT 563 5F I /01/12 - FOR PERMIT TOTAL 33018 SF SCALP AS NOTED DRAWN BY J� KRO SEPARATE SHEET TITLE ELEOTRI GAL AND SHEET NUMBER ARCVISION PROJECT * 12001018 C{~ECKED BY APPROVAL ....1M REQUIRED DEA I LS 0 . SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE VARIABLE VOLUME AIR TERMINAL (TYPICAL OF 2) O 18/2 18/2 18/2 MOUNT OUTSIDE AIR DEVICE ON ROOF FOR NON —MALL Supply LOCATIONS Air Duct 1 BUTTON OVERRIDE O OV 0-18/2 x2 0-18/2 x2 SLP 0000 (1)UPS CABLE 120VAC POWER DEDICATED aRCUIT (LABEL EMS-2) 111 (3)18/2 (1)GND PIP CAT -5 CABLE (1) -171127 (1) 18/4 LCP 120VAC POWER, --1-- DEDICATED CIRCUIT (LABEL EMS1) PLUS ALL SWITCHED LOADS CUSTOMER NETWORK OR CELL MODEM KEYED NOTES O ALL DZCs SHALL BE MOUNTED IN THE SAME ROOM AS INDICATED IN MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. K INSTALL ON LEFT SIDE (LOOKING INTO THE STORE) INTERIOR WING WALL. SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER OR TCP REP ON SITE MUST BE CONTACTED BEFORE INSTALLATION VERIFY LOCATION. KI:: OPTIONAL CO2 SENSOR. :ii PROVIDE GROUNDED 24VAC TO POWER DZC. CONTROL PANEL MOUNTING DETAIL NO SCALE KEYED NOTES Q MAXIMUM FLOOR TO TOP OF ANY PANEL 75 ". PANELS MAY BE LOWERED TO MEET EXISTING CONDITIONS. ®MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SLP AND PIP 6" TO ACCOMMODATE INTERCONNECTING CABUNG. ONO LESS THAN 1 -1/2" (THIS SIZE IS CRITICAL) A DZC TO SPACE TEMP SENSOR NO SCALE 0 a0 (OPEN VIEW) Ale C1 // 18/2 CABLE DZC TO DUCT TEMP. SENSOR NO SCALE >- Cn V) 0) Q u7 N ri) N co 0) N i CV OPTIONAL AS SPECIFIED BY MECHANICAL DWG. 02 -.5015211 o � go3 g Q O g Z U Z § N O 1°1 z z 18171615141312 11I Z � (OPEN VIEW) INSTALL RESISTOR 18/2 CABLE X2 DZC TO CO2 SENSOR WRING DETAILS ML 8 N N 1 1 1 U U < < O z> O W O W O <♦ O O S C) z U IIIIIFIoI�IoI 1111111l DZC TO ROOFTOP WRING DETAIL NO SCALE ff ttit 1 1 ce N 0 co o co IX EMS SCHEDULES DEVICE SCHEDULES SYMBOL DEVICE QUANTITY DEVICE LOCATION DEVICE CABLE TYPE NOTES ' CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR (OPTIONAL) AS REQUIRED BY CODE MAIN SPACE ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE 18/2 (x2) COMTRAN /3644 OL► DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 PER DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER MAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT 18/2 1 SHIELDED, STRANDED, NON PLENUM. TC -600V DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER 1 PER ROOFTOP UNIT (AND ADDITIONAL HVAC) CLUSTERED, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWING FOR LOCATION 18/10 2 ® ENERGY METER US SITES 1 PER MDP AS SPECIFIED BY DESIGN ENGINEER 24/1P (COMMUNICATION TO SLP) 3 CI ENERGY METER CANADIAN SITES 1 PER MDP AS SPECIFIED BY DESIGN ENGINEER 24/1P (COMMUNICATION TO SLP) AND 18/2 3 ® HUMIDISTAT, IF SUPPUED BY RTU MFGR. AS SPECIFIED IN MECHANICAL SCHEDULE BESIDE REMOTE ZONE SENSOR FOR SERVING RTU AS SPECIFIED BY MFGR. TAPPAN/2469ATIM —CM P CATS 24AWG/ 4—UTP UNSHIELDED SOUD CONDUCTOR TWISTED PAIR BELDEN 1583A CAT5 ® UGHTING CONTROL PANEL 1 OR MORE (REFER TO LCP SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS) NEAR BREAKER PANEL(S) FEEDING CONTROLLED UGHTING CIRCUITS (18/10 & 18/2) PER PANEL • OUTSIDE SENSING DEVICE 1 (ONLY NON —MALL LOCATIONS) ROOF 18/2 (X2) ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR 1 EACH RESTROOM AND FITTING ROOM MOUNTED ON CEIUNG OF RESIROOM AND FITTING ROOM PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS ® (1) BUTTON OVERRIDE 1 NEXT TO ADT PANEL WHENEVER POSSIBLE 18/2 (x2) ® POWER INTERFACE PANEL 1 ELECTRICAL ROOM (UNDER SLP) (1) 18/2. OTHER (SEE POINT TO POINT DWGs) 5 0 SCREAM LOGIC PANEL 1 ELECTRICAL ROOM VARIES PER CONNECTED DEVICE ® ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 PER DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER IN THE ZONE. AT 72" AFF, PREFERABLY ON A COLUMN NEAR RETURN AIR GRILL 18/2 NOTES 1. ONE DUCT SENSOR, 1 PER DIGITAL ZONE CONTROLLER (DZC) 2. ONE DZC FOR EACH HVAC EQUIPMENT REQUIRING THERMOSTATIC CONTROL (RTU, HEAT PUMPS, ETC.) 3. MOUNT EM CTS ON 3 —PHASE BUSS BARS AT MDP AFTER UTIUTY METER AND BEFORE TRANSFORMERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. 4. M.C. SHALL INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLE IN RACEWAYS PROVIDED BY EC. AND TERMINATE BOTH ENDS. — UNE VOLTAGE WIRING AND TERMINATIONS BY E.C. 5. EC. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A DEDICATED 120V, 20A CIRCUIT TO POWER THE PIP. LABEL BREAKER EMS-2 6. INTERCONNECTING CABUNG BETWEEN THE PIP AND SLP SHALL. BE INSTALLED BY THE M.C. AND THE GROUND CONNECTION BY THE E.C. 7. WTH THE EXCEPTION OF THE OSD AND ENERGY METERS THE M.C. SHALL TERMINATE ALL LV CABLES IN THE SLP INSTALLATION SUMMARY GC TO FILL OUT EMS READINESS CHECKUST. RETURN TO GC PM FOR VERIFICATION. COMMISSIONING WILL BE SCHEDULED AT TIME OF IT INSTALLATION. LOW VOLTAGE WRING FAR TELEPHONE. DATA, SOUND, TV AND SECURITY SYSTEMS WHICH ARE ENCLOSED IN BUILDING PARAIIANS OR IN ANY WAY MADE INACCESSIBLE BY CONS7RUCTTOV, SHALL BE ENCASED IN A CONDUIT. THE CONDUIT NEED NOT TERMINATE IN A BOX OR F7771NGS AS LONG AS NORMAL PRECAU77ONS ARE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE 71ON8000 -5 VERNON F), SECTION 820- 50(A). ALL LOW VOLTAGE RCABLES TO COMPLY INTH�E> NEC 725 -38(E) AND 800 -30. COAXIAL CABLES NEC 820 -50. CABLE SCHEDULES CABLE SIZE TYPE MFG. /MODEL 18/2 18AWG /2— CONDUCTOR SHIELDED, STRANDED, PLENUM RATED BELDEN /6300FE NON — PAIRED m �_ W�.o ....A �.,... m . _....... - W........ # . m .. �...W.� _ _ .._ 1026/1 1 LL REV 1 E N 1 - 1 1 �01�12 FOR PERMIT T PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES 2833 SF SUPPORT 565 SF COMTRAN /3644 m _ Tm __� . ___ _ m. .. _ TAPPAN /1880AB2M —CMP 18/2 (600)) 18AWG /2— CONDUCTOR SHIELDED, STRANDED, NON PLENUM. TC -600V BELDEN 27325AS 18/10 18AWG /10— CONDUCTOR UNSHIELDED, STRANDED, PLENUM BELDEN/6308UE NON — PAIRED DRAWN BY T Tr n_ T'L ND CEP A PERMIT A LD ER&Y MANAGEMENT CHECKED BY ppPROVA YSTEM (USA SITES) R1 REWIRED SHEET NUMBER LAKE CABLE/P181OC —WIN . TAPPAN /1880AB1O —CMP 24/1P 24AWG /1— TWISTED PAIR SHIELDED, STRANDED. PLENUM RATED. BELDEN /82841 PAIRED TWISTED PAIR LAKE CABLE/PF242CS TAPPAN/2469ATIM —CM P CATS 24AWG/ 4—UTP UNSHIELDED SOUD CONDUCTOR TWISTED PAIR BELDEN 1583A CAT5 GENERAL NON —EMS CONTROLS NOTES 1. LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS I. UFE SAFETY AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ARE NOT PART OF THE EMS SYSTEM AND SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED IN THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL BID DOCUMENTS. II. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN SHALL BE WIRED AS TO NOT AFFECT THE EMS SYSTEM. 2. MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS I. DEHUMIDIFYING ROOFTOP UNITS a. SOME ROOFTOP UNITS MAY COME EQUIPPED WITH A DEHUMIDIFICATION CYCLE AND SPACE HUMIDITY SENSOR. THIS SENSOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ADDITION TO THE EMS SYSTEM AND ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING TYPICAL (2) RTU STORE w/ SPACE MOUNTED ZONE SENSORS AND (1) ENERGY METER: 560' — 18/2 50' — 18/10 50' — 22/2 LOW CAP. COMM WIRE EACH CO2 SENSOR ADD: 160' — 18/2 EACH OUTSIDE AIR SENSOR ADD: 100' — 18/2 KEY SWITCH AT FRONT ENTRANCE ADD: 260' — 18/2 18/2 CABL TERMINALS ON I/O MODULE IN SLP IN SLP 10 1b 1- BUTTON OVERRIDE v NEAR SE TM KEYPAD ov AT FRONT DOOR (REAR VIEW) v TYPICAL OF 3 CONNECTIONS 1— COMMON, 2 SWITCHED LEGS (SEE EMS POINT TO POINT DWG") 1 BUTTON OVERRIDE NO SCALE FOR NON —MALL LOCATIONS OUTSIDE SENSOR DEVICE (ON ROOF) OUTSIDE UGHT SENSOR (OL) LK WIT LT 18/2 CABL (D4 0 0 0 0 0 0 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OA) OS� OUTSIDE SENSING DEVICE MOUNTING AND WIRING DETAILS NO SCALE e 8' O 0 O 0 O 0 5' POINT OUTSIDE UGHT SENSOR, NORTH f ROOF UNE 1/2" RIGID CONDUIT SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE tcp— ems — prototypical— Rev3,dwg 24/1P COM CABLE PLENUM RATED O SPLI BOX MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL ENERGY METER ADDRESS 32 1 1 2 2 4 3® 8 4 CD 18 32 6 5 FM i ENERGY METER INSTALLATION DETAILS NO SCALE ON toola 18/2 SHIELDED RATE FOR 600V MOVE SWITCH #32 TO "ON" POSITION KEYED NOTES WHEN TRANSITION FROM 18/2 TO 24/2 CAN'T BE AVOIDED THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN: I. MOUNT A SPUCING BOX NEAR TO THE MDP. II.TERMINATE WIRES WITH SEALANT FILLED CONNECTORS (DOLPHINS OR SIMILAR) III.OBSERVE POLARITY GENERAL NOTES: 1. INSTALL ENERGY METER AT MDP AFTER UTIUTY METER AND BEFORE TRANSFORMERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS TO CAPTURE TOTAL BUILDING LOAD. 2. AVOID SPUCING THE 600V RATED COMM CABLE. IF LONG ENOUGH TO REACH SLP. MOUNTING THE ENERGY METER AT THE MDP LED FLASHES GREEN WHEN PROPERLY INSTALLED CI FUSE BLACK RED YELLOW PHASE VOLTAGE SENSING LEADS WITH CT's (TYPICAL) RED CT YELLOW CT RS 485 to SLP W 0Z J 0 P w n Z w Z • 0 JV U� LLI W 1- i N c3 v Q X w v) W RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL4 NOV 0 8 2012 F11 (;ENT ,- G 2011 ARGV1510N, INC THIS DRAWING,, THE DESIGN INDIGATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OR 6FREDERRIGK ALTERED DESK 16N'Np' NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF NAL AL MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DES I6N PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE GL 1 ENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL. CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS FEES ARI5ING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING, FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEGIFIGATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING, MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE_ THESE DRAW, Nee WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. GOGLIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGIVC -ER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOW, MO 63146 PH (314) 415 -2400 FAX ( 314) 415-2300 www.ercv com STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 — E3 INB PROJECT THE CH DRENS ! JE4, 10/26/11 - TOP REVIEW #1 A . m �_ W�.o ....A �.,... m . _....... - W........ # . m .. �...W.� _ _ .._ 1026/1 1 LL REV 1 E N 1 - 1 1 �01�12 FOR PERMIT T PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES 2833 SF SUPPORT 565 SF �, ►� , ��,�� . ;_ 15481 ®c 1GIci %- 7 STORE 1322 sioNALs,4 m _ Tm __� . ___ _ m. .. _ _ ._r.w_ .� _ _ _w. - _ _.N............_._.....- - .-...... TOTAL 3388 5F SOT CENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 18 L � ISS ,,.. W ___ ......� . _... ................�4., __„.. a�....� ���......:. ...... �w.. �4. 4...,..,.4..�....,���,,..,_�... ,_..,.T....._ � .....�_..d..�.�..d..�.._ ,......._�...,....._�.... �...�m. ... �. �..... �. _�.....�..�...v�..v_.�v.,�4,... W - - -�. w�....�...�._...� .d..�..�....,...,�.�,.,.��. .�..............��....,._,.,. ..�.�...,....4....�, ......._ ................,. �.. �.. ..,.._,....,,�.�.,��.�..dd..�.. ....... .. �.�,.. ... �. u._ s_.. w.,_. �.. �,..a T. w,,._.. �. �0.... 4_.. v....._.._ m... �d ..�......,.�o_.,.........�.�., ,...�����, o....,..�.�._..�....,... _...._._. �,.,. a.,. �,. �.... .......�..v.._.w._._.,,....,.,, �..... v. ��._. �..... .d�.....o...,.,..�.��..A.�..._. SCALE AL AC, NOTES DRAWN BY T Tr n_ T'L ND CEP A PERMIT A LD ER&Y MANAGEMENT CHECKED BY ppPROVA YSTEM (USA SITES) R1 REWIRED SHEET NUMBER . ARCVISION PROJECT # 120C1CiS ENERGY ANALYSIS COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential PRJ -SUM Project Summary 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address Date 10/25/2012 633 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: The Children's Place Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description ..J New Building ? Addition f1 Alteration ;.._ Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised Decem Project Info Project Address Date 10/25/2012 633 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: The Children's Place Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description ..J New Building ? Addition f1 Alteration ;.._ Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 4) Prescriptive ® Lighting Power Allowance : '- Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ] No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed j-J Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 - Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area 100 RETAIL 1.33 2833 3768 100 RETAIL FOOTNOTE 10 1.40 2833 3966 102 TRIM 106 RETAIL 1.33 565 751 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 8486 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 100 CPl - SURFACE ROUND DOME, 5- F32UT8, as 17 130 2210 100 DC3 - 6" RECESSED DOfNLIGHT, 25W Chit 3 25 75 100,103,104,106 EM2B - EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT 1 15 1 6S 103 EX. - RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, 100W INC 1 100 100 102,106 RP2 - 2X2 RECESSED TROFFER 2- F32UTS EB • 5 55 275 104,105 SF1 - 4' -2LAMP FLUORESCENT STRIP, 2- P32T8, 88 7 46 322 100 SP4 - 4' -1 LAMP FLUORSECENT STRIP, 1- F32T8, EB 48 30 1440 100 YA -2 - SURFACE TRACE LIGHTING, 25W CNN 63 25 1575 100,104,106 X3 - LED EXIT SIGN 2 3 6 100 X118 - LED EXIT SIGN 1 3 3 Libraries5 (a) timer w/backup Indicate location Manufacturing facility Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 6 17 1 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the Length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address Date 10/25/2012 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2009 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations El .0 Police and fire stations 0 Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E1.0 Dweling Units N.A. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers N.A. Gymnasia, assembly spaces vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans 0.97 Health care clinic N.A. Theater, performing arts overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans 1.20 Transportation Yes 1513.4 Display /exhib/special Indicate separate controls E1.0 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) N.A. 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location 1.20 N.A. Libraries5 (a) timer w/backup Indicate location Manufacturing facility N.A. in lobbies exce t mail concourses) Main floor building ( p ) (b) photocell. Indicate location 1.00 y Yes 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) =up. sensors Schedule with type and locations E1.0 Yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans El. 0 N.A. 1513.7 Hotel /motel controls Indicate location of room master controls N.A. 1513.8 Commissioning indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes I 1514 (Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign IE1. 0 I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE CE (Section 0 1530-1532) { 52 Yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, tamps, ballasts, watts per fixture E1.0 N.A. 1532 Exterior Lighting g Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture P re ! types, . lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) N. A . 1511 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N.A. I 1540 I Transformers 1 e ci nc Indicate size and efficiency Y L 1 no is circled for any question, provide rovide 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -1NT Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage 4i Other Qualification Checklist Q n type is "Other" and fixture Note: If occupancy p p �y ty answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans, If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521 } 1,,_ i Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1.2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. . t 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, Fluorescent fixtures with a 1. Fluoresce a) p . ) c) 5-60 watt T-1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T-8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard wired electronic . - a d irackin lighting do not qualify. FL fixtures n (lasts. Screw in CFL q fY dimming ballasts. 9 9 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. ,MP{_G II J - . {J1114 a_.anr.■d . ••••• • ..•..........� Use' 1 -- - -. LPA` (Wlftz) Use LPA`(Wlft`) 0.91 Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities g . of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments 5 > restaurants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retain'', retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group i -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries5 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 in lobbies exce t mail concourses) Main floor building ( p ) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w/ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free - standing display were the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories], ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the ranks The height altnwanr:R rinfinPri in fnntnntR 9 annliss Anty to the flnnr area not cnvererf tw ranks • CIRCUIT BREAKER AT -35 REFER TO SPEC'S FOR T1MECLOCK AND CONTACTOR GENERAL LTG. CONTACTOR 4 ............... 1 r.t......... r GENERAL LTG CONTACTOR #2 IL' L1 -29 DISPLAY LTG CONTACTOR_ nwmmmgmmm L1 -30 ................... L1 -23 L1 -24 L1 -22 .. L1 -26 L1-31 t0] L1 -42 U - ca L1-16 L1 -18 17171 STOREFRONT CONTACTOR #� L1 -28 SPARE ►> SPARE QVERRIDE TIIk1ER LTG -SALES LTG - STOCKROOM LTG MA:> MANAGER DESK::: =' -1 PARE SPARE : ::....:.......... . SPARE. OYERIR.::..I,DE: <TI:M G -SALES ARE ARE RE ARE ARE LTG- TRACK TRACK LTG -SALES TRAC LTG SALES TRACK LTG -SALES TRA LTG - SALES TRACK LTG-SALES TRACK LTG - VALANCE LTG - ENTRANCE EEC- AMOIRE EC Dr EC -D/ i3 ARE :: STOREFRONT... SIG SPARE`:: :::..... SPARE SPARE ............. _ ......... SPARE 3ss CITY OF TUKWILA. NOV 0 8 2012 RMI CE - LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (EMS © 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NGARS, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING, OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR�� SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DIRECT RAINII VISION OF: OMPLERIGK NJDER THE DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENMEER 1960 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 St LOUIS, MO 63146 P11. (314) 415-2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 wwwercv.ccm STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - E3 N8 PROJECT r ., ,,.„ 7,,, �, p siZ› : W, • + '` `' `` V ° �� k :,i�l� �SS1oNf+t- .,0 ti,` 10/26/11 - TGP REV I EY'l #1 A 10/26/11 - LL NEVI EY4 #1 � / 2 \ PRO.EGT SQUARE FOOTA6P SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F ,F,.aH h "a ,. �w ,.: STORE 13220 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 018188 11/01/12 - FOR PERMIT 3388 5F SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY DN PEI MN TITLE IIIT AND ENERGY ANALYSIS SHEET NUMBER o 0 ARCVISION PROJECT # 120c118 CHECKED BY JM REC UII�ED SECTION 22000 - PLUMBING GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 APPUCABIUTY A. THIS SECTION SUPPLEMENTS ALL SECTIONS OF THE SPECIF1CATTONS FOR DIVISION 22 AND SHALL APPLY TO ALL PHASES OF WORK HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED, SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF APPROVED PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. 'WORK" IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, "THE CONSTRUCTION AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHETHER COMPLETED OR PARTIALLY COMPLETED AND INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS. EQUIPMENT. AND SERVICES PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO FULFILL THE CONTRACTOR'S OBUGAT1ONS. THE WQRK MAY CONSTITUTE THE WHOLE OR A PART OF THE PROJECT.' B. 'FURNISH' IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, 'TO SUPPLY AND DEUVER, UNLOAD, AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE" C. "INSTALL' IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, 'TO UNPACK, ASSEMBLE, ERECT, APPLY, PLACE, FINISH, CURE, PROTECT, CLEAN, CONNECT, AND PLACE INTO OPERATION INTO THE WORK." D. 'PROVIDE" IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL' E. 'CONNECT" IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, 'TO BRING SERVICE TO THE EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL ATTACHMENT INCLUDING NECESSARY SWITCHES, OUTLETS, BOXES, TERMINATIONS. ETC." F. "CONCEALED' IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, "HIDDEN FROM SIGHT IN CHASES, FURRED SPACES, SHAFTS, HUNG CEIUNGS, EMBEDDED IN CONSTRUCTION, IN CRAWL SPACES, OR BURIED." G. 'EXPOSED" IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, NOT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND NOR CONCEALED AS DEFINED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS." H. "DRAWINGS" IS HEREBY DEFINED AS, 'ALL PLANS, DETAILS, EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, DIAGRAMS, SKETCHES, ETC. ISSUED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WORK." I. SUBGRADE ELEVATIONS: 4 INCHES BELOW FINISH GRADE ELEVATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. J. FINISH GRADE ELEVATIONS: 4 INCHES ABOVE SUBGRADE ELEVATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPUCABLE BUILDING CODE, ELECTRICAL CODE, FIRE CODE, MECHANICAL CODE, PLUMBING CODE, ENERGY CODE, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, AMENDMENTS, AND ORDINANCES. ALSO PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) INCLUDING FIRE MARSHAL(S). B. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDING ANY TENANT CRITERIA MANUALS, WHERE APPUCABLE.1 C. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPUCABLE UTILITY COMPANIES SERVING THE PROJECT. MAKE ALL ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE U11UTY COMPANIES FOR PROPER COORDINATION OF THE WORK. D. RECOGNIZED STANDARDS: DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, TESTING AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF ALL APPARATUS AND MATERIALS FURNISHED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST PUBUCA11ONS OR STANDARD RULES OF UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. AMERICAN SOCIETY FORT (NSI)A AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE AND NAONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC). E. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED CODE, LANDLORD, UTILITY, OR RECOGNIZED STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS. 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES A. PERMITS, UCENSES, FEES. INSPECTIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN, FULLY UNDERSTAND, AND COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY REQUIRED CORRECTIONS, INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS, ARISING FROM ISSUES CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO UNDERSTAND AND /OR COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY. B. WORK UNDER THESE SECTIONS IS DIAGRAMMATIC UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE AND IS INTENDED TO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES. FOLLOW THESE DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT THE WORK AND VERIFY SPACES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THESE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEREVER A QUESTION EXISTS AS TO THE EXACT INTENDED LOCATION OF PIPE, SPRINKLERS, OR EQUIPMENT, OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING MTh THE WORK. C. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION IF A DISCREPANCY IS DISCOVERED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES SHALL RESULT IN THE RESOLUTION BECOMING THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY AND SUBJECT TO THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND POSSIBLE REJECTION. SHOULD THE ARCHITECT REJECT A DISCREPANCY RESOLUTION OF WHICH THEY WERE NOT NOTIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO CORRECT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS, UN11L APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION IS GIVEN BY THE ARCHITECT. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. B. ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON INFORMATION DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLY LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE, REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS AGAINST THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND FAMIUARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. BY SIGNING THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THE SITE VISIT HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTED. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF MAJOR DISCREPANCIES IN WRITING SO THE APPROPRIATE MODIFICATIONS TO THE DESIGN CAN BE MADE WITHOUT DELAY TO THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY OF ADJUSTING FOR DISCREPANCIES OF WHICH THE ARCHITECT IS NOT INFORMED. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTALS ARE REVIEWED ONLY FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DIMENSIONS, QUANTITIES AND DETAILS ARE NOT CHECKED DURING SUBMITTAL REVIEW. REVIEW OF THE SUBMITTALS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROVIDING ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE RESPONSIBIUTY FOR COORDINATION OF SUBSTITUTED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UES SOLELY WITH THE SUBSTITUTING CONTRACTOR. B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS CATALOGUE INFORMATION. INDICATE VALVE DATA AND RATINGS. C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF COMPONENTS AND TAG NUMBERING. D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND SPARE PARTS USTS. E. MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS, BEARING DATA INCLUDING REPLACEMENT SIZES, AND LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1.08 QUAUTY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUAUFICA11ONS: COMPANY SPECIAUZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUAUFICA11ONS: COMPANY SPECIAUZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE. APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. C. PRODUCTS: 1. USTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. 2. USTED AND CLASSIFIED BY THE NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS AND FURNISHED WITH A MATERIALS AND ACCEPTANCE (MEA) NUMBER. WHERE APPUCABLE. D. ALL EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE FREE OF ALL RUST /CORROSION OR ANY VISIBLE DAMAGE. ALL ITEMS NOT COMPLYING WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL BE REPLACED WITHOUT ANY CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT AMOUNT. E. EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. INCLUSION IN BOTH LOCATIONS IS NOT A PREREQUISITE TO INCLUSION IN THE CONTRACT. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES SPECIFIED IN EITHER LOCATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE, FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS REASONABLY INFERRED TO AS NECESSARY ALTHOUGH SUCH COMPONENTS MAY OR MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WITHIN THE SPECIFICATIONS. F. CODE OR UTIUTY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS SHALL SUPERSEDE ANY CONFUCTING REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. G. ALL COMPOSITION TEST REPORTS: RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTS ON ACTUAL MATERIALS USED; COMPACTION DENSITY TEST REPORTS. 1.09 DEUVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DEUVER AND STORE VALVES IN SHIPPING CONTAINERS, WITH LABEUNG IN PLACE. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING ON CAST IRON AND STEEL VALVES. C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY END CAPS AND CLOSURES ON PIPING AND FITTINGS. MAINTAIN IN PLACE UN11L INSTALLATION. D. PROTECT MOTORS STORED ON SITE FROM WEATHER AND MOISTURE BY MAINTAINING FACTORY COVERS AND SUITABLE WEATHER -PROOF COVERING. FOR EXTENDED OUTDOOR STORAGE, REMOVE MOTORS FROM EQUIPMENT AND STORE SEPARATELY. 1.10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY FOR DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS AND PACKAGED WATER HEATING SYSTEMS.2 B. PROVIDE ONE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY FOR PUMPS.3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. THE MANUFACTURERS USTED ARE USTED TO SET MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR QUAUTY, DESIGN, AND FUNC11ONAUTY. THE PRODUCTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBMITTED, AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, DURING SHOP DRAWING REVIEW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. THE PRODUCTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS ALL RESPONSIBIUTY FOR COSTS AND COORDINATION ISSUES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT, AND THE COORDINATION OF SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. B. THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING PIPING MATERIALS, AT HIS OPTION, PROVIDED THE SELECTED MATERIAL MEETS WITH THE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND ANY UTIUTY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE OF THE SELECTED PIPING MATERIAL IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE INSTALUNG CONTRACTOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK A. EXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS A WHOLE FOR THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. COORDINATE ALL WORK ACCORDINGLY. B. PROMPTLY REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY DELAY OR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK, WHICH MIGHT PREVENT PROMPT AND PROPER INSTALLATION, OR MAKE IT UNSUITABLE TO CONNECT WITH OR RECEIVE THE WORK OF OTHERS. FAILURE TO SO REPORT SHALL CONSTITUTE AN ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AS BEING AT AND PROPER FOR THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. C. PLAN, LAY OUT, AND COORDINATE THE WORK WITH ALL TRADES WELL ENOUGH IN ADVANCE SO THAT IT PROCEEDS WITH A MINIMUM OF INTERFERENCE TO WORK THAT HAS NOT BEEN COMPLETED AND WORK THAT IS IN PROGRESS. INFORM ALL TRADES OF OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK AND PROVIDE ALL SPECIAL FRAMES, SLEEVES, AND ANCHOR BOLTS REQUIRED. THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM LAYOUT MAY BE ALTERED TO SUIT THE CONDITIONS, PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK AND WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. CONFUCTS ARISING FROM LACK OF COORDINATION SHALL BE THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY. D. PERFORM ALL WORK IN CONFORMITY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AFFORD OTHER TRADES REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THEIR WORK. PROPERLY CONNECT AND COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AT SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO DELAY OR INTERFERE WITH THEIR WORK. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. VERIFY ALL PIPE LOCATIONS AND SIZES IN FIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. INSTALL ALL PIPE, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES TO PRESERVE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS, USING MATERIALS AND METHODS SPECIFIED. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PROVIDE TESTS AS NECESSARY TO ESTABUSH THE ADEQUACY, QUAUTY, SAFETY, COMPLETED STATUS. AND SUITABLE OPERATION OF EACH SYSTEM. TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE ARCHITECT. 3.05 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. CLEAN FIRE SUPPRESSION PARTS TO REMOVE HARMFUL MATERIALS. B. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ALL PIPE, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES OF ALL DIRT, DEBRIS, SPLATTER, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS. FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CLEANING AS APPUCABLE. C. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PIPE, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES, AS DIRECTED BY AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, WHERE MARRING OR DISFIGUREMENT HAS OCCURRED. ALL PIPE, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE NEW. 3.06 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT, PROVIDE ONE PRINTED COPY AND ONE ELECTRONIC COPY OF PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER. INFORMATION CONTAINED ON PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, AS A MINIMUM,: 1. ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF ALL PIPE, EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, ETC. 2. ACTUAL PIPE SIZES AND ELEVATIONS. 3. ACTUAL ROUTING OF ALL UNDERFLOOR OR BELOW GRADE PIPING. 4. HYDRAUUC CALCULATION REMOTE AREA DATA AND ASSOCIATED FLOW TEST INFORMATION. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT TWO COPIES OF DESCRIPTIVE UTERATURE, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION DATA FOR ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT. ACCESSORIES, AND MATERIALS USED. INCLUDE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, INTERVALS, AND PARTS UST OF EACH ITEM INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. INCLUDE ALL MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES. ALSO INCLUDE: END OF SECTION SECTION 220501 - TRENCHING AND BACKFILL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BACKFIWNG AND COMPACTING FOR UTIUTIES INSIDE AND OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT QUANTITIES OF FILL TO MEET PROJECT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. WHEN NECESSARY. STORE MATERIALS ON SITE IN ADVANCE OF NEED. B. WHEN FILL MATERIALS NEED TO BE STORED ON SITE, LOCATE STOCKPILES WHERE DESIGNATED; SEPARATE DIFFERING MATERIALS WITH DIVIDERS OR STOCKPILE SEPARATELY TO PREVENT INTERMIXING; PREVENT CONTAMINATION; PROTECT STOCKPILES FROM EROSION AND DETERIORATION OF MATERIALS. C. VERIFY THAT SURVEY BENCH MARKS AND INTENDED ELEVATIONS FOR THE WORK ARE AS INDICATED. D. PROTECT BENCH MARKS, SURVEY CONTROL POINTS, EXISTING STRUCTURES, FENCES, SIDEWALKS. PAVING, AND CURBS FROM EXCAVATING EQUIPMENT AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. E. CODE REQUIREMENTS SHALL SUPERCEDE ANY CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALL MATERIALS A. GENERAL FILL SUBSOIL EXCAVATED ON -SITE; GRADED; FREE OF LUMPS LARGER THAN 3 INCHES, ROCKS LARGER THAN 2 INCHES, AND DEBRIS. B. STRUCTURAL FILL: SUBSOIL EXCAVATED ON -SITE; GRADED; FREE OF LUMPS LARGER THAN 3 INCHES, ROCKS LARGER THAN 2 INCHES, AND DEBRIS. C. GRANULAR FILL - GRAVEL PIT RUN STONE; FREE OF SHALE, CLAY, FRIABLE MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. D. GRANULAR FILL - PEA GRAVEL: NATURAL STONE; FREE OF CLAY, SHALE, ORGANIC MATTER. E. SAND: NATURAL RIVER OR BANK SAND; FREE OF SILT, CLAY, LOAM, FRIABLE OR SOLUBLE MATERIALS, AND ORGANIC MATTER. F. TOPSOIL TOPSOIL EXCAVATED ON -SITE; SELECT; FREE OF ROOTS, ROCKS LARGER THAN 1/2 INCH, SUBSOIL DEBRIS, LARGE WEEDS AND FOREIGN MATTER; ACIDITY RANGE (PH) OF 5.5 TO 7.5; CONTAINING A MINIMUM OF 4 PERCENT AND A MAXIMUM OF 25 PERCENT INORGANIC MATTER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. IDENTIFY REQUIRED LINES, LEVELS, CONTOURS, AND DATUM LOCATIONS. B. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, AND PROTECT U1IU11ES AND CONSTRUCTION THAT REMAINS AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 3.02 TRENCHING A. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF UNEXPECTED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND DISCONTINUE AFFECTED WORK IN AREA UNTIL NOTIFIED TO RESUME WORK. B. SLOPE BANKS OF EXCAVATIONS DEEPER THAN 4 FEET TO ANGLE OF REPOSE OR LESS UNTIL SHORED. C. DO NOT INTERFERE WITH 45 DEGREE BEARING SPLAY OF FOUNDATIONS. D. CUT TRENCHES WIDE ENOUGH TO ALLOW INSPECTION OF INSTALLED UTILITIES. E. HAND TRIM EXCAVATIONS. REMOVE LOOSE MATTER. F. REMOVE LARGE STONES AND OTHER HARD MATTER WHICH COULD DAMAGE PIPING OR IMPEDE CONSISTENT BACKFIWNG OR COMPACTION. G. REMOVE LUMPED SUBSOIL, BOULDERS, AND ROCK UP TO 1/3 CU YD MEASURED BY VOLUME. H. REMOVE EXCAVATED MATERIAL THAT IS UNSUITABLE FOR RE -USE FROM SITE. I. STOCKPILE EXCAVATED MATERIAL TO BE RE -USED IN AREA DESIGNATED ON SITE. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR UTIUTY PLACEMENT A. CUT OUT SOFT AREAS OF SUBGRADE NOT CAPABLE OF COMPACTION IN PLACE. BACKFILL WITH GENERAL ALL B. COMPACT SUBGRADE TO DENSITY EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSEQUENT FILL MATERIAL C. UNTIL READY TO BACKFILL, MAINTAIN EXCAVATIONS AND PREVENT LOOSE SOIL FROM FAWNG INTO EXCAVATION. 3.04 BACKFIWNG A. FILL UP TO FINISH GRADE OR SLAB ELEVATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. SYSTEMATICALLY FILL TO ALLOW MAXIMUM TiME FOR NATURAL SETTLEMENT. DO NOT FILL OVER POROUS, WET, FROZEN OR SPONGY SUBGRADE SURFACES. C. GRANULAR FILL: PLACE AND COMPACT MATERIALS IN EQUAL CONTINUOUS LAYERS NOT EXCEEDING 8 INCHES COMPACTED DEPTH. D. SOIL ALL: PLACE AND COMPACT MATERIAL IN EQUAL CONTINUOUS LAYERS NOT EXCEEDING 8 INCHES COMPACTED DEPTH. E. SLOPE GRADE AWAY FROM BUILDING MINIMUM 2 INCHES IN 10 FT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAKE GRADUAL GRADE CHANGES. BLEND SLOPE INTO LEVEL AREAS. F. THRUST BEARING SURFACES: ALL WITH CONCRETE. G. COMPACTION DENSITY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED: UNDER PAVING, SLABS -ON- GRADE, AND SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION: 97 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY; AT OTHER LOCATIONS: 95 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. H. RESHAPE AND RE- COMPACT FILLS SUBJECTED TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. 3.05 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. USE GENERAL FILL UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. B. UTILITY PIPING, CONDUITS, AND DUCT BANK: BEDDING: USE GRANULAR ALL COVER WITH GENERAL FILL; FILL UP TO FINISH GRADE ELEVATION; COMPACT IN MAXIMUM 8 INCH UFTS TO 95 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. C. OVER SUBDRAINAGE PIPING AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER AND UNDER SLABS: DRAINAGE FILL AND GEOTEXT1LE FABRIC; COVER DRAINAGE FILL WITH GENERAL FILL; FILL UP TO FINISH GRADE ELEVATION; COMPACT TO 95 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. TOP SURFACE OF GENERAL BACKFIWNG: PLUS OR MINUS 1 INCH FROM REQUIRED ELEVATIONS. B. TOP SURFACE OF BACKFIWNG UNDER PAVED AREAS: PLUS OR MINUS 1 INCH FROM REQUIRED ELEVATIONS. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PERFORM COMPACTION DENSITY TESTING ON COMPACTED FILL IN ACCORDANCE VN1H ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, OR ASTM D3017. B. EVALUATE RESULTS IN RELATION TO COMPACTION CURVE DETERMINED BY TESTING UNCOMPACTD MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS TM D 698 STANDARD PROCTOR'), ASTM D 1557 ( "MODIFIED PROCTOR'), OR AASHTO T 180. C. IF TESTS INDICATE WORK DOES NOT MEET SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, REMOVE WORK, REPLACE AND RETEST. 3.08 CLEAN -UP A. LEAVE UNUSED MATERIALS IN A NEAT, COMPACT STOCKPILE. B. REMOVE UNUSED STOCKPILED MATERIALS, LEAVE AREA IN A CLEAN AND NEAT CONDITION. GRADE STOCKPILE AREA TO PREVENT STANDING SURFACE WATER. C. LEAVE BORROW AREAS IN A CLEAN AND NEAT CONDITION. GRADE TO PREVENT STANDING SURFACE WATER. END OF SECTION4 SEC110N 220516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS; EXPANSION JOINTS AND COMPENSATORS; PIPE LOOPS, OFFSETS, AND SWING JOINTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - COPPER PIPING A. MANUFACTURER; MERCER RUBBER COMPANY; METRAFLEX COMPANY. B. INNER HOSE: BRONZE; EXTERIOR SLEEVE BRAIDED BRONZE; PRESSURE RATING: 125 PSI AND 450 DEGREES F; JOINT: AS SPECIFIED FOR PIPE JOINTS; SIZE USE PIPE SIZED UNITS; MAXIMUM OFFSET: 1 INCH ON EACH SIDE OF INSTALLED CENTER UNE; APPLICATION: COPPER PIPING. 2.02 EXPANSION JOINTS - STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS TYPE A. MANUFACTURERS: MERCER RUBBER COMPANY; METRAFLEX COMPANY. B. PRESSURE RA11NG: 200 PSI AND 250 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM COMPRESSION: 3 INCHES; MAXIMUM EXTENSION: 1/4 INCH; JOINT: AS SPECIFIED FOR PIPE JOINTS; SIZE USE PIPE SIZED UNITS; APPUCATION: STEEL PIPING 3 INCHES AND UNDER. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINTS - EXTERNAL RING CONTROLLED STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS TYPE A. MANUFACTURERS: MERCER RUBBER COMPANY; METRAFLEX COMPANY. B. PRESSURE RATING: 200 PSI AND 250 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM COMPRESSION: 1- 1/4 INCHES; MAXIMUM EXTENSION: 3/8 INCH; MAXIMUM OFFSET: 5/16 INCH; JOINT: FLANGED; SIZE USE PIPE SIZED UNITS; ACCESSORIES: INTERNAL FLOW UNER; APPLICATION: STEEL PIPING OVER 2 INCHES. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE ASTM A 269; PIPE AUGNMENT GUIDES: TWO PIECE WELDED STEEL WITH ENAMEL PAINT, BOLTED, WITH SPIDER TO FIT STANDARD PIPE, FRAME WITH FOUR MOUNTING HOLES, CLEARANCE FOR MINIMUM 1 INCH THICK INSULATION, MINIMUM 3 INCHES TRAVEL; SWIVEL JOINTS: FABRICATED STEEL OR BRONZE BODY AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE SPECIFIED PIPING MATERIAL, DOUBLE BALL BEARING RACE, FIELD LUBRICATED, WITH RUBBER (BUNA -N) 0- RING SEALS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH EJMA (EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) STANDARDS. C. INSTALL FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS ON PIPES CONNECTED TO VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE UNE SIZE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. D. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO DISPLACDAENT. INSTALL ONE END IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO ISOLATED EQUIPMENT AND ANCHOR OTHER END. INSTALL IN HORIZONTAL PLANE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. E. ANCHOR PIPE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHERE INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO CONTROL DETRIMENTAL MOVEMENT OF PIPING. PROVIDE PIPE GUIDES SO MOVEMENT IS DIRECTED ALONG AXIS OF PIPE ONLY. ERECT PIPING SUCH THAT STRAIN AND WEIGHT IS NOT ON CONNECTIONS OR APPARATUS. F. PROVIDE SUPPORT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO CONTROL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPING. PROVIDE LOOPS, PIPE OFFSETS, AND SWING JOINTS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED. G. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE GROOVED PIPING FOR VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT INSTEAD OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. GROOVED PIPING NEED NOT BE ANCHORED. END OF SECTION SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT METERS; HEAT CONSUMPTION METERS; LIQUID FLOW METERS; PRESSURE GAGES AND PRESSURE GAGE TAPS; THERMOMETERS AND THERMOMETER WELLS; STATIC PRESSURE GAGES; FILTER GAGES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: MANUFACTURERS: DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC; FMC TECHNOLOGIES; VENTURE MEASUREMENT COMPANY; MCCROMETER; MOELLER INSTRUMENT CO., INC, OMEGA ENGINEERING, INC. 2.02 POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT METERS (LIQUID) A. AWWA C700, POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT DISC TYPE SUITABLE FOR FLUID WITH BRONZE CASE AND CAST IRON FROST - PROOF, BREAKAWAY BOTTOM CAP, HERMETICALLY SEALED REGISTER, REMOTE READING TO AWWA C706. B. METER: BRASS BODY TURBINE METER WITH MAGNETIC DRIVE REGISTER; ACCURACY: 1 -1/2 PERCENT. 2.03 HEAT CONSUMPTION METERS A. METER: BRASS BODY TURBINE METER WITH MAGNETIC DRIVE REGISTER. PLATINUM TEMPERATURE SENSORS; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 200 DEGREES F; ACCURACY: 1 -1/2 PERCENT; MAXIMUM COUNTER READING: 1 MILLION BTUH; POWER: LITHIUM BATTERY. 2.04 UQUID FLOW METERS A. CALIBRATED VENTURI ORIFICE PLATE AND FLANGES WITH VALVED TAPS, CHART FOR CONVERSION OF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE READINGS TO FLOW RATE, WITH PRESSURE GAGE IN CASE. B. ANNULAR ELEMENT FLOW STATIONS WITH METER SET. 1. MEASURING STATION: TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL PITOT TYPE FLOW ELEMENT INSTALLED IN THREADED NIPPLE PIPE SECTION, WITH SAFETY SHUT -OFF VALVES AND QUICK COUPUNG CONNECTIONS, AND PERMANENT METAL TAG INDICATING DESIGN FLOW RATE, READING FOR DESIGN FLOW RATE. METERED FLUID, UNE SIZE, STATION OR LOCATION NUMBER; PRESSURE RATING: 275 PSI; MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE: 400 DEGREES F; ACCURACY: PLUS 0.55 PERCENT TO MINUS 2.30 PERCENT. 2. PORTABLE METER SET: DRY SINGLE DIAPHRAGM TYPE PRESSURE GAGE WITH 6 INCH DIAL POINTER, STAINLESS STEEL WETTED METAL PARTS, VARIABLE PULSATION DAMPER, EQUAUZING VALVE, TWO BLEED VALVES, AND MASTER CHART FOR DIRECT CONVERSION OF METER READINGS TO FLOW RATE, MOUNTED IN RUST -PROOF CARRYING CASE WITH TWO TEN FOOT LONG RUBBER TEST HOSES WITH BRASS VALVES OR QUICK CONNECTIONS FOR MEASURING STATIONS. 2.05 PRESSURE GAGES A. PRESSURE GAGES: ASME B40.100, UL 393 DRAWN STEEL CASE, PHOSPHOR BRONZE BOURDON TUBE, ROTARY BRASS MOVEMENT, BRASS SOCKET, WITH FRONT RECAUBRAiiON ADJUSTMENT, BLACK SCALE ON WHITE BACKGROUND; CASE: STEEL WITH BRASS BOURDON TUBE; SIZE: 2 INCH DIAMETER; LENS: CLEAR GLASS; MID -SCALE ACCURACY: TWO PERCENT; SCALE: PSI AND KPA. 2.06 PRESSURE GAGE TAPPINGS A. GAGE COCK: TEE OR LEVER HANDLE, BRASS FOR MAXIMUM 150 PSI. B. NEEDLE VALVE: BRASS, 1/4 INCH NPT FOR MINIMUM 150 PSI. C. PULSATION DAMPER: PRESSURE SNUBBER, BRASS WITH 1/4 INCH CONNECTIONS. D. SYPHON: BRASS. 1/4 INCH ANGLE OR STRAIGHT PATTERN. 2.07 STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS A. THERMOMETERS - ADJUSTABLE ANGLE: RED- OR BLUE - APPEARING NON -TOXIC UQUID IN GLASS; ASTM E 1; LENS FRONT TUBE, CAST ALUMINUM CASE WITH ENAMEL FINISH. CAST ALUMINUM ADJUSTABLE JOINT WITH POSITIVE LOCKING DEVICE; ADJUSTABLE 360 DEGREES IN HORIZONTAL PLANE, 180 DEGREES IN VERTICAL PLANE; SIZE 7 INCH SCALE; WINDOW: CLEAR LEXAN; STEM: 3/4 INCH NPT BRASS; ACCURACY: 2 PERCENT; CAUBRATION: DEGREES F AND DEGREES C. 2.08 DIAL THERMOMETERS A. THERMOMETERS - ADJUSTABLE ANGLE: DIAL TYPE BIMETAWC ACTUATED; ASTM E 1; STAINLESS STEEL CASE, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE MTH FRONT RECAUBRATION, SIUCONE FLUID DAMPING, WHITE WITH BLACK MARKINGS AND BLACK POINTER, HERMETICALLY SEALED LENS, STAINLESS STEEL STEM; SIZE: 3 INCH DIAMETER DIAL; LENS: CLEAR LEXAN; ACCURACY: 1 PERCENT; CALIBRATION: DEGREES F AND DEGREES C. 2.09 THERMOMETER SUPPORTS A. SOCKET: BRASS SEPARABLE SOCKETS FOR THERMOMETER STEMS WITH OR WITHOUT EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED. AND WITH CAP AND CHAIN. B. FLANGE 3 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER REVERSIBLE FLANGE, DESIGNED TO FASTEN TO SHEET METAL AIR DUCTS. WITH BRASS PERFORATED STEM. 2.10 TEST PLUGS A. TEST PLUG: 1/4 INCH OR 1/2 INCH BRASS FITTING AND CAP FOR RECEIVING 1/8 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER PRESSURE OR TEMPERATURE PROBE WITH NORDEL CORE FOR TEMPERATURES UP TO 350 DEGREES F. B. TEST PLUG: 1/4 INCH OR 1/2 INCH BRASS FITTING AND CAP FOR RECEIVING 1/8 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER PRESSURE OR TEMPERATURE PROBE WITH VITON CORE FOR TEMPERATURES UP TO 400 DEGREES F. 2.11 STATIC PRESSURE GAGES A. 3-1/2 INCH DIAMETER DIAL IN METAL CASE, DIAPHRAGM ACTUATED, BLACK FIGURES ON WHITE BACKGROUND, FRONT RECAUBRATION ADJUSTMENT, 2 PERCENT OF FULL SCALE ACCURACY, CLEAR GLASS LENS. B. INCLINED MANOMETER. RED UQUID ON WHITE BACKGROUND WITH BLACK FIGURES, FRONT RECAUBRATION ADJUSTMENT, 3 PERCENT OF FULL SCALE ACCURACY. C. ACCESSORIES: STATIC PRESSURE 11PS WITH COMPRESSION FITTINGS FOR BULKHEAD MOUNTING, 1/4 INCH DIAMETER TUBING. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT METERS WITH ISOLATING VALVES ON INLET AND OUTLET. PROVIDE FULL UNE SIZE VALVED BYPASS WITH GLOBE VALVE FOR UQUID SERVICE METERS UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. PROVIDE ONE PRESSURE GAGE PER PUMP, INSTAWNG TAPS BEFORE STRAINERS AND ON SUCTION AND DISCHARGE OF PUMP. PIPE TO GAGE. INSTALL THERMOMETERS IN PIPING SYSTEMS IN SOCKETS IN SHORT COUPUNGS. ENLARGE PIPES SMALLER THAN 2 -1/2 INCH FOR INSTALLATION OF THERMOMETER SOCKETS. ENSURE SOCKETS ALLOW CLEARANCE FROM INSULATION. PROVIDE INSTRUMENTS WITH SCALE RANGES SELECTED ACCORDING TO SERVICE WITH LARGEST APPROPRIATE SCALE. INSTALL GAGES AND THERMOMETERS IN LOCATIONS WHERE THEY ARE EASILY READ FROM NORMAL OPERATING LEVEL. INSTALL VERTICAL TO 45 DEGREES OFF VERTICAL ADJUST GAGES AND THERMOMETERS TO FINAL ANGLE, CLEAN WINDOWS AND LENSES, AND CAUBRATE TO ZERO. LOCATE TEST PLUGS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR MEASUREMENT AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS. C. D. E. F. G. H. END OF SECTION SECTION 220529 - NON- PENETRATING ROOFTOP HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE SUPPORTS; FIXED ANCHOR SUPPORTS; ACCESSORIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: MIRO INDUSTRIES INC. 2.02 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. SUPPORTS AND HANGERS - GENERAL PROVIDE WITH BASES THAT REST ON THE ROOF MEMBRANE AND THAT HAVE GENTLY ROUNDED EDGES TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO ROOF MEMBRANE; 1 INCH HIGH RAISED EDGES; DRAINAGE PORTS TO PREVENT PONDING; CARBON BLACK ADDITIVE IN POLYCARBONATE, WHEN USED, FOR UV STABIUZATION; PROVIDE LOOSE FIT ALUMINUM PIPE STRAP ON ALL SUPPORTS, SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE SUPPORT MODELS BELOW. STRAPS SHALL BE LOOSE FITTING TO PREVENT PIPE FROM BEING DISPLACED FROM THE SUPPORT STAND BUT WITHOUT RESTRICTING MOVEMENT FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. B. FIXED HEIGHT PIPE STANDS: POLYCARBONATE RESIN BASES; 1 -1/2 -INCH NOMINAL PIPE "U' -SHAPED CRADLE; 1 -1/2 INCH ID MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY, 1 -9/10 INCH OD MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY; 1 -1/2 INCH ADDITIONAL HEIGHT PER SPACER, MAXIMUM 3 SPACERS; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 80 LB; 6 BY 6 INCH BASE (MODEL 1.5); 3 -INCH NOMINAL PIPE: SELF - LUBRICATING POLYCARBONATE ROLLER SUPPORTED BY GLASS FILLED NYLON ROLLER ROD IN "U"- SHAPED CRADLE; 3 INCH ID MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY, 3-7/8 INCH OD MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY; 2 INCH ADDITIONAL PIPE CLEARANCE PER SPACER, MAXIMUM 3 SPACERS; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 100 LB; 7 -1/2 BY 7 -1/2 INCH BASE (MODEL 3-R- 2 OR 3 -R -4); 4 -INCH NOMINAL PIPE: SELF- LUBRICATING POLYCARBONATE ROLLER SUPPORTED BY GLASS FILLED NYLON ROD; 4 INCH MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY, 5 INCH OD MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 125 LB; 7- 1/2 BY 7 -1/2 INCH BASE (MODEL 4-R); 5-INCH NOMINAL PIPE: SELF - LUBRICATING POLYCARBONATE ROLLER SUPPORTED BY GLASS FILLED NYLON ROD; 5 INCH MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY, 6 INCH OD MAXIMUM PIPE CAPACITY; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 150 LB; 9 BY 15-1/2 INCH BASE (MODEL 5 -R). (PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS C. STRUT -TYPE SUPPORTS: SINGLE BASE WITH TWO THREADED RODS SUPPORTING HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HORIZONTAL CHANNEL STRUT; SIZE 12 INCH STRUT 1- 5/8 BY 13/16 INCH, PIPE CLEARANCE VARIABLE UP TO 7 INCH (MODEL 12 BASE STRUT); SIZE 16 INCH STRUT 1 -5/8 BY 13/16 INCH, PIPE CLEARANCE VARIABLE UP TO 7 INCH (MODEL 16 BASE STRUT); BASE POLYCARBONATE RESIN; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 125 LB; 7 -1/2 BY 10 INCH OR 9 BY 15-1/8 INCH BASE. D. FIXED ANCHOR SUPPORTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED SCHEDULE 40 PIPE WITH METAL PLATES, TOP AND BOTTOM, AND PIPE CLAMP AT TOP; BOTTOM PLATE SURFACE UNFINISHED FOR WELDING INTO OR ATTACHING TO ROOF STRUCTURE BENEATH ROOFING MEMBRANE. LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SUPPORT PADS: 15 -3/4 BY 19 -3/4 INCH SQUARE, 1/8 INCH THICK. FLEXIBLE PVC WITH CARBON BLACK ADDITIVE FOR UV STABIUZATION. B. DECK PLATES: SQUARE METAL DECK PLATE MTH CURVED UP EDGES, TO SPREAD LOAD AND PROTECT ROOF MEMBRANE; THICKNESS: 18 GAUGE; MATERIAL HOT DIP GALVANIZED; SIZE: 12 X 12 INCH SQUARE; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 200 LB MODEL DP -12 ; SIZE: 18 X 18 INCH SQUARE; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 400 LB MODEL DP18 ; SIZE: 24 X 24 INCH SQUARE; TOTAL LOAD UP TO 800 LB MODEL DP-24 4. C. ROLLERS: ROLLER 3: 3 INCH STURDY POLYCARBONATE ROLLER. SHAFT 5/8 INCHES, END DIAMETER 1 -7/8 INCHES. ROLLER SURFACE HAS A 3 INCH RADIUS ARCH. MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY MAY NOT EXCEED 150 IBS; ROLLER 5: 5 INCH STURDY POLYCARBONATE ROLLER, SHAFT 5/8 INCHES, END DIAMETER 2 -7/16 INCHES. ROLLER SURFACE HAS A 5 INCH RADIUS ARCH. MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY MAY NOT EXCEED 150 LBS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. DETERMINE THAT ROOF STRUCTURE, ROOF INSULATION, AND ROOF MEMBRANE ARE STRUCTURALLY ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF PIPE, DUCT, CONDUIT, AND SUPPORTS AND HANGERS. B. INSTALL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C. INSTALL SUPPORTS AT MAXIMUM SPACING OF 10 FEET UNLESS CLOSER SPACING IS REQUIRED DUE TO WEIGHT OF PIPE OR CONDUIT CONTENTS OR GREATER SPACING IS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY MANUFACTURER; SPACE AND ADJUST TO SUPPORT AN EQUAL AMOUNT OF WEIGHT; DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED LOAD UMITS. D. REMOVE ROOFING AGGREGATE FROM AREA 2 INCHES LARGER THAN SUPPORT BASE; COMPLY WITH ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS TO MAINTAIN ROOFING WARRANTY. E. INSTALL AN ADDITIONAL SHEET OF ROOFING MATERIAL, SUPPORT PAD, OR DECK PLATE BENEATH EACH SUPPORT BASE. F. SUPPORT PADS: REMOVE ROCK, AGGREGATE, DIRT AND EXCESS DUST FROM AREA TO BE COVERED BY PAD; APPLY SUPPORT PAD ON CLEANED AREA; CENTER BASES ON TOP OF SUPPORT PADS. G. DECK PLATES: REQUIRED FOR LOADS GREATER THAN 100 POUNDS PER SUPPORT; LOCATE CENTERED UNDER BASES OF PIPE SUPPORTS AND HANGERS; REMOVE ROCK, AGGREGATE, DIRT AND EXCESS DUST FROM AN AREA 2 INCHES LARGER THAN DECK PLATE; INSTALL WITH CURVED EDGES UP. H. PIPE SUPPORTS: CENTER BENEATH PIPE SO THAT PIPE IS LOCATED SQUARELY OVER AND THROUGH CRADLE OR HANGER. SET PIPE IN SUPPORT WITHOUT DROPPING OR CAUSING UNDUE IMPACT. 1. AXED ANCHOR SUPPORTS: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROOF DECKING, INSULATION AND ROOF MEMBRANE ATTACH SUPPORT TO ROOF STRUCTURE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; AFTER INSTALLATION OF ROOF DECKING, INSULATION AND MEMBRANE, INSTALL PIPE OR ROOF TOP MECHANICAL SUPPORTS USED IN CONNECTION WITH FIXED ANCHOR SUPPORTS; INSTALL PIPING OR MECHANICAL UNITS ON EACH SUPPORT. J. ALL ROOFING PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FLASHED AND WEATHER SEALED BY THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT WITH THE FACTORY AUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR THE SPECIFIC ROOFING SYSTEM APPUCABLE TO THIS PROJECT. THE USE OF AN UNAUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR MAY RESULT IN REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE PENETRATION SYSTEMS AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 3.02 FELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. AFTER SYSTEM STARTUP. CORRECT ANY DEFICIENCIES THAT ARISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT UMITED TO, IMPROPER LOCATION OR POSITION, IMPROPER SEATING OR LEVEL ON THE ROOF, LACK OF ROOF PADS OR DECK PLATES, INADEQUATE OPERATION, AND AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. END OF SECTIONS SECTION 220548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS; STRUCTURAL BASES; INERTIA BASES; VIBRATION ISOLATORS; SEISMIC RESTRAINTS; VIBRATION ISOLATION CURBS. B. EQUIPMENT: REFRIGERATION MACHINES AND CHILLER; AIR COMPRESSORS AND VACUUM PUMPS; PUMPS; COOLING TOWERS ;BOILERS AND POWER PLANT EQUIPMENT; FANS, AXIAL AND CENTRIFUGAL; FANS, PROPELLER; WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS; CONDENSING UNITS AND AIR SOURCE HEAT PUMPS; PACKAGED HVAC UNITS; FURNACES AND HEATERS; PACKAGED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT; GENERATORS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ISOLATION TECHNOLOGY, INC.; KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC.; MASON INDUSTRIES. 2.02 BASES A. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD: CONSTRUCTION: CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED FOR FLOORING; DESIGN: 4" HIGH ABOVE THE SURROUNDING FINISHED FLOORING AND 4" GREATER IN DIMENSION THAT NE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED, OR GREATER IF DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WHEN INDICATED. B. STRUCTURAL BASES: CONSTRUCTION: WELDED STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH GUSSETED BRACKETS, TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR, WITH MOTOR SUDE RAILS; DESIGN: SUFFICIENTLY RIGID TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENT OR UNDUE STRESS ON MACHINE, AND TO TRANSMIT DESIGN LOADS TO ISOLATORS AND SNUBBERS. 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. RESTRAINED OPEN SPRING ISOLATORS: SPRINGS: MINIMUM HORIZONTAL STIFFNESS EQUAL TO 75 PERCENT VERTICAL STIFFNESS, WITH WORKING DEFLECTION BETWEEN 0.3 AND 0.6 OF MAXIMUM DEFLECTION. COLOR CODE SPRINGS FOR LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY; SPRING MOUNTS: PROVIDE WITH LEVELING DEVICES, MINIMUM 0.25 INCH THICK NEOPRENE SOUND PADS, AND ZINC CHROMATE PLATED HARDWARE; SOUND PADS: SIZE FOR MINIMUM DEFLECTION OF 0.05 INCH; MEET REQUIREMENTS FOR NEOPRENE PAD ISOLATORS; RESTRAINT: PROVIDE HEAVY MOUNTING FRAME AND LIMIT STOPS; FOR EXTERIOR AND HUMID AREAS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HOUSINGS AND NEOPRENE COATED SPRINGS. B. CLOSED SPRING ISOLATORS: TYPE : CLOSED SPRING MOUNT WITH TOP AND BOTTOM HOUSING SEPARATED WITH NEOPRENE RUBBER STABIUZERS; SPRINGS: MINIMUM HORIZONTAL STIFFNESS EQUAL TO 75 PERCENT VERTICAL STIFFNESS, WITH WORKING DEFLECTION BETWEEN 0.3 AND 0.6 OF MAXIMUM DEFLECTION. COLOR CODE SPRINGS FOR LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY; HOUSINGS: INCORPORATE NEOPRENE ISOLATION PAD MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR NEOPRENE PAD ISOLATORS, AND NEOPRENE SIDE STABIUZERS WITH MINIMUM 0.25 INCH CLEARANCE; FOR EXTERIOR AND HUMID AREAS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HOUSINGS AND NEOPRENE COATED SPRINGS. C. RESTRAINED CLOSED SPRING ISOLATORS: TYPE : CLOSED SPRING MOUNT WITH TOP AND BOTTOM HOUSING SEPARATED WITH NEOPRENE RUBBER STABIUZERS; SPRINGS: MINIMUM HORIZONTAL STIFFNESS EQUAL TO 75 PERCENT VERTICAL STIFFNESS, WITH WORKING DEFLECTION BETWEEN 0.3 AND 0.6 OF MAXIMUM DEFLECTION. COLOR CODE SPRINGS FOR LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY; HOUSINGS: INCORPORATE NEOPRENE ISOLATION PAD MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR NEOPRENE PAD ISOLATORS, AND NEOPRENE SIDE STABIUZERS WITH MINIMUM 0.25 INCH CLEARANCE AND UMIT STOPS; FOR EXTERIOR AND HUMID AREAS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HOUSINGS AND NEOPRENE COATED SPRINGS. D. SPRING HANGER: SPRINGS: MINIMUM HORIZONTAL STIFFNESS EQUAL TO 75 PERCENT VERTICAL STIFFNESS, WITH WORKING DEFLECTION BETWEEN 0.3 AND 0.6 OF MAXIMUM DEFLECTION. COLOR CODE SPRINGS FOR LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY; HOUSINGS: INCORPORATE NEOPRENE ISOLATION PAD MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR NEOPRENE PAD ISOLATORS OR RUBBER HANGER WITH THREADED INSERT; MISALIGNMENT: CAPABLE OF 20 DEGREE HANGER ROD MISAUGNMENT; FOR EXTERIOR AND HUMID AREAS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HOUSINGS AND NEOPRENE COATED SPRINGS. E. NEOPRENE PAD ISOLATORS: RUBBER OR NEOPRENE WAFFLE PADS; HARDNESS: 30 DUROMETER; THICKNESS: MINIMUM 1/2 INCH; MAXIMUM LOADING: 50 PSI; RIB HEIGHT: MAXIMUM 0.7 TIMES WIDTH; CONFIGURATION: SINGLE LAYER. F. RUBBER MOUNT OR HANGER: MOLDED RUBBER DESIGNED FOR 0.4 INCH DEFLECTION WITH THREADED INSERT. G. GLASS FIBER PADS: NEOPRENE JACKETED PRE - COMPRESSED MOLDED GLASS FIBER. 2.04 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. TYPE: NON - DIRECTIONAL AND DOUBLE ACTING UNIT CONSISTING OF INTERLOCKING STEEL MEMBERS RESTRAINED BY NEOPRENE ELEMENTS. B. ELEMENTS: REPLACEABLE NEOPRENE, MINIMUM OF 0.75 INCH THICK WITH MINIMUM 1/8 INCH AIR GAP. C. CAPACITY: 4 HIES LOAD ASSIGNED TO MOUNT GROUPINGS AT 0.4 INCH DEFLECTION. 0. ATTACHMENT POINTS AND FASTENERS: CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING 3 TIMES RATED LOAD CAPACITY OF SEISMIC SNUBBER. 2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATING ROOF CURB A. TYPE: 24 INCHES HIGH WITH RIGID STEEL LOWER SECTION CONTAINING ADJUSTABLE SPRING POCKETS WITH RESTRAINED SPRING ISOLATORS, STEEL UPPER SECTION TO SUPPORT ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT, AND CONTINUOUS ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE EXTENDING FROM UPPER SECTION FOR COUNTERFLASHING OVER ROOFING. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PACKAGE CONSISTING OF INTERIOR PERIMETER ANGLES AND CROSS MEMBERS TO SUPPORT UP TO TWO LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. BASES: SET STEEL BASES FOR ONE INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN HOUSEKEEPING PAD AND BASE; SET CONCRETE INERTIA BASES FOR 2 INCHES CLEARANCE BETWEEN HOUSEKEEPING PAD AND BASE; ADJUST EQUIPMENT LEVEL C. ON CLOSED SPRING ISOLATORS, ADJUST SO SIDE STABIUZERS ARE CLEAR UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. D. PRIOR TO MAKING PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH OPERATING WEIGHTS SUBSTANTIALLY DIFFERENT FROM INSTALLED WEIGHTS, BLOCK UP EQUIPMENT WITH TEMPORARY SHIMS TO FINAL HEIGHT. WHEN FULL LOAD IS APPLIED, ADJUST ISOLATORS TO LOAD TO ALLOW SHIM REMOVAL E. PROVIDE PAIRS OF HORIZONTAL UMIT SPRINGS ON FANS WITH MORE THAN 6.0 INCHES WC STATIC PRESSURE, AND ON HANGER SUPPORTED. HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED AXIAL FANS. F. PROVIDE SEISMIC SNUBBERS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK MOUNTED ON ISOLATORS. EACH INERTIA BASE SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OF FOUR SEISMIC SNUBBERS LOCATED CLOSE TO ISOLATORS. SNUB EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED FOR POST- DISASTER USE TO 0.05 INCH MAXIMUM CLEARANCE OTHER SNUBBERS SHALL HAVE CLEARANCE BETWEEN 0.15 INCH AND 0.25 INCH. G. SUPPORT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT MOUNTED ON ISOLATORS USING ISOLATORS OR RESIUENT HANGERS TO NEAREST FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. H. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS ON ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. REFER TO OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION FOR THE ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS TO BE USED. I. SELECTION OF TYPE, THICKNESS AND DEFLECTION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION SHALL BE BY THE VIBRATION CONTROL MANUFACTURER BASED ON THE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT TYPE AND SIZE, AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INDICATED BELOW. A. PIPE ISOLATION SCHEDULE 1. 1 INCH PIPE SIZE: ISOLATE 120 DIAMETERS FROM EQUIPMENT. 2. 2 INCH PIPE SIZE: ISOLATE 90 DIAMETERS FROM EQUIPMENT. 3. 3 INCH PIPE SIZE: ISOLATE 80 DIAMETERS FROM EQUIPMENT. 4. 4 INCH PIPE SIZE: ISOLATE 75 DIAMETERS FROM EQUIPMENT. 5. 6 INCH PIPE SIZE: ISOLATE 60 DIAMETERS FROM EQUIPMENT. B. EQUIPMENT ISOLATION SCHEDULE: (MINIMUM DEFLECTION AS SIZED BY THE ISOLATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.) 1. PUMPS. A. SLAB ON GRADE: BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: SPRING. OPEN OR CLOSED. B. ABOVE GRADE FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURES: BASE: CONCRETE INERTIA BASE; ISOLATION: SPRING, OPEN OR CLOSED. 2. FANS, AXIAL AND CENTRIFUGAL. A. SLAB ON GRADE: BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: SPRING, OPEN OR CLOSED. B. ABOVE GRADE FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURES: BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: SPRING, OPEN OR CLOSED. C. SMALL FANS UP TO 22" DIAMETER WHEEL RUBBER MOUNT OR HANGER 3. FANS, PROPELLER. A. WALL MOUNTED: ISOLATION: NEOPRENE PAD, RUBBER MOUNT OR GLASS FIBER PAD. B. ROOF MOUNTED: ISOLATION: NEOPRENE PAD, RUBBER MOUNT OR GLASS FIBER PAD. 4. WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS. A. FLOOR MOUNTED (ALL LOCATIONS): BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: SPRING: OPEN OR CLOSED. B. SUSPENDED 3 TON CAPACITY AND SMALLER: ISOLATION: RUBBER HANGER. C. SUSPENDED 3.5 TON CAPACITY AND LARGER: ISOLATION: SPRING HANGER. OPEN OR CLOSED. 5. CONDENSING UNITS AND AIR SOURCE HEAT PUMPS. A. SLAB ON GRADE: BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: NEOPRENE PAD, RUBBER MOUNT OR GLASS FIBER PAD. B. ABOVE GRADE FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURES: BASE: STRUCTURAL BASE; ISOLATION: RESTRAINED SPRING, OPEN OR CLOSED. 6. PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT. A. FLOOR MOUNTED (ALL LOCATIONS): BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: SPRING: OPEN OR CLOSED. B. SUSPENDED 3 TON CAPACITY AND SMALLER: ISOLATION: RUBBER HANGER. C. SUSPENDED 3.5 TON CAPACITY AND LARGER: ISOLATION: SPRING HANGER, OPEN OR CLOSED. 7. FURNACES AND HEATERS. A. FLOOR MOUNTED (ALL LOCATIONS): BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: NEOPRENE PAD, RUBBER MOUNT OR GLASS FIBER PAD. B. SUSPENDED: ISOLATION: RUBBER OR SPRING HANGER. 8. PACKAGED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT. A. SLAB ON GRADE BASE: CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD; ISOLATION: NEOPRENE PAD, RUBBER MOUNT OR GLASS FIBER PAD. B. ABOVE GRADE ROOF STRUCTURES: BASE: ROOF CURB; ISOLATION: FULL PERIMETER NEOPRENE PAD BETWEEN CURB AND UNITS. PROVIDE RESTRAINED SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION CURBS WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NAMEPLATES; TAGS; STENCILS; PIPE MARKERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. BRADY CORPORATION; CHAMPION AMERICA, INC; SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. DESCRIPTION: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED LETTERS; LETTER COLOR: WHITE; LETTER HEIGHT: 1/2 INCH; BACKGROUND COLOR: BLACK. 2.03 TAGS A. PLASTIC TAGS: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS ON UGHT CONTRASTING BACKGROUND COLOR. TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1 -1/2 INCH DIAMETER. PLASTIC TAGS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN PLENUM RETURN CEIUNGS. 2.04 STENCILS A. STENCILS: WITH CLEAN CUT SYMBOLS AND LETTERS OF FOLLOWING SIZE: 1. 3/4 TO 1 -1/4 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 1/2 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 2. 1 -1/2 TO 2 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 3/4 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 3. 2 -1/2 TO 6 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE 12 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 1 -1/4 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 4. DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT: 2 -1/2 INCH HIGH LETTERS. B. STENCIL PAINT: SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL COLORS CONFORMING TO ASME M3.1. 2.05 PIPE MARKERS A. COMPLY WITH ASME A13.1. B. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS: FLEXIBLE, VINYL FILM TAPE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING AND PRINTED MARKINGS. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN PLENUM RETURN CEIUNGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. DEGREASE AND CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADHESIVE FOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS. B. PREPARE SURFACES FOR STENCIL PAINTING PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLASTIC NAMEPLATES WITH CORROSIVE- RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS, OR ADHESIVE. APPLY WITH SUFFICIENT ADHESIVE TO ENSURE PERMANENT ADHESION AND SEAL WITH CLEAR LACQUER. B. INSTALL TAGS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT CHAIN. C. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. INSTALL PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS COMPLETE AROUND PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. E. INSTALL UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS 8 TO 8 INCHES BELOW FINISHED GRADE, DIRECTLY ABOVE BURIED PIPE. F. IDENTIFY AIR HANDUNG UNITS AND PUMPS WITH PLASTIC NAMEPLATES OR STENCIL PAINTING. SMALL DEVICES, SUCH AS IN -UNE PUMPS, MAY BE IDENTIFIED WITH TAGS. G. IDENTIFY AIR TERMINAL UNITS AND RADIATOR VALVES WITH NUMBERED TAGS. H. IDENTIFY PIPING. CONCEALED OR EXPOSED, WITH PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS OR STENCIL PAINTING. USE TAGS ON PIPING 3/4 INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER IDENTIFY SERVICE, FLOW DIRECTION, AND PRESSURE. INSTALL IN CLEAR VIEW AND AUGN WITH AXIS OF PIPING. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION NOT TO EXCEED 20 FEET ON STRAIGHT RUNS INCLUDING RISERS AND DROPS, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE AND TEE. AT EACH SIDE OF PENETRATION OF STRUCTURE OR ENCLOSURE, AND AT EACH OBSTRUCTION. PLASTIC TAGS, PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS AND PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN PLENUM RETURN CEIUNGS. I. IDENTIFY DUCTWORK WITH STENCILED PAINTING OR PLASTIC TAPE DUCT MARKERS. IDENTIFY WITH AIR HANDUNG UNIT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND AREA SERVED. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION AT AIR HANDUNG UNIT, AT EACH SIDE OF PENETRATION OF STRUCTURE OR ENCLOSURE, AND AT EACH OBSTRUCTION. PLASTIC TAPE DUCT MARKERS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN PLENUM RETURN CEIUNGS. END OF SECTION SEC11ON 220595 - FIRE STOPPING FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS; FIRESTOPPING OF ALL PENETRATIONS AND INTERRUPTIONS TO ARE RATED ASSEMBUES, WHETHER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR NOT, AND OTHER OPENINGS INDICATED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBUES A. FIRESTOPPING: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS; FIRE RATINGS: USE ANY SYSTEM USTED BY UL OR FM OR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814 OR ASTM E 119 THAT HAS F RATING EQUAL TO FIRE RA11NG OF PENETRATED ASSEMBLY AND MINIMUM T RATING EQUAL TO F RATING AND THAT MEETS ALL OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: A/D ARE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INC; 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS; SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. B. ELASTOMERIC SIUCONE FIRESTOPPING: SINGLE OR MULTIPLE COMPONENT SIUCONE ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND AND COMPATIBLE SILICONE SEALANT; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT; COLOR: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR. C. FOAM FRESTOPPPING: SINGLE OR MULTIPLE COMPONENT FOAM COMPOUND; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT; COLOR: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR. D. FIBERED COMPOUND FIRESTOPPING: FORMULATED COMPOUND MIXED WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE NON- ASBESTOS FIBERS; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT; COLOR: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR. E. FIBER PACKING MATERIAL: MINERAL OR CERAMIC FIBER PACKING INSULATION; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT. F. FIRESTOP DEVICES: MECHANICAL DEVICE WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE OR SIUCONE ELASTOMER FILLER AND SHEET STAINLESS STEEL JACKET, COLLAR, AND FLANGED STOPS; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT; SUITABLE FOR PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC OR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC WHERE NECESSARY. G. FIRESTOP PILLOWS: FORMED MINERAL FIBER PILLOWS; CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: DURABIUTY AND LONGEVITY: PERMANENT. H. PRIMERS, SLEEVES, FORMS, AND ACCESSORIES: TYPE REQUIRED FOR TESTED ASSEMBLY DESIGN. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY OPENINGS ARE READY TO RECEIVE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE SURFACES OF DIRT, DUST. GREASE, OIL, LOOSE MATERIAL. OR OTHER MATTER WHICH MAY AFFECT BOND OF FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL B. INSTALL BACKING MATERIALS TO ARREST UQUID MATERIAL LEAKAGE. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS IN MANNER DESCRIBED IN FIRE ZEST REPORT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, COMPLETELY CLOSING OPENINGS. B. DO NOT COVER INSTALLED FIRESTOPPING UNTIL INSPECTED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. C. INSTALL LABEUNG REQUIRED BY CODE. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES OF FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS. END OF SECTION SEC11ON 220716 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SEC110N INCLUDES A. EQUIPMENT INSULATION: DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS; DOMESTIC COLD WATER STORAGE/PRESSURE TANKS; EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO FREEZING WITH HEAT TRACING. B. COVERING: EXTERIOR APPUCATIONS. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURERS OF ADHESIVES, MASTICS. AND INSULATION CEMENTS. B. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION FOR MINIMUM PERIOD OF 24 HOURS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. MANUFACTURERS: KNAUF FIBER GLASS; JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION; OWENS CORNING CORP; CERTAINTEED CORPORATION. B. SURFACE BURNING CHRACTERISiiCS: FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. INSULATION: ASTM C 553; FLEXIBLE, NONCOMBUSTIBLE; 'K' VALUE: 0.36 AT 75 DEGREES F, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 177 OR ASTM C 518; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 450 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM WATER VAPOR SORPTION: 5.0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. B. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: KRAFT PAPER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM OR VINYL; MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.029 NG/PA S M (0.02 PERM INCH), WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M; SECURE WITH SELF - SEAUNG LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS; 11E WIRE 0.048 INCH STAINLESS STEEL WITH TWISTED ENDS ON MAXIMUM 12 INCH CENTERS. D. VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION; INSUI ACTING. CEMENT/MASTIC: ASTM C 195; HYDRAULIC SETTING ON MINERAL WOOL 2.03 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. INSULATION: ASTM C 612 OR ASTM C 592; RIGID, NONCOMBUSTIBLE; 'K' VALUE: 0.25 AT 75 DEGREES F, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 177 OR ASTM C 518; MAXIMUM SERVICE 'TEMPERATURE: 850 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM WATER VAPOR SORPTION: 5.0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT; MAXIMUM DENSITY: 12.0 LB /CU FT. 8. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: KRAFT PAPER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM OR VINYL; MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.029 NG/PA S M (0.02 PERM INCH), WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M; SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS. C. VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. D. INSULATING CEMENT/MASTIC: ASTM C 195; HYDRAUUC SETTING ON MINERAL WOOL 2.04 CELLULAR GLASS A. INSULATION: ASTM C 552, GRADE 2; 'K' VALUE 0.41 AT 100 DEGREES F; SERVICE TEMPERATURE: UP TO 900 DEGREES F; WATER VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.005 PERM INCH; WATER ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME, MAXIMUM; DENSITY: MINIMUM 6.80 LB /CU FT. 2.05 HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE A. INSULATION: ASTM C 533; RIGID MOLDED, ASBESTOS FREE, GOLD COLOR; 'K' VALUE: 0.40 AT 300 DEGREES F, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 177 OR C518; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 1200 DEGREES F; DENSITY: 15 LB /CU FT; TIE WIRE: 0.048 INCHES STAINLESS STEEL WITH TWISTED ENDS ON MAXIMUM 12 INCH CENTERS. C. INSULATING CEMENT: ASTM C 449/C 449M. 2.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. INSULATION: PREFORMED FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR RUBBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 534 GRADE 3, IN SHEET FORM; MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 220 DEGREES F; CONNECTION: WATERPROOF VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE; ELASTOMERIC FOAM ADHESIVE AIR DRIED. CONTACT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. 2.07 JACKETS A. PVC PLASTIC: JACKET: SHEET MATERIAL, OFF -WHITE COLOR; MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 150 DEGREES F; MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.029 NG/PA S M (0.02 PERM INCH), WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M; THICKNESS: 10 MIL CONNECTIONS: PRESSURE SENSITIVE COLOR MATCHING VINYL TAPE OR BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE; COVERING ADHESIVE MASTIC: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. B. CANVAS JACKET: UL LISTED 6 OZ /SQ YD PLAIN WEAVE COTTON FABRIC TREATED WITH DILUTE FIRE RETARDANT LAGGING ADHESIVE; LAGGING ADHESIVE: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. C. ALUMINUM JACKET: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) FORMED ALUMINUM SHEET; THICKNESS: 0.016 INCH SHEET; FINISH: SMOOTH; JOINING: LONGITUDINAL SUP JOINTS AND 2 INCH LAPS; METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8 INCH WIDE; 0.015 INCH THICK ALUMINUM. D. STAINLESS STEEL JACKET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL: THICKNESS: 0.010 INCH; FINISH: SMOOTH; METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8 INCH WIDE; 0.010 INCH THICK STAINLESS STEEL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERIALS. B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND DRY, WITH FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. FACTORY INSULATED EQUIPMENT: DO NOT INSULATE. C. EXPOSED EQUIPMENT: LOCATE INSULATION AND COVER SEAMS IN LEAST VISIBLE LOCATIONS. D. APPLY INSULATION CLOSE TO EQUIPMENT BY GROOVING, SCORING, AND BEVELING INSULATION. FASTEN INSULATION TO EQUIPMENT %NTH STUDS, PINS, CHIP W ADHESIVE, WIRES, OR BANDS. E. FILL JOINTS, CRACKS, SEAMS, AND DEPRESSIONS WITH BEDDING COMPOUND TO FORM SMOOTH SURFACE. ON COLD EQUIPMENT, USE VAPOR BARRIER CEMENT. F. INSULATED EQUIPMENT CONTAINING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM. G. FIBER GLASS INSULATED EQUIPMENT CONTAINING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS, FACTORY - APPUED OR FIELD - APPUED. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. H. FOR HOT EQUIPMENT CONTAINING FLUIDS 140 DEGREES F OR LESS, DO NOT INSULATE FLANGES AND UNIONS, BUT BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION. I. FOR HOT EQUIPMENT CONTAINING FLUIDS OVER 140 DEGREES F, INSULATE FLANGES AND UNIONS WITH REMOVABLE SECTIONS AND JACKETS. J. FIBER GLASS INSULATED EQUIPMENT CONTAINING FLUIDS ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PROVIDE STANDARD JACKETS, WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER, FACTORY -APPLIED OR FIELD - APPUED. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND ADHESIVE. K. INSERTS AND SHIELDS: APPUCATION: EQUIPMENT 2 INCHES DIAMETER OR LARGER; SHIELDS: GALVANIZED STEEL BETWEEN HANGERS AND INSERTS; INSERT LOCATION: BETWEEN SUPPORT SHIELD AND EQUIPMENT AND UNDER THE FINISH JACKET; INSERT CONFIGURATION: MINIMUM 6 INCHES LONG, OF SAME THICKNESS AND CONTOUR AS ADJOINING INSULATION; MAY BE FACTORY FABRICATED; INSERT MATERIAL HYDROUS CALCIUM SILCATE INSULATION OR OTHER HEAVY DENSITY INSULATING MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR THE PLANNED TEMPERATURE RANGE. L. FINISH INSULATION AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. M. EQUIPMENT IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS OR FINISHED SPACES: FINISH WITH CANVAS JACKET SIZED FOR FINISH PAINTING, PVC JACKET AND FITTING COVERS, ALUMINUM JACKET. OR STAINLESS STEEL JACKET. N. EXTERIOR APPUCATIONS: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKET OR FINISH WITH GLASS MESH REINFORCED VAPOR BARRIER CEMENT. COVER WITH ALUMINUM OR STAINLESS STEEL JACKET WITH SEAMS LOCATED ON BOTTOM SIDE OF HORIZONTAL EQUIPMENT. DO NOT USE ALUMINUM JACKET IF PROJECT LOCATION IS WITHIN 50 MILES OF A SALT WATER BODY. 0. NAMEPLATES AND ASME STAMPS: BEVEL AND SEAL INSULATION AROUND; DO NOT INSULATE OVER. P. EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, OR CLEANING: INSTALL INSULATION SO IT CAN BE EASILY REMOVED AND REPLACED WITHOUT DAMAGE. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSULATING MATERIALS, AT HIS OPTION, PROVIDED THE SELECTED MATERIAL MEETS WITH THE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFICATION OF COMPUANCE OF THE SELECTED PIPING MATERIAL IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. B. PLUMBING SYSTEMS: 1. DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS: A. GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE INSULATION: 2 INCHES THICK. B. GLASS FIBER, RIGID INSULATION: 2 INCHES THICK. C. CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION: 2 1/2 INCHES THICK. D. HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION: 2 1/2 INCHES THICK. E. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION: 2 INCHES THICK. 2. DOMESTIC COLD WATER STORAGE/PRESSURE TANKS: A. GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE INSULATION: 1 INCHES THICK. B. GLASS FIBER, RIGID INSULATION: 1 INCHES THICK. C. CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION: 1 INCHES THICK. D. HYDROUS CALCIUM SIUCATE INSULATION: 1 INCHES THICK. E. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION: 1 INCHES THICK. C. EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO FREEZING WITH HEAT TRACING: 1. GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE INSULATION: 5 INCHES THICK. 2. GLASS FIBER, RIGID INSULATION: 4 INCHES THICK. 3. CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION: 5 INCHES THICK. 4. HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION: 5 INCHES THICK. END OF SECTION b 3s8 © 2011 ARCVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606L I A, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWING'S WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE O/26/I 1 - TOP REV I EYAI *1 10/26/11 - LL REV I EYMM # 11/01/12 - FOR PERMIT ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENGF EER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUITE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PI-L (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcw com STORE TYPE TECH 2 - f3 2010 -10 ItsiB PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 5F 565 5F 3315 5F PROJECT THE CHILDRE RECEIVED CITY OF TLIKWIL NOV 0 8 2012 L.i STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, 1NA 18188 SCALE AS NOTED ARCVISION PROJECT # 120118 OIG �'�AR"" Np TI PERMIT CHECKED BY AN wR VAT.. RF REQU RED DRAWN BY PLUMB I NG SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER .O SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION; DOMESTIC HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING; DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING; CONDENSER WATER PIPING INSTALLED OUTDOORS IN HOT CUMATES6; EXTERIOR METAL JACKETED PIPING7. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. B. THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSULATING /JACKETING MATERIALS, AT HIS OPTION, PROVIDED THE SELECTED MATERIAL MEETS WITH THE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND UTIUTY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFICATION OF COMPUANCE OF THE SELECTED INSULATING /JACKETING MATERIAL IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE INSTAWNG CONTRACTOR. 2.02 GLASS FIBER A. MANUFACTURERS: KNAUF INSULATION; JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION; OWENS CORNING CORP; CERTAINTEED CORPORATION. B. INSULATION: ASTM C 547 AND ASTM C 795; RIGID MOLDED, NONCOMBUSTIBLE; 'K' VALUE: ASTM C 177, 0.24 AT 75 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 850 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME. C. INSULATION: ASTM C 547 AND ASTM C 795; SEMI- RIGID, NONCOMBUSTIBLE, END GRAIN ADHERED TO JACKET; 'K' VALUE: ASTM C 177, 0.24 AT 75 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 650 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME. D. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: WHITE KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN. BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM; MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M OF 0.02 PERM - INCHES. E. VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. F. INSULATING CEMENT/MASTIC: ASTM C 195; HYDRAUUC SETTING ON MINERAL G. FIB WOOL GLASS FABRIC: CLOTH: UNTREATED; 9 OZ /SQ YD WEIGHT; BLANKET: 1.0 LB /CU FT DENSITY; WEAVE 5X5. H. INDOOR VAPOR BARRIER FINISH: VINYL EMULSION TYPE ACRYLIC, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. WHITE COLOR; OUTDOOR VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC: VINYL EMULSION TYPE ACRYLIC OR MASTIC, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION, BLACK COLOR; OUTDOOR BREATHER MASTIC: VINYL EMULSION TYPE ACRYUC OR MASTIC. COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION, BLACK COLOR. I. INSULATING CEMENT: ASTM C 449/C 449M. 2.03 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. MANUFACTURER: ARMACELL INTERNATIONAL; B. INSULATION: PREFORMED FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR RUBBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 534 GRADE 1; USE MOLDED TUBULAR MATERIAL WHEREVER POSSIBLE MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 220 DEGREES F; CONNECTION: WATERPROOF VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. C. ELASTOMERIC FOAM ADHESIVE: AIR DRIED, CONTACT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WIN INSULATION. 2.04 JACKETS A. PVC PLASTIC. 1. MANUFACTURERS: KNAUF FIBER GLASS; JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION; OWENS CORNING CORP; CERTAINTEED CORPORATION. 2. JACKET: ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF -WHITE COLOR; MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 0 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 150 DEGREES F; MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.002 PERM INCH, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M; THICKNESS: 10 MIL CONNECTIONS: BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE; COVERING ADHESIVE MASTIC: COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. B. ABS PLASTIC: 1. JACKET: ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL. OFF -WHITE COLOR; MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE -40 DEGREES F; MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE OF 180 DEGREES F; MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABIUTY: 0.012 PERM INCH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M; THICKNESS: 30 MIL; CONNECTIONS: BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE. C. CANVAS JACKET: UL USTED 6 OZ /SQ YD PLAIN WEAVE COTTON FABRIC TREATED WITH DILUTE FIRE RETARDANT LAGGING ADHESIVE LAGGING ADHESIVE COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. D. ALUMINUM JACKET: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) FORMED ALUMINUM SHEET; THICKNESS: 0.016 INCH SHEET; FINISH: EMBOSSED; JOINING: LONGITUDINAL SLIP JOINTS AND 2 INCH LAPS; FITTINGS: 0.016 INCH THICK DIE SHAPED FITTING COVERS WITH FACTORY ATTACHED PROTECTIVE UNER; METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8 INCH WIDE; 0.015 INCH THICK ALUMINUM; METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8 INCH WIDE; 0.010 INCH THICK STAINLESS STEEL E. STAINLESS STEEL JACKET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL; THICKNESS: 0.010 INCH; FINISH: SMOOTH; METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8 INCH WIDE; 0.010 INCH THICK STAINLESS STEEL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT PIPING HAS BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERIALS. B. VERIFY NAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND DRY, WIN FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA NATIONAL INSULATION STANDARDS. C. EXPOSED PIPING: LOCATE INSULATION AND COVER SEAMS IN LEAST VISIBLE LOCATIONS.8 D. INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS. VALVES, UNIONS, FLANGES, STRAINERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. E. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS, FACTORY - APPUED OR FIELD - APPUED. SECURE WITH SELF- SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CONCH EXPANDING STAPLES AND VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC; INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH MOLDED INSULATION OF UKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJACENT PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. F. FOR HOT PIPING CONVEYING FLUIDS 140 DEGREES F OR LESS, DO NOT INSULATE FLANGES AND UNIONS AT EQUIPMENT, BUT BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION. G. FOR HOT PIPING CONVEYING FLUIDS OVER 140 DEGREES F, INSULATE FLANGES AND UNIONS AT EQUIPMENT. H. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: PROVIDE STANDARD JACKETS, WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER. FACTORY - APPUED OR FIELD - APPUED. SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CUNCH EXPANDING STAPLES; INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH INSULATION OF UKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS " ADJOINING PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. I. INSERTS AND SHIELDS: APPUCA11ON: PIPING 2 INCHES DIAMETER OR LARGER; SHIELDS: GALVANIZED STEEL BETWEEN PIPE HANGERS OR PIPE HANGER ROLLS AND INSERTS; INSERT LOCATION: BETWEEN SUPPORT SHIELD AND PIPING AND UNDER THE FINISH JACKET; INSERT CONFIGURATION: MINIMUM 6 INCHES LONG, OF SAME THICKNESS AND CONTOUR AS ADJOINING INSULATION; MAY BE • FACTORY FABRICATED; INSERT MATERIAL: HYDROUS CALCIUM SIUCATE INSULATION OR OTHER HEAVY DENSITY INSULATING MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR THE PLANNED TEMPERATURE RANGE. J. CONTINUE INSULA110N THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. AT FIRE SEPARATIONS, FIRE STOP PENETRATIONS TO MEET LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. K. PIPE EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACES (LESS THAN 10 FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR): FINISH WITH ALUMINUM, STAINLESS STEEL ABS OR PVC JACKET AND FITTING COVERS. L EXTERIOR APPUCATIONS: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WIN INSULATION OF UKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJOINING PIPE, AND FINISH WITH GLASS MESH REINFORCED VAPOR BARRIER CEMENT. COVER WITH ALUMINUM OR STAINLESS STEEL JACKET WITH SEAMS LOCATED ON BOTTOM SIDE OF HORIZONTAL PIPING. DO NOT USE ALUMINUM JACKETS ON PROJECTS WITHIN 50 MILES OF A SALT WATER BODY. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSULATING MATERIALS. AT HIS OPTION, PROVIDED THE SELECTED MATERIAL MEETS WITH THE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFICATION OF COMPUANCE OF THE SELECTED INSULATING MATERIAL AND THICKNESS WITH ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND UT1UTY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE INSTAWNG CONTRACTOR. B. PLUMBING SYSTEMS: 1. DOMESTIC HOT AND TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY AND RECIRCULATION: A. GLASS FIBER INSULATION: ALL PIPE THICKNESS: 1 INCH. B. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION: PIPE SIZE RANGE: FIRST 8 FEET OF PIPE FROM FIXTURE, UP TO 1 1/4 INCH: THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH.; ALL OTHER PIPE THICKNESS: 1 INCH. 2. DOMESTIC COLD WATER: A. GLASS FIBER INSULATION: PIPE SIZE RANGE: ALL SIZES; THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH. B. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION: PIPE SIZE RANGE: ALL SIZES; THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH.1112 C. COOUNG SYSTEMS: 1. COLD CONDENSATE DRAINS: A. GLASS FIBER INSULATION: PIPE SIZE RANGE: ALL SIZES; THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH. B. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION: PIPE SIZE RANGE: ALL SIZES; THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH. END OF SECTION SECTION 220720 - PIPING SAFETY COVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING SAFETY COVERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: TRUEBRO, INC. 2.02 PIPING INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: AMERICANS WITH DISABIUTIES ACT (ADA), ARTICLE 4.19.4; ANSI/ICC A117.1. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS AND FACUTIES; REQUIREMENTS OF APPUCABLE BUILDING CODE. B. PIPING SAFETY COVERS: TRUEBRO LAV- GUARD; CHARACTERISTICS: THREE - PIECE MOLDED ASSEMBLY. MINIMUM 1/8 INCH WALL THICKNESS, WITH INTERNAL RIBS TO PROVIDE AIR SPACE BETWEEN PIPING AND PIPING INSULATION JACKET, MOLDED TO RECEIVE MANUFACTURER'S SNAP -CUP FASTENERS; VINYL MATERIAL IMPACT - RESISTANT AND STAIN - RESISTANT MOLDED CLOSED -CELL ANTI - MICROBIAL VINYL COMPOUND, UV- STABLE, NON- FADING, NON YELLOWING; HAVING THE FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: 0 SECONDS AVERAGE TIME OF BURNING (ATB), 0 MM AREA OF BURNING (AEB), WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 635; THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: K- VALUE 1.17, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 177; INDENTATION HARDNESS: 60. MINIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 2240, USING TYPE A DUROMETER; TRAP ASSEMBLY COVER: THREE -PIECE ASSEMBLY, WITH REMOVABLE CLEAN -OUT NUT ENCLOSURE; ANGLE STOP COVERS: FORMED WITH HINGED CAP FOR ACCESS TO VALVE WITHOUT REQUIRING COVER REMOVAL; CONFIGURATIONS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR PROJECT PIPING CONFIGURATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; COLOR: CHINA WHITE, GLOSS FINISH; PAINTABLE; FASTENERS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RE- USABLE SNAP -CUP FASTENERS; WIRE -11E FASTENERS NOT PERMITTED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT PIPING CONFIGURATIONS ARE CORRECT TYPE FOR PIPING COVER COMPONENT CONFIGURATIONS SPECIFIED. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3.03 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. DO NOT ALLOW DAMAGE TO INSTALLED PRODUCTS BY SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES; PROTECT PRODUCTS UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED PRODUCTS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. END OF SECTION14 SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS: SANITARY SEWER, INTERIOR; DOMESTIC WATER, INTERIOR; DOMESTIC AND FIRE SERVICE WATER, EXTERIORI5; NATURAL GAS, INTERIOR.16 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING PIPING MATERIALS, AT HIS OPTION, PROVIDED THE SELECTED MATERIAL MEETS WITH THE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFICATION OF COMPUANCE OF THE SELECTED PIPING MATERIAL WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE INSTAWNG CONTRACTOR. VERIFY THE USE OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS VNTH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. NON - METAWC PIPING SYSTEMS MAY NOT BE USED IN ANY RETURN AIR PLENUM CEILING SPACES. NO EXCEP11ONS.17 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. CAST IRON PIPE ASTM A 74 SERVICE WEIGHT; FITTINGS: CAST IRON; JOINTS: HUB - AND - SPIGOT, CISPI HSN COMPRESSION TYPE WITH ASTM C 564 NEOPRENE GASKETS OR LEAD AND OAKUM. B. ABS PIPE: ASTM D 2751, ASTM F 628, ASTM D2661, OR ASTM D2751; FITTINGS: ABS; JOINTS: SOLVENT WELDED WITH ASTM D 2235 CEMENT.18 2.03 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. CAST IRON PIPE ASTM A 74, SERVICE WEIGHT; FITTINGS: CAST IRON; JOINT SEALS: ASTM C 564 NEOPRENE GASKETS, OR LEAD AND OAKUM. B. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS, SERVICE WEIGHT; FITTINGS: CAST IRON; JOINTS: CISPI 310, NEOPRENE GASKETS AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP - AND- SHIELD ASSEMBUES.19 2.04 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. COPPER PIPE: ASTM B 42. HARD DRAWN; FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST COPPER ALLOY OR ASME 816.22 WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE; JOINTS: ASTM B 32, ALLOY SN95 SOLDER. B. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AIWA C151/A21.51; FITTINGS: DUCTILE OR GRAY IRON, STANDARD THICKNESS; JOINTS: AIWA C111/A21.11. RUBBER GASKET WITH 3/4 INCH DIAMETER RODS.20 2.05 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (AST A1 B 88M). TYPE L (B), DRAWN (11); FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST COPPER ALLOY OR ASME B16.22, WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE; FITTINGS: CAST IRON, COATED; JOINTS: ASTM B 32, ALLOY SN95 SOLDER; JOINTS: GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPUNGS.21 2.06 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M SCHEDULE 40 BLACK; FITTINGS: 3' AND LARGER SHALL BE ASME B16.3, MALLEABLE IRON, OR ASTM A 234/A 234M, WROUGHT STEEL WELDING TYPE. THREADED FITTINGS MAY BE USED ON PIPING 2 1/2' AND SMALLER. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE WELDED; JOINTS: NFPA 54, THREADED OR WELDED TO ASME B31.1. B. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), TYPE K (A) OR L (B) ANNEALED; FITTINGS: ASME B16.26, CAST BRONZE; JOINTS: FLARED.22 2.07 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPUNGS A. UNIONS FOR PIPE SIZES 3 INCHES AND UNDER: FERROUS PIPE: CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS; COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 BRONZE UNIONS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS. B. FLANGES FOR PIPE SIZE OVER 1 INCH: FERROUS PIPE CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED OR FORGED STEEL SLIP-ON FLANGES; PREFORMED NEOPRENE GASKETS; COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 SLIP -ON BRONZE FLANGES; PREFORMED NEOPRENE GASKETS. C. GROOVED AND SHOULDERED PIPE END COUPUNGS: HOUSING: MALLEABLE IRON CLAMPS TO ENGAGE AND LOCK, DESIGNED TO PERMIT SOME ANGULAR DEFLECTION, CONTRACTION, AND EXPANSION; STEEL BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS; GALVANIZED FOR GALVANIZED PIPE; SEAUNG GASKET: 'C' SHAPE COMPOSITION SEAUNG GASKET. D. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: UNION WITH GALVANIZED OR PLATED STEEL THREADED END, COPPER SOLDER END, WATER IMPERVIOUS ISOLATION BARRIER. 2.08 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. PLUMBING PIPING - DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT: CONFORM TO MSS SP -58; HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1 -1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPUT ING; HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE. CLEVIS; MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS: STEEL CHANNELS WITH WELDED SPACERS AND HANGER RODS; WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK; WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP; VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP; FLOOR SUPPORT: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCK NUT, NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT; COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. B. PLUMBING PIPING - WATER AND GAS: CONFORM TO MSS SP -58; HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1 -1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING; HANGERS FOR COLD PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS; HANGERS FOR HOT PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES TO 4 INCHES: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS; HANGERS FOR HOT PIPE SIZES 6 INCHES AND OVER: ADJUSTABLE STEEL YOKE, CAST IRON PIPE ROLL, DOUBLE HANGER; MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS: STEEL CHANNELS WITH WELDED SUPPORTS OR SPACERS AND HANGER RODS; MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS FOR HOT PIPE SIZES 6 INCHES AND OVER: STEEL CHANNELS WITH WELDED SUPPORTS OR SPACERS AND HANGER RODS, CAST IRON ROLL; WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK; WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CAMP; WALL SUPPORT FOR HOT PIPE SIZES 6 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP WITH ADJUSTABLE STEEL YOKE AND CAST IRON PIPE ROLL VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP; FLOOR SUPPORT FOR COLD PIPE CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE. LOCK NUT, NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT; FLOOR SUPPORT FOR HOT PIPE SIZES TO 4 INCHES: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCKNUT, NIPPLE. FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT; FLOOR SUPPORT FOR HOT PIPE SIZES 6 INCHES AND OVER: ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON PIPE ROLL AND STAND, STEEL SCREWS, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT; COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. 2.09 GATE VALVES (EXTERIOR UTILITY SERVICE ONLY) A. MANUFACTURERS: CONBRACO INDUSTRIES; NIBCO, INC; MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY. B. UP TO AND INCLUDING 3 INCHES: MSS SP -80, CLASS 125, BRONZE BODY, BRONZE TRIM, RISING STEM, HANDWHEEL, INSIDE SCREW, SOUD WEDGE DISC, SOLDER OR THREADED ENDS. PROVIDE EXTENSION TO GRADE AND VALVE BOX PER LOCAL JURISDICTION AND UTILITY COMPANY STANDARDS. POST- INDICATOR TYPE WERE USED FOR FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE OR WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. C. 2 INCHES AND LARGER: MSS SP -70, CLASS 125, IRON BODY, BRONZE TRIM, OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE, HANDWHEEL, SOUD WEDGE DISC, FLANGED ENDS. PROVIDE EXTENSION TO GRADE AND VALVE BOX PER LOCAL JURISDICTION AND UTILITY COMPANY STANDARDS. POST - INDICATOR TYPE WERE USED FOR FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE OR WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.10 BALL VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: CONBRACO INDUSTRIES; NIBCO, INC; MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY. B. CONSTRUCTION, 4 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP -110, CLASS 150, 400 PSI CWP, BRONZE, TWO PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED BRASS BALI., REGULAR PORT. TEFLON SEATS AND STUFFING BOX RING, BLOW -OUT PROOF STEM, LEVER HANDLE, SOLDER OR THREADED ENDS. 2.11 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: HAMMOND VALVE; CRANE CO; MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY. B. CONSTRUCTION 1 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER: MSS SP -67, 200 PS CYP, CAST OR DUCTILE IRON BODY, NICKEL- PLATED DUCTILE IRON DISC, RESIUENT REPLACEABLE EPDM SEAT, WAFER, LUG, OR GROOVED ENDS, EXTENDED NECK, 10 POSIT1ON LEVER HANDLE. C. PROVIDE GEAR OPERATORS FOR VALVES 8 INCHES AND LARGER, AND CHAIN -WHEEL OPERATORS FOR VALVES MOUNTED OVER 8 FEET ABOVE FLOOR. 2.12 FLOW CONTROLS A. MANUFACTURERS: ITT BELL & GOSSETT; GRISWOLD CONTROLS; TACO, INC. 8. CONSTRUCTION: CLASS 125, BRASS OR BRONZE BODY %NTH UNION ON INLET, TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE TEST PLUG ON INLET AND OUTLET. C. CALIBRATION: AUTOMATICALLY CONTROL FLOW WITHIN 5 PERCENT OF SELECTED RATING, OVER OPERATING PRESSURE RANGE OF 10 TIMES MINIMUM PRESSURE REQUIRED FOR CONTROL MAXIMUM MINIMUM PRESSURE 3.5 PSI. 2.13 SWING CHECK VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: HAMMOND VALVE; NIBCO, INC; MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY. B. UP TO 3 INCHES: MSS SP -80, CLASS 125, BRONZE BODY AND CAP, BRONZE SWING DISC WITH RUBBER SEAT, SOLDER OR THREADED ENDS. C. OVER 2 INCHES: MSS SP -71, CLASS 125, IRON BODY, BRONZE SWING DISC, RENEWABLE DISC SEAL AND SEAT, FLANGED OR GROOVED ENDS. 2.14 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: AMTROL INC; CLA -VAL CO; WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY. B. UP TO 2 INCHES: MSS SP -80, BRONZE BODY, STAINLESS STEEL AND THERMOPLASTIC INTERNAL PARTS, FABRIC REINFORCED DIAPHRAGM, STRAINER, THREADED SINGLE UNION ENDS. C. OVER 2 INCHES: MSS SP -85, CAST IRON BODY, BRONZE FITTED, ELASTOMERIC DIAPHRAGM AND SEAT DISC, FLANGED. 2.15 RELIEF VALVES A. PRESSURE RELIEF: MANUFACTURERS: CA -VAL CO; HENRY TECHNOLOGIES; WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY; AGA Z21.22 CERTIFIED, BRONZE BODY, TEFLON SEAT, STEEL STEM AND SPRINGS, AUTOMATIC, DIRECT PRESSURE ACTUATED. 8. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE REUEF: MANUFACTURERS: CLA -VAL CO; HENRY TECHNOLOGIES; WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY; AGA Z21.22 CERTIFIED, BRONZE BODY, TEFLON SEAT, STAINLESS STEEL STEM AND SPRINGS, AUTOMATIC, DIRECT PRESSURE ACTUATED, TEMPERATURE REUEF MAXIMUM 210 DEGREES F, CAPACITY ASME (BPV IV) CERTIFIED AND LABELED. 2.16 STRAINERS A. MANUFACTURERS: ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL, INC; GREEN COUNTRY FILTRATION; WEAMCO. B. SIZE 2 INCH AND UNDER: THREADED BRASS BODY FOR 175 PSI CWP, Y PATTERN VNTH 1/32 INCH STAINLESS STEEL PERFORATED SCREEN. 2. CLASS 150, THREADED BRONZE BODY 300 PSI CWP, Y PATTERN WITH 1/32 INCH STAINLESS STEEL PERFORATED SCREEN. C. SIZE 1 -1/2 INCH TO 4 INCH: CLASS 125, FLANGED IRON BODY, Y PATTERN WITH 1/16 INCH STAINLESS STEEL PERFORATED SCREEN. D. SIZE 5 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125, FLANGED IRON BODY, BASKET PATTERN WITH 1/8 INCH STAINLESS STEEL PERFORATED SCREEN. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT EXCAVATIONS ARE TO REQUIRED GRADE, DRY, AND NOT OVER - EXCAVATED. 3.02 PREPARATION A. REAM PIPE AND TUBE ENDS. REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN END FERROUS PIPE. B. REMOVE SCALE AND DIRT, ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE, BEFORE ASSEMBLY. C. PREPARE PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLANGES OR UNIONS. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE NON - CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WHEREVER JOINTING DISSIMILAR METALS. C. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. ROUTE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. D. INSTALL PIPING TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM, CONSERVE SPACE, AND NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE. E. GROUP PIPING WHENEVER PRACTICAL AT COMMON ELEVATIONS. F. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. G. PROVIDE CLEARANCE IN HANGERS AND FROM STRUCTURE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND ACCESS TO VALVES AND FITTINGS. H. LOCATE ALL VALVES AND CONTROL ELEMENTS IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE TO AVOID ACCESS DOORS. PROVIDE ACCESS WHERE VALVES AND FITTINGS ARE NOT EXPOSED OR LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS. PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS DOORS FOR ACCESS TO ALL VALVES AND CONTROL ELEMENTS LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12 X 12 INCH SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, 18 X 18 INCH SIZE FOR SHOULDER ACCESS, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE 4 X 4 INCH FOR SHUT OFF VALVES ONLY. PROVIDE RATED ACCESS DOORS WHERE INSTALLED IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION. REVIEW LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 1. ESTABLISH ELEVATIONS OF BURIED PIPING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING TO ENSURE NOT LESS THAN THE MAXIMUM LOCAL FROST DEPTH COVER. INSTALL TRACER WIRE ON ALL PLASTIC PIPING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. J. INSTALL VENT PIPING PENETRATING ROOFED AREAS TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ROOF ASSEMBLY. K. ALL ROOFING PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FLASHED AND WEATHER SEALED BY THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT WITH THE FACTORY AUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR THE SPECIFIC ROOFING SYSTEM APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. THE USE OF AN UNAUTHORIZED ROOFING CONTRACTOR MAY RESULT IN REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE PENETRATION SYSTEMS AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. L ALL SANITARY VENT SYSTEM TERMINATIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE AND TWENTY -FIVE FEET ON MEDICAL FACILITIES (HOSPITALS, CLINICS, ETC.) M. WHERE PIPE SUPPORT MEMBERS ARE WELDED TO STRUCTURAL BUILDING FRAMING, SCRAPE, BRUSH CLEAN, AND APPLY ONE COAT OF ZINC RICH PRIMER TO WIELDING. N. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR UTIUTY METERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF UTIUTY COMPANIES. 0. PREPARE EXPOSED, UNFINISHED PIPE, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES READY FOR FINISH PAINTING. P. PAINT ALL EXTERIOR ABOVE GRADE PIPING WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO COATS OF PAINT, COLOR TO MATCH ROOF OR WALL SURFACE TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED; COPPER PIPE APPLY VINYL ETCH PRIMER IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING CLEANING. EXT 5.5A ALKYD: VINYL WASH PRIMER MPI #80. ALKYD MPI ¢8, 9 OR 94, SEMI - GLOSS; STEEL PIPE APPLY ALKYD METAL PRIMER IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING CLEANING. EXT 5.1D ALKYD: AU(YD METAL PRIMER MPI #79, ALKYD MPI 41 94, SEMI - GLOSS; PLASTIC PIPE APPLY ALKYD BONDING PRIMER IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING CLEANING. EXT 6.8B AU(YD: BONDING PRIMER MPI #17 OR 69, ALKYD MPI #8, 9 OR 94. Q. EXCAVATE, BEDDING AND BACKFILL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPUCABLE SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. R. PIPE VENTS FROM GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES TO OUTDOORS AND TERMINATE IN WEATHER PROOF HOOD, UNLESS OF THE VENTLESS DESIGN AND APPROVED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE LOCAL UTIUTY COMPANY REGULATES.23 S. PROVIDE DIRT LEGS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS ON ALL GAS PIPING CONNECTIONS TO APPUANCES. 24 T. THE USE OF SANITARY TEE FITTINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. UTIUZE WYE FITTINGS IN UEU OF TEE FITTINGS FOR ALL INTERSECTIONS OF DRAINAGE PIPING. U. PROVIDE SLEEVES WHEN PENETRATING FOOTINGS, MASONRY WALLS AND FLOORS. SEAL AND FIRE STOP PIPE AND SLEEVE PENETRATIONS TO ACHIEVE FIRE RESISTANCE EQUIVALENT TO FIRE SEPARATION REQUIRED. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FOOTINGS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WATER TIGHT. V. WHEREEVER PIPING IS LOCATED WITHIN 1.5 INCHES OF THE NEAREST EDGE OF STUDS, JOISTS, RAFTERS OR SIMILAR MEMBERS, PROVIDE MINIMUM 0.062 INCH THICK STEEL PROTECTIVE SHIELD PLATES EXTENDING 2' ABOVE AND BELOW THE PIPE BEING PROTECTED. SHIELD PLATES MAY BE OMITTED ON CAST IRON PIPING ONLY. W. INSERTS: PROVIDE INSERTS FOR PLACEMENT IN CONCRETE FORMWORK; PROVIDE INSERTS FOR SUSPENDING HANGERS FROM REINFORCED CONCRETE SLABS AND SIDES OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS; PROVIDE HOOKED ROD TO CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SECTION FOR INSERTS CARRYING PIPE OVER 4 INCHES; WHERE CONCRETE SLABS FORM FINISHED CEILING, LOCATE INSERTS FLUSH WITH SLAB SURFACE; WHERE INSERTS ARE OMITTED, DRILL THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB FROM BELOW AND PROVIDE THROUGH -BOLT WITH RECESSED SQUARE STEEL PLATE AND NUT RECESSED INTO AND GROUTED FLUSH WITH SLAB. X. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.9, ASTM F 708, AND MSS SP -89; SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED; INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK; PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW; USE HANGERS WITH 1 -1/2 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE; SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AT EVERY OTHER FLOOR. SUPPORT RISER PIPING INDEPENDENTLY OF CONNECTED HORIZONTAL PIPING; WHERE SEVERAL PIPES CAN BE INSTALLED IN PARALLEL AND AT SAME ELEVATION, PROVIDE MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS; PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING; PRIME COAT EXPOSED STEEL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS LOCATED IN CRAWL SPACES, PIPE SHAFTS, AND SUSPENDED CEIUNG SPACES ARE NOT CONSIDERED EXPOSED; PROVIDE HANGERS ADJACENT TO MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION; SUPPORT CAST IRON DRAINAGE PIPING AT EVERY JOINT. 3.04 APPUCATION A. USE GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND FASTENERS ONLY IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. B. INSTALL UNIONS DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES AND AT EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS CONNECTIONS. C. INSTALL BRASS MALE ADAPTERS EACH SIDE OF VALVES IN COPPER PIPED SYSTEM. SOLDER ADAPTERS TO PIPE. D. INSTALL BALL OR BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR SHUT -OFF AND TO ISOLATE EQUIPMENT, PART OF SYSTEMS, OR VERTICAL RISERS. E. INSTALL GLOBE. BALL OR BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR THROTTLING, BYPASS, OR MANUAL FLOW CONTROL SERVICES. F. PROVIDE LUG END BUTTERFLY VALVES ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT WHEN PROVIDED TO ISOLATE EQUIPMENT. G. PROVIDE SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES ON DISCHARGE OF WATER PUMPS. H. PROVIDE PLUG OR GAS SERVICE RATED BALL VALVES IN NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS FOR SHUT -OFF SERVICE. 1. PROVIDE PLUG OR GAS SERVICE RATED BALL VALVES IN PROPANE GAS SYSTEMS FOR SHUT -OFF SERVICE. J. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROLS VALVES IN WATER RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS WHERE INDICATED. K. PROVIDE SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES WHEN LOCATED ON THE DISCHARGE OF PUMPS. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. INTERIOR DRAINAGE PIPING: ESTABLISH INVERT ELEVATIONS WITHIN 1/2 INCH VERTICALLY OF LOCATION INDICATED AND SLOPE TO DRAIN AT MINIMUM OF 1/4 INCH PER FOOT SLOPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. B. EXTERIOR DRAINAGE PIPING: ESTABLISH INVERT ELEVATIONS WITHIN 1/2 INCH VERTICALLY OF LOCATION INDICATED AND SLOPE TO DRAIN AT A MINIMUM OF 1% GRADE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. VERIFY ALL INVERT ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. C. WATER PIPING: SLOPE AT MINIMUM OF 1/32 INCH PER FOOT AND ARRANGE TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. 3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, VERIFY SYSTEM IS COMPLETE, FLUSHED AND CLEAN. B. ENSURE PH OF WATER TO BE TREATED IS BETWEEN 7.4 AND 7.6 BY ADDING ALKAU (CAUSTIC SODA OR SODA ASH) OR ACID (HYDROCHLORIC). C. INJECT DISINFECTANT, FREE CHLORINE IN UQUID, POWDER, TABLET OR GAS FORM, THROUGHOUT SYSTEM TO OBTAIN 50 TO 80 MG/L RESIDUAL. D. BLEED WATER FROM OUTLETS TO ENSURE DISTRIBUTION AND TEST FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL AT MINIMUM 15 PERCENT OF OUTLETS. E. MAINTAIN DISINFECTANT IN SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS. F. IF FINAL DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL TESTS LESS THAN 25 MG/L, REPEAT TREATMENT. G. FLUSH DISINFECTANT FROM SYSTEM UNTIL RESIDUAL EQUAL TO THAT OF INCOMING WATER OR 1.0 MG/t... H. TAKE SAMPLES NO SOONER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER FLUSHING. FROM 10 PERCENT OF OUTLETS AND FROM WATER ENTRY, AND ANALYZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C651. 3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. PROVIDE NEW SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SERVICES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. BEFORE COMMENCING WORK CHECK INVERT ELEVATIONS REQUIRED FOR SEWER CONNECTIONS, CONFIRM INVERTS AND ENSURE THAT THESE CAN BE PROPERLY CONNECTED WITH SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE AND COVER TO AVOID FREEZING. REMOVAL, REWORK OR CORRECTIONS TO SEWER SERVICES AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO CONFIRM INVERT ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, REGARDLESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE CONTRACTOR. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES DIFFICULTIES TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO NE START OF CONSTRUCTION.25 B. PROVIDE NEW WATER SERVICE COMPLETE WITH APPROVED REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND WATER METER WITH BY -PASS VALVES (WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES), PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WHERE PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI); PROVIDE SLEEVE IN WALL FOR SERVICE MAIN AND SUPPORT AT WALL WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE. CALK ENLARGED SLEEVE AND MAKE WATERTIGHT WITH PUABLE MATERIAL ANCHOR SERVICE MAIN INSIDE TO CONCRETE WALL; PROVIDE 18 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SLEEVE AROUND SERVICE MAIN TO 2 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR AND 3 FEET MINIMUM BELOW GRADE. SIZE FOR MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES OF LOOSE BATT INSULATION STUFFING.26 C. PROVIDE NEW GAS SERVICES COMPLETE WITH GAS METER AND REGULATORS. GAS SERVICE DISTRIBUTION PIPING SHALL HAVE INITIAL MINIMUM PRESSURE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY SIZED REGULATORS ON EACH UNE SERVING GAS APPUANCES, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON THE SIZING PARAMETERS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ENTIRE GAS SERVICE AND PIPING INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE SERVING UTIUTV.27 3.08 SCHEDULES A. PIPE HANGER SPACING: 1. METAL PIPING: A. PIPE SIZE: 1/2 INCHES TO 1 -1/4 INCHES: MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6.5 FT; HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCHES. B. PIPE SIZE: 1 -1/2 INCHES TO 2 INCHES: MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT• HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCH. C. PIPE SIZE: 2-1/2 INCHES TO 3 INCHES: MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT; HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 1/2 INCH. D. PIPE SIZE: 4 INCHES TO 6 INCHES: MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT; HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 5/8 INCH. 2. PLASTIC PIPING: A. PIPE SIZE: 1/2 INCHES TO 6 INCHES: MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6 FT; HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCH. END OF SECTION SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DRAINS; CLEANOUTS; HOSE BIBBS; HYDRANTS; BACKWATER VALVES; BACKFLOW PREVENTERS; WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS; INTERCEPTORS; THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES; CATCH BASINS; MANHOLES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES A. DRAINS, CLEANOUTS, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, HOSE BIBBS, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, INTERCEPTORS, MIXING VALVES, CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES, AND HYDRANTS: FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.02 BACK WATER VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: JAY R. SMITH MANUFACTURING COMPANY; SAVKO PLASTIC PIPE do FITTINGS, INC; ZURN INDUSTRIES. B. CAST IRON BACK WATER VALVES: ANSI A112.21.2M; LACQUERED CAST IRON BODY AND COVER, BRASS VALVE, EXTENSION SLEEVE, AND ACCESS COVER. C. PLASTIC BACK WATER VALVES: ABS OR PVC BODY AND VALVE, EXTENSION SLEEVE, AND ACCESS COVER. 2.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. MANUFACTURERS: CONBRACO INDUSTRIES; WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY; ZURN INDUSTRIES, INC. 2.04 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. MANUFACTURERS: JAY R. SMITH MANUFACTURING COMPANY; WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY; ZURN INDUSTRIES. INC. B. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: STAINLESS STEEL OR COPPER CONSTRUCTION, BELLOWS TYPE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PDI -WM 201, PRECHARGED SUITABLE FOR OPERATION IN TEMPERATURE RANGE 34 TO 250 DEGREES F AND MAXIMUM 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. 2.05 CATCH BASINS A. CATCH BASINS: BARREL ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M); PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS LAID ON CAST -IN -PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION PAD, 36 INCHES OR 48 INCHES DIAMETER WITH PRECAST CONCRETE TOP; INLET ASSEMBLY: TWO PIECE HEAVY DUTY CAST STEEL OR CAST IRON FRAME AND GRATE WITH GROUND OR MACHINED GRATE AND FRAME BEARING SURFACES; CURB AND GUTTER STYLE: RECTANGULAR GRATE AND STORM BACK; STANDARD: ROUND FRAME AND GRATE; MANHOLE FRAME GRATED TOP; SLOPE BOTTOM SLAB 10 PERCENT TO OUTLET INVERT. 206 MANHOLES A. MANUFACTURERS: CAMPBELL FOUNDRY, INC; NEENAH FOUNDRY COMPANY. B. MANHOLES: FORMED - BOTTOM TYPE, LAID ON CAST -IN -PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION PAD; CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED; CONSTRUCTION: CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS OR REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS COMPLYING WIN ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M); COVER: STANDARD CAST IRON WITH MINIMUM SIZED PICK HOLE, AND FRAME. USE HEAVY DUTY COVER AND FRAME IN VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AREAS; STEPS: 3/4 INCH DIAMETER GALVANIZED STEEL ON 16 INCH CENTERS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXTEND CLEANOUTS TO FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL SURFACE. LUBRICATE THREADED CLEANOUT PLUGS WITH MIXTURE OF GRAPHITE AND UNSEED OIL ENSURE CLEARANCE AT CLEANOUT FOR RODDING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM. C. ENCASE EXTERIOR CLEANOUTS IN CONCRETE FLUSH WITH GRADE. D. INSTALL FLOOR CLEANOUTS AT ELEVATION TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED FLOOR FOR A COMPLETELY FLUSH INSTALLATION. E. INSTALL APPROVED POTABLE WATER PROTECTION DEVICES ON PLUMBING UNES WHERE CONTAMINATION OF DOMESTIC WATER MAY OCCUR; ON BOILER FEED WATER UNES, JANITOR ROOMS, FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, PREMISE ISOLATION, IRRIGATION SYSTEMS, FLUSH VALVES, DRINK MIXING STATIONS, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR HOSE BIBBS AND ALL OTHER LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES. F. PIPE REUEF FROM BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO NEAREST DRAIN. G. INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSIBLE ISOLATION VALVE ON HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION SECTION 223000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WATER HEATERS; COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER.28 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS A. A.O. SMITH WATER PRODUCTS CO.; BOCK WATER HEATERS, INC.; RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY.; PVI. 2.02 COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS A. TYPE: AUTOMATIC, NATURAL GAS -FIRED, VERTICAL STORAGE B. PERFORMANCE: MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE: 150 PSIG; EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HERON. INCLUSION IN BON LOCATIONS IS NOT A PREREQUISITE TO INCLUSION IN THE CONTRACT. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES SPECIFIED IN EITHER LOCATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE, FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. C. TANK: GLASS OR COPPER UNED WELDED STEEL ASME LABELED WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE; MULTIPLE FLUE PASSAGES. 4 INCH DIAMETER INSPECTION PORT. THERMALLY INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 2 INCHES POLYURETHANE, ENCASED IN CORROSION- RESISTANT STEEL JACKET; BAKED -ON ENAMEL FINISH; FLOOR SHIELD AND LEGS. D. ACCESSORIES: BRASS WATER CONNECTIONS AND DIP TUBE, DRAIN VALVE, MAGNESIUM ANODE, AND ASME RATED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND HEAT TRAP FITTINGS FOR HOT AND COLD WATER CONNECTIONS; WATER CONNECTIONS: BRASS; DIP TUBE: CROSSUNKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) OR BRASS; DRAIN VALVE; ANODE: MAGNESIUM; TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE: ASME LABELED. E. CERTIFICATION: AS AUTOMATIC STORAGE WATER HEATER AND FOR OPERATION AT 180 DEGREES F (82 DEGREES C) FOR OPERATION ON COMBUSTIBLE FLOORS. F. CONTROLS: AUTOMATIC WATER THERMOSTAT WIN TEMPERATURE RANGE ADJUSTABLE FROM 110 TO 180 DEGREES F (43 TO 82 DEGREES C), AUTOMATIC RESET HIGH TEMPERATURE UMITING THERMOSTAT FACTORY SET AT 195 DEGREES F, GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR, MULTI - RIBBON OR TUBULAR BURNER, 100 PERCENT SAFETY SHUT -OFF PILOT AND THERMOCOUPLE, FLUE BAFFLE AND DRAFT HOOD.29 2.03 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. TYPE: FACTORY - ASSEMBLED AND WIRED, ELECTRIC, VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL STORAGE AS SPECIFIED. B. PERFORMANCE: MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE: 150 PSIG; EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. INCLUSION IN BOTH LOCATIONS IS NOT A PREREQUISITE TO INCLUSION IN THE CONTRACT. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES SPECIFIED IN EITHER LOCATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE, FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; VERIFY THAT PROPER POWER SUPPLY IS AVAILABLE PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. VERIFY PROPER VOLTAGE, PHASE AND CURRENT RATING OF POWER SUPPLY AND INFORM ENGINEER OF ANY DEVIATIONS PRIOR TO ORDER, CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT OR START -UP. RESPONSIBIUTY FOR VERIFICATION OF PROPER POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND ANY PRODUCT RETURNS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM INCORRECT CONNECTIONS SHALL REST WIN THIS CONTRACTOR. D. TANK: GLASS UNED OR COPPER UNED WELDED STEEL ASME LABELED PRESSURE VESSEL WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE, 4 INCH DIAMETER INSPECTION PORT, THERMALLY INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 2 INCHES POLYURETHANE ENCASED IN CORROSION - RESISTANT STEEL JACKET; BAKED -ON ENAMEL FINISH. E. CONTROLS: AUTOMATIC IMMERSION WATER THERMOSTAT; EXTERNALLY ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 60 TO 180 DEGREES F, FLANGED OR SCREW -IN NICHROME ELEMENTS, HIGH TEMPERATURE UMIT THERMOSTAT. F. ACCESSORIES: BRASS WATER CONNECTIONS AND DIP TUBE, DRAIN VALVE, MAGNESIUM ANODE, AND ASME RATED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND HEAT TRAP FITTINGS FOR HOT AND COLD WATER CONNECTIONS; WATER CONNECTIONS: BRASS; DIP TUBE: CROSSUNKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) OR BRASS; DRAIN VALVE ANODE MAGNESIUM; TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ASME LABELED G. CONTROLS: VENTILATED CONTROL CABINET, FACTORY -WIRED WITH SOUD STATE PROGRESSIVE SEQUENCING STEP CONTROLLER, FUSES, MAGNETIC CONTACTORS, CONTROL TRANSFORMER, PILOT UGHTS INDICATING MAIN POWER AND HEATING STEPS, CONTROL CIRCUIT TOGGLE SWITCH, ELECTRONIC LOW -WATER (PROBE - TYPE) CUT -OFF. HIGH TEMPERATURE UMIT THERMOSTAT, FLUSH- MOUNTED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE GAGES. H. HEATING ELEMENTS: FLANGE- MOUNTED IMMERSION ELEMENTS; INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS SHEATHED WITH INCOLOY CORROSION- RESISTANT METAL ALLOY, RATED LESS THAN 75 WATTS PER SQUARE INCH.3031323334 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE, AND COMPLYING WIN CONDITIONS OF CERTIFICATION, IF ANY. B. PROVIDE CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASES FOR ALL FLOOR MOUNTED PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. C. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PIPING AND RELATED FUEL PIPING, GAS VENTING, AND ELECTRICAL WORK AS APPUCABLE TO ACHIEVE OPERATING SYSTEM.35 END OF SECTION SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT WALLS AND FLOOR FINISHES ARE PREPARED AND READY FOR INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES. B. VERIFY THAT ELECTRIC POWER IS AVAILABLE AND OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. ROUGH -IN FIXTURE PIPING CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MINIMUM SIZES INDICATED IN FIXTURE ROUGH -IN SCHEDULE FOR PARTICULAR FIXTURES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE WITH TRAP, EASILY REMOVABLE FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. B. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE USING BRASS ANGLE BALL STOP VALVES FOR HOT AND COLD WATER CONNECTIONS AS APPUCABLE. NON - METAWC VALVES OR NON -BALL VALVE TYPE STOPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. C. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED RIGID OR FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES TO FIXTURES WITH SPECIFIED STOPS, REDUCERS, AND ESCUTCHEONS. D. INSTALL COMPONENTS LEVEL AND PLUMB. E. INSTALL AND SECURE FIXTURES IN PLACE WITH WALL CARRIERS, WALL SUPPORTS AND BOLTS. F. SEAL FIXTURES TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES WIN SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH FIXTURE. G. SOUDLY ATTACH FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS TO FLOOR WITH LAG SCREWS. LEAD FLASHING IS NOT INTENDED HOLD FIXTURE IN PLACE. H. INSTALL FIXTURES AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC (IPC) OR UPC. 1. WHEN FIXTURES REQUIRE BOTH HOT WATER AND COLD WATER SUPPUES, PROVIDE THE HOT WATER SUPPLY TO NE LEFT OF THE COLD WATER SUPPLY. J. INSTALL OFF- THE -FLOOR SUPPORTS TO CONFORM TO ASME A112.6.1M. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. REVIEW MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIXTURES AND OPENINGS BEFORE ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION. 3.05 CLEANING A. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 3.06 PROTECTION A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. B. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3.07 FIELD INSPECTION A. CONTINUE INSPECTION DURING INSTALLATION AND TESTING. B. CORRECT OR REPLACE ALL REJECTED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF T U K W I L NOV 0 8 2012 aEHN!! i (PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS © 2011 ARGVISION, INC. THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606EIA, NCARB, RDI . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE L,E AND HO D FURTHERMORE PROFESSIONAALL HARMLESSEFROM ALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD TH DESIGN THE CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING, OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPEGIFIGATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE=. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L OUEATHEM ENGINEER LOUIS, 19'50 CRAIG ROAD SUITE 300 ST. MO 63146 P11 (314) 415-2400 FAX (314) x-2300 www.arCY.001Yt STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - INS PROJECT THE CH DREN S .: 9 � $ . ��:��, � � : 4 � ' .<\ STORE 1322 �� SOUTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 15155 { _I'► < t �1 A�, (4, L� � l 10/26/11 - TGP R VI EW #1 ....0 � ..__ _ �� ..a......�,�..�. m. �"° .. _ _._.. .,, m_,__,. _ "' tI �, 6'� � 10/26/11 - LL RE:V I E:V4 *1 - /O� /I 2 1=0R PERMIT T ..M........�....� _ .. , . _._�w.H,..,,..µM .. p_ .,..........e_.... � ..��....m......�,....,,.w,.w,,, , ..,._. , � / ` ` _,�... . __...""�.,.."" ."`" �-- �-- �--- -� __,M__� �_ r __ __. �...�.uA...w_....._....W ...,... . _. _�. _�.. PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SUPPORT TOTAL 2533 SF 565 5 ° °� _ .. ................w�... _ ..vMV _ µ __ _.. __... ,...._....�.,..._. __ ._....._.� .o A m .. m =`'� ��; � �I~iA.L� 3388 5F _, ...,..w...._w....�. _ ,..,..,.w..... .�..... .... _. ___.MVV. .,.,v. _.......... _..... .. �M. ..A�.... �...._...w..,�..F,. p,.....�,.....�w .. ....... �,e ,W...,....�,.a�.,..,.�..��.,,,, , ad...... ______ ..... .. ...._.._... SCALE A5 NOTED DRAWN BY ... O 3 EPA IM T GHEGKED otp, PHO\1P►L R EQUIR E _ PLUMB IN& SPEC( IGATION5 SHEET NUMBER ET T \ND :. _..__.._................... . - ___ .. .... _� ,....._.... _. __ ARGVISION PROJECT * 120115 1. SPECIFIC PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 1. INSTALL NEW EQUIPMENT. A. WATER CLOSET (WC -1): AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" RIGHT HEIGHT, 16 -1/2" HIGH ELONGATED (BARRIER FREE) PRESSURE ASSISTED TOILET, 1.6 GPF, #2467.016 (SEAT "RISE AND SHINE" #5325.024). INSTALL FLUSH HANDLE ON WIEDE SIDE OF STALL. 8. LAVATORY (LAV -1): EXISTING LAVATORY TO REMAIN. REPLACE EXISTING FAUCET WITH NEW FAUCET: AMERICAN STANDART MODEL 7055.105 "SELECTRONIC INTERGRATED ELECTRONIC PROXIMITY" LAVATORY FAUCET. CAST BRASS SPOUT, 0.5 GPM PRESSURE COMPENSATING, VANDAL - RESISTANT NON- AERATED SPRAY. BATTERY INCLUDED. PROVIDE DECK PLATE AND MIXING VALVE. SET MIXING VALVE TO 80F. C. FLOOR DRAIN (FD -1): ZURN MODEL Z415B WITH "TYPE B" STRAINER AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. PROVIDE CAST IRON P -TRAP. D. SERVICE SINK (SS -1): FLORESTONE MOLDED MOP RECEPTOR MODEL MSR -2424 WITH MR -371 FAUCET, MR -370 HOSE AND CLAMP, CHROME STRAINER AND 2.2 GPM AERATOR. E. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC -1): ELKAY MODEL EZSTL8C. WALL MOUNT, BI- LEVEL, BARRIER FREE WATER COOLER, 9.7 GPH AT 50F. PROVIDE WITH OPTIONAL APRON. F. WATER HEATER (HWH -1): RHEEM POINT -OF -USE MODEL EGSP10. 10 GALLON STORAGE CAPACITY 3000 WATT, 208V OR 480V AS INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, 1PH, 13.5 GPH AT 90' RISE. SET THERMOSTAT TO 1107 MAXIMUM. G. WALL CLEANOUT (WCO): CLEANOUT AND ACCESS COVER, JOSAM SERIES 5860 -00. H. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: PROVIDE ON HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCHES TO FIXTURES, J. R. SMITH HYDROTROL MODEL 5020. SIZE AND LOCATE PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS. I. VALVES: BALL VALVE WATTS SERIES B6080 OR B6081 FULL PORT. ALL VALVES 1/2" TO 2" BRONZE BODY. J. PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE: WATTS REGULATING CO. MODEL 10L K. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: WATTS SERIES 25AUB BRONZE BODY WITH INTEGRAL S/S STRAINER, SEALED CAGE FOR 1/2" TO 2 1/2" DIA. TO 300 PSI. L MATER METER: PER LANLORDSPECIFICA11ONS. M. VACUUM RELIEF VALVE: WATTS MODEL N36 -M1 BRASS BODY, 1/2" NPT LINE SIZE. N. EXPANSION TANK (ET -1): GOULDS PUMP MODEL V15P. 2.7 GALLONS MAXIMUM DRAWDOWN VOLUME. 0. TRAP PRIMER (TP -1): PPP MODEL P1 -500 UP TO FOUR CONNECTIONS. OPTIONAL DISTRIBUTION UNIT REQUIRED FOR 2, 3 AND FOUR DRAIN UNES. 2. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY TO SUPPLY HANDICAPPED TOILET FIXTURES, IF REQUIRED BY CODE OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, UTIUZING THE SPECIFICATION ABOVE AS A STANDARD AND MEETING CODE REQUIREMENTS. SPACING OF FIXTURES TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS WELL AS THE PLUMBING INSPECTOR'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. ACCESSORY ITEMS: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 11. LANDLORD'S CRITERIA 1. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME FAMILIARIZED WITH LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TENANT CRITERIA, TENANTS CRITERIA MANUAL AND LEASE EXHIBITS FOR THIS LOCATION AND INCLUDE ANY WORK REQUIRED OF THESE DOCUMENTS WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. A. ELASTOMERIC WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE: 1. DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURER'S PROPRIETARY ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND FORMULATED FOR USE AS HEAVY DUTY WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER CERAMIC TILE FLOORS OR OTHER PRODUCT REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 2. REQUIRED IN WET AREAS: A. TOILET ROOMS B. MOP SINK C. WATER FOUNTAIN B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S: 1. BOS11C CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, HUNTINGDON VALLEY, PA. 2. MAPEI CORPORATION, ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 3. THE NOBLE COMPANY, GRAND HAVEN, MI. 4. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, BETHANY, CT. C. INSTALLATION: (2 COATS) 1. INSTALL OVER CURED CEMENT MORTAR BED AND CONCRETE FLOORS AS APPLICABLE, IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. FLASH MEMBRANE 6" UP ADJACENT WALLS AND RESTRAINING SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. VERIFY WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 3. ALLOW MEMBRANE TO CURE PRIOR TO SETTING TILE. 4. DO NOT ALLOW CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC ON MEMBRANE. 5. MUST BE SLEEVED AND CAULKED. LEGEND EX/S7TNG NEW WORK NEW TO EX /STING CONNECTION (PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 0 JANITOR CLO T� z STOOK ROOM EXISTING TOILET ROOM 1 1 ENLARGED SANITARY PLAN SCALE:1 /4' = 1' -0" 1 JANITOR OL0 aET O EXISTS 0 TOUT T ROO 3 I SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.ANIS. 2 I ENLARGED WATER SUPPLY PLAN SCALE:1 /4' = 1' -0' 1 4 WATER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: ..S. 1 GOVERAL NOTES• A. THE EX/ST1NG CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON "AS- BUILT" DRAWINGS AND /OR LIMITED F1£LD IERIf7CA7TON5.. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL f7ELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDI7TONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. NO ADD /71ONAL COMPENSA 710N WJLL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE AND /OR PRED£TERAI /NA 7TON OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMl777NG THE BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE /MMEDIA TEL Y REPORTED TO 771E ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE INCIDENTAL DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 771E CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOL/710N OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR 771E /NSTALLA 770N /CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK C. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE $17H ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW ACCESS TO VALVES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND WALL CA 14TIES. E. ALL SANITARY LINES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON THE PROJECT SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED MEANS OF SEWAGE BACKFLOW PREVENTION. FIXTURE SPECIFIC BACKFLOW PREVENTION INCLUDING AIR GAPS AND VACUUM BREAKERS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF BACKFLOW PR£VEN77ON. F. COORDINATE ALL SLAB PENETRA T1ONS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 2" CLEARANCE FROM THE EDGE OF THE SLAB OPENING TO ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND PIPES. PRIOR TO TRENCHING /CORING, TENANT WILL BE REQUIRED TO X -RAY THE SLAB USING 771E REQUIRED LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S SOLE EXPENSE. G. PIPE SIZES INDICATED ON THE PLANS ARE MINIMUM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PIPE SIZES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE SPECIFIED SIZES THE CONTRACTOR MAY INCREASE PIPE SIZES AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDI770NAL EXPENSE TO 771E PROJECT. H. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CR /TERM MANUAL PRIOR TO BIDDING. THE TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN 771E CONTRACTOR CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADD /7TONAL EXPENSE TO 771E PROJECT. 1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERS, CAPS, OR PLUGS ON SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE DURA 770N OF CONSTRUCTION. RAG WADS, DUCT TAPE, OR OTHER SIMILAR METHODS OF TEMPORARY COVERS SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETELY REMOVE ANY AND ALL OBSTRUCTIONS /NS/DE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM BY SNAKING, RODING, OR JETTING 771E SYSTEM IMMEDIA TEL Y PRIOR TO PROJECT TURNOVER TO 771E OWNER. J. ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2" OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. K. SANITARY TEE FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) SYSTEMS L. INSTALL SANITARY PIPING 2" 01? SMALLER AT A SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT AND SANITARY PIPING LARGER THAN 2" AT A SLOPE OF 1/8" PER FOOT. M. ALL PUBLIC USE LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL HA IT AN AUTOMATIC SAFETY WATER MIXING DENCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI /ASSE 1016 OR 101Z N. ALL HANDICAPPED ACCESS /BLE WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE THE FLUSHING HANDLE ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE HAND /CAPPED ACCESS /BLE STALL AS REQUIRED BY ADA REQUIREMENTS 0. THIS PROJECT UTILIZES A PLENUM RETURN A/R CEILING. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATER /ALS INSTALLED IN THE PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS MUST MEET 771E FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RA T7NGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURNS CEILINGS. NO PVC /ABS PIPING WILL BE PERMITTED IN CE /LING SPACES. PLUMB/NG NOTES* 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HEATER AND EXPANSION TANK ON WATER HEATER SHELF AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS THE WATER HEATER AND EXPANS /ON TANK ARE INDICATED OfFSET FOR CLARITY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR WA TER HEATER SHELF REQUIREMENTS AND EXACT LOCA 7TON. PIPE WATER HEATER RELIEF AND SECONDARY DRAIN PAN DISCHARGE TO THE NEAREST MOP SINK OR FLOOR DRAIN BELOW THE WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A CODE APPROVED A/R GAP ON THE DISCHARGE OF THE WATER HEATER RELIEF AND SECONDARY DRAIN. REFER TO DETAILS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMA 770N. 2. CONNECT THE NEW VENT TO THE EXISTING VENT SYSTEM. FIELD VERIFY 771E EXACT S/ZE AND LOCH 770N OF THE EXISTING VENT THROUGH ROOF PRIOR TO SUBMITTING 8/D AND COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. J. 1/2" FLEXIBLE CON77N000S TYPE "K" COPPER TUBING BELOW GRADE FROM TRAP PR /MER TO FLOOR DRAIN. NO F7T71NGS OR SPLICES ARE ALLOWED BELOW GRADE. 4. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER HIGH IN THE CE /LING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL AN ACCESS PANEL AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT. 5. CONNECT THE NEW SANITARY SEWER TO AN EXISTING SANITARY SEWER OF EQUAL OR GREATER S/ZE. FIELD VERIFY 771E EXACT LOCH 71071, S/ZE, AND INVERT ELEVATION OF 771E EXISTING SANITARY SEWER PR /OR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW SANITARY SEWER AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. MAINTAIN CODE MINIMUM PIPE SLOPES. 6. CONNECT THE NEW DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE TO THE EXIS77NG COLD WATER LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER S/ZE. FIELD VER /FY THE EXACT LOCA 7TON AND S/ZE OF 771E £X /STING WA TER LINE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW WATER LAYOUT AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNEC77ON TO THE EX/SI1NG WATER SYSTEM. 7. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE SIZED AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPEC /FICA 770NS. LOCA 770NS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. 8. EX/ST1NG WALL HUNG LAVATORY TO REMAIN. REPLACE EX /STING FAUCET WITH NEW AS SPECIFIED. EX/S77NG ELECTR /C INSTANT FLOW WA TER HEATER TO BE REMOVED AND HOT WATER PIPING TO BE REP /PED WI771 NEW 1/2" HW FROM NEW WA TER HEATER. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING. 9. EXISTING WATER CLOSET TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED W77H NEW ADA COMPLIANT WATER CLOSET. RECONNECT TO EXISTING U71L /TIES. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADD /TTONAL /NFORMA 770N. 10. EXISTING COLD WATER IN CEILING SPACE b 35'. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL_I NOV 0 8 2012 MI .I_ a• k_ i'a I (PLUMBING NOTES C 2011 ARGV1510N, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. GOGLIA, NCARB, RD I . ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFYg¢� AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LO:CCS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS._ THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L . QU E ATH E M ENC�NEER 1950 CRAIG ROAD SLATE 300 ST. LOUIS, MO 63146 PFL (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www'ercv CAt11 STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 - B WB PROJECT �� ' mo' ` uE47, - *1 10/26/11 TOP R VI W 10/26/11 - LL REV I EVIL * 1 11/01/12 - FOR FERMI T ,..o.o- .......... �. ��,....... �,,..... �. u,. �W ,.�.....,w.._..�........�..... . �...... �.. �.... � ..��.�.v.........� ............. .. M..... _...�.._ I M ® ._..__ .....n_...�..�... ................ ,'��:.: vIASii , �f .- , ' 2 �... �.mm.M.�..�...........___M�.... �... m_�.�..��......� � µµ µ w..,�..�w.....��.. �.....,, .�.....�.�w...�....M..__�....�. �,....y...._.�.N... w� �.... M.. _ ,........N.. ,.,.a. �� ..d.......,..,., .. ... u_.....q _ . _ w .,m...._._�...m..._. �n._.. PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL 2833 SE 565 SF _'� STORE 1322 SOUTHGENTER MALL __.�W���. __ ® ..... .� , . .�..... �o.�.� .... �...w.,._ , �.4 ..-... �� �......� .. ..�...�.. ... H .�.�.....�.._.. .,,....... �...,..... �., ._ w _.......... �._ m M '' �� w_a..�....�....�,�.. ...�...._ ..A �.. ......m M� ._ . M 3388 5E SEATTLE, WA q5155 SE L , SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY ���3A�, OK PERM(- l�' ET TIT AND ''� ARCED PLUMB 1 716 PLANS AND SPEC IF !GAT' ONS SHEET NUMBER 2� o 0 .._..._..... .... __ __.��.� „„...a ...w,. .. ..v. ......,.. _ �,.......... �..,e_ - mm M .............. _._ _ _� pm ......... _ .,...wa... SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. ADD UP PROPERLY OR THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA ARGVISION PROJECT # 12Ogg8 CHECKED Br SAL � R� REQUIRED YMBL —S P L U M B I N G SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DATE SANITARY DRAIN ABOVEGROUND -d) CLEAN OUT VC WATER CLOSET (TANK TYPE) ARCHITECT L. QUEATHEM E E� 1950 CRAIG ROAD, surf 300 sr. Louis„ MO 63146 PFL (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcvccm`N. _ —= SANITARY DRAIN BELOVGROUND —WO GRADE CLEAN OUT ©2011ARGVISION,INC THIS DRAWING THE DESIGN INDICATED THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606E(A, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING, OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARD I N6 MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA 1=0 VC WATER CLOSET (FLUSH VALVE) — — VENT LINE N.I.T.C. NOT IN THIS CONTRACT ... ACID WASTE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF . xi, , ...� ...... H.....w .. ... UR URINAL AM -AV— — ACID VENT - VACUUM BREAKER —l— PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL. Ill LAV LAVATORY —vAm— WASTE ANESTHESIA GAS DISPOSAL --1>C1-- BALL VALVE STORM DRAIN ABOVEGROUND —6— GLOBE VALVE .... ® KS KITCHEN SINK S— . . KV.A...4 STORM DRAIN BELOVGROUND —h..1— CHECK VALVE ss� w�W�A�__ ,..____ _.- SS la SERVICE SINK DRAWN BY SEA OK PE1T COLD WATER (CV) _ $I _ . � PLUM 116 PLAN DETAILS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (PRV) SHEET NUMBER s� ° DISTILLED WATER ® CSS CLINIC SERVICE SINK DS DRINKING WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE Dv— — CS CLASSROOM SINK - DV - - - -- DRINKING VATER CIRCULATING — STOP AND WASTE VALVE - -- HOT VATER CHV) —; STOP AND WASTE VALVE UN RISE) BF DRINKING FOUNTAIN - HOT VATER CIRCULATING (HVC) MIXING VALVE ---- EVC ELECTRIC VATER COOLER =- HOT VATER 180° --o-- GAS COCK —180 -180 °•••-- HOT WATER CIRCULATING 180 ° FIRE ALARM VALVE (SPRINKLER) I 1 SH SHOWER HEAD TEMPERED WATER T LJ BT BATH TUB — 7 - - - -- TEMPERED WATER CIRCULATING (0.D WEATHER VALVE (SPRINKLER) —-- FIRE LINE T VATER MOTOR ALARM (SPRINKLER) F SPRINKLER MAIN BRANCH HB HOSE BIBS FIRE HOSE CABINET SPRINKLER BRANCH HEADS H VH WALL HYDRANT •---•— G GAS LINE FH FIRE HYDRANT F -1 SPECIAL FIXTURE NUMBER COMPRESSED AIR LINE 0 MH MANHOLE COLUMN NUMBER ). VACUUM LINE (]SW STREET WASHER O PLUMBING RISER NUMBER OXYGEN LINE +•cl) VALVE IN RISE — CDC— PNEUMATIC TUBE --[}— EXPANSION JOINT — — COLD SOFT WATER -CS - -- - HS - - -- HOT SOFT WATER • D -1 DRAIN AND MARK - HS - - - -- HOT SOFT WATER CIRCULATING ORB ROOF DRAIN -1— UNION ODS DOWN SPOUT --v-- STRAINER V.C.P. VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE —0— AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVE C.I. CAST IRON -o--:— RUNNING TRAP , LE. INVERT ELEVATION , 2 I PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND SCALE: N..S. EX /STING NEW WORK NEW TO EX/S77NG CONNECTION 1 1 IPLyiy.yvc PLAN 1/2" COLD WA TER SUPPLY CONNEC710N 12" MINIMUM TO HORIZONTAL RUN IN P /PE - CONNECT TO FLOOR DRAIN (TYP.) 5 TRAP PRIMER DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. ippPv 11 TRAP PRIMER METAL CAB /NET AXED A/R JJj_D/STR/BU?lON UNIT. uu J K- COPPER BELOW GRADE NO F1777NGS OR SPLICES BELOW GRADE 1A" FLEXIBLE �- K COPPER (T)P.) FLOOR DRA /N TRAP WA TER LEVEL • m II, VACUUM RELIEF VALVE COLD WATER LINE VALVE- COLD WA TER TEMPERATURE- PRESSURE U RELIEF VALVE PER ANSI Z 21.22 CODE & DISCHARGE WATER HEATER DRAIN P /PE FULL SIZE TEMPERATURE= PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DRAIN PER LOCAL CODE & LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. TO NEAREST INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTOR OR APPROVED DRAIN. CHECK VAL EXPANS /ON TANK VF HEAT TRAP (TYPICAL) HOT WATER LJ Alf 1E114 -masi "law:* , .1 (2) 15(1/16" STEEL STRAPS AROUND WA TER HEATER BOLTED TO BACK PLA 7E IN LOWER 1/3 AND UPPER 1/3 OF WATER HEATER. PRO VIDE A WA 7FR 77GHT, GALVANIZED STEEL PAN, M /N. 2" DEEP x 24 GA., BELOW HOT WA TER HEA TER. 1 " MIN. DIA. DRAIN PER LOCAL CODE & LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TO NEAREST INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTOR OR APPROVED DRAIN. WATER HEATER PLUMB /NG WALL FRAMING SECURE METAL STUDS TO WALL 2' -O" 0.C. AT THIS AREA OF WORK. (2) 15(1/16" STEEL STRAPS AROUND WATER HEATER BOLTED TO BACK PLA 7E IN LOWER 1/3 AND UPPER 1/3 OF WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A WA TER 17GHT, GALVANIZED STEEL PAN, MIN. 2" DEEP x 24 GA., BELOW HOT WATER HEATER. 1 " MIN. DIA. DRAIN PER LOCAL CODE & LANDLORD'S CRITER/A, TO NEAREST INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTOR OR APPROVED DRAIN. (2) LAYERS OF 3/4" FR TR7D CD PLYWOOD BELOW WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN AS PLATFORM 2X4 WOOD LEDGER DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDE MID-POINT SUPPORT IF OVER 4=0" WIDE M/N /MUM MOUN77NG HEIGHT OF 8' - -0" TO BOTTOM OF PLA 7FORM. 6 WATER HEATER DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. GENERAL NOTES A. THE EXISTING COND177ONS ARE BASED ON "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS AND /OR LIM /TED FIELD VER /FICA 77ONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDI77ONS AT NO ADDl77ONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. NO ADD /770NAL COMPENSA 710N WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FA /LURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE AND /OR PREDETERM /NA 710N OF EX/S77NG COND /77ONS PRIOR TO SUBM/177NG 7HE B /D. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE /MMED /A TEL Y REPORTED TO 7HE ARCHITECT/ENG /NEER FOR RESOLU710N. B. 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF W7H THE INC /DENTAL DEMOL /770N WORK PR /OR TO BIDDING AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONS /BLE FOR DEMOL /710N OF ALL EX/S77NG EQU /PMENT AS REQUIRED FOR 7HE /NSTALLA 710N /CONSTRUC710N OF NEW WORK C. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WI'771 ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQU /RED TO ALLOW ACCESS TO VALVES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. LOCA TED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND WALL CA N77ES. E. ALL SANITARY LINES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON THE PROJECT SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED MEANS OF SEWAGE BACKFLOW PREVEN770N. FIXTURE SPECIFIC BACKFLOW PREVEN770N INCLUDING A/R GAPS AND VACUUM BREAKERS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION. F. COORDINA 7E ALL SLAB PENETRA T1ONS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUC710N. MAINTAIN A MIN /MUM OF 2" CLEARANCE FROM 7HE EDGE OF THE SLAB OPENING TO ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND PIPES. PRIOR TO RENCHING /CORING, TENANT WILL BE REQU /RED TO X -RAY THE SLAB USING HE REQUIRED LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S SOLE EXPENSE. G. PIPE SIZES /ND /CA 7ED ON 7HE PLANS ARE MINIMUM. 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PIPE SIZES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE SPEC/F7ED SIZES. THE CONTRACTOR MAY INCREASE PIPE SIZES AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDI710NAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT H. 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF PIE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR TO BIDDING. THE TENANT CR /TERIA MANUAL REQUIREMENTS' SHALL BE INCLUDED IN 7HE CONTRACTOR CONTRACT. 7HE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPL )ING WITH THE LANDLORD REQU /REMEN7S AT NO ADD /770NAL EXPENSE TO 7HE PROJECT. /. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERS, CAPS, OR PLUGS ON SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE DURA 770N OF CONSTRUC770N. RAG WADS, DUCT TAPE, OR OTHER SIMILAR METHODS OF TEMPORARY COVERS SHALL NOT BE U77LIZED. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUC770N, COMPLETELY REMOVE ANY AND ALL OBSTRUC77ONS /NS /DE 7HE EN71RE SYSTEM BY SNAKING, RODING, OR J777NG THE SYSTEM /MMEDIA TEL Y PR /OR TO PROJECT TURNOVER TO 7HE OWNER. J. ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2" OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. K. SANITARY TEE F7771NGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) SYSTEMS. L. INSTALL SANITARY PIPING 2" OR SMALLER AT A SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT AND SANITARY PIPING LARGER THAN 2" AT A SLOPE OF 1/8" PER FOOT. M. ALL PUBLIC USE LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL HAVE AN AUTOMA 77C SAFETY WA 7FR MIXING DEVICE IN ACCORDANCE WI771 ANS / /ASSE 1016 OR 1017 N. ALL HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE WA TER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE 7HE FLUSHING HANDLE ON 7HE WIDE SIDE OF THE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE STALL AS REQU /RED BY ADA REQUIREMENTS (PLUMBING NOTES 0. THIS PROJECT U71L /ZES A PLENUM RETURN A/R CEILING. ALL EQU /PMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED IN 7HE PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RA 77NGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURNS CEILINGS. NO PVC /ABS PIPING WILL BE PERMITTED IN CE /LING SPACES. PLUMBING NO7ES• 1. THIS SPACE IS RESERVED FOR ELEC7R /CAL EQUIPMENT. NO PIPING SHALL PASS BELOW, ABOVE, OR AROUND ELECTR /CAL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE ELECTR /CAL EQU /PMENT ACCESS SPACE. 358 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL. NOV 0 8 2012 ;:I-i`J F..°. DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT L. QUEATHEM E E� 1950 CRAIG ROAD, surf 300 sr. Louis„ MO 63146 PFL (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 www.arcvccm`N. STORE TYPE 2010 -10 2 TECH E3 PROJECT 4 � � °prr� STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 88188 L / •` '�' �J1 -4 ew. Y \ ii . r= f •ROBERT ° `''� `' r � � ck- _ , 4 4'0 AL : - A t �t ©2011ARGVISION,INC THIS DRAWING THE DESIGN INDICATED THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606E(A, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING, OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARD I N6 MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA I0/26/I I — TOP REVIEV�I # I »,..... -- �. _....,.,. ........ ... - -. - .,......_ .. _.._. ______ ..N. ,� �. .� . xi, , ...� ...... H.....w .. ... -. - W.. � ......____.��.. 10/26/1 1 - LL RE:V I Ek #1 ..,...._._ - PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL. 2833 51= 565 5E - 1 1 �0 1�I 2 — FOR PERMIT . �,..__ ..�... �.�.�.��......�..m.....�>� .... µ ..� ..AWN..,. .w..,. �..�o�...� _ _ . . KV.A...4 3388 51= d w........... - - -° µ ° ° _ w ....... a .... __ _do .- � . .a _____ e.a ..... _.. ry..... w�W�A�__ ,..____ _.- SCALE A5 NOTED DRAWN BY SEA OK PE1T SHZCX.XITLE _ $I _ . � PLUM 116 PLAN DETAILS SHEET NUMBER s� ° ARGVISION PROJECT # 12011S CHECKED BY � R1= R P���,�t =QU'R` PART 1 - GENERAL 1. SUMMARY A. PROVIDE COMPLETE, APPROVED SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. SPRINKLER SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPING TERMINATING ABOVE FLOOR IN SPRINKLER VALVE ROOMS WITH ALL REQUIRED VALVES, DEVICES, CONNECTIONS, ETC. 2. SPRINKLER VALVES, HANGERS, CONNECTIONS, TEST CONNECTIONS, DRAIN CONNECTIONS, ALARM CHECK VALVES, FLOW SWITCHES, ETC. 3. COMPLETE INTERIOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM OF THE WET TYPE AS INDICATED. 4. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR ALL CANOPIES, AWNINGS, VESTIBULE OVERHANGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. 5. IDENTIFICATION, DIAGRAMS, AND SIGNS. 6. CUTTING AND PATCHING. 7. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF A COMPLETE SPRINKLER INSTALLATION. 8. FURNISH ALL PERMITS OF A SPECIAL NATURE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE AUTHORITY. 2. IN GENERAL E. TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES INCLUDING "CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL & TEST CERTIFICATE FOR ABOVE- GROUND PIPING" AND "CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL & TEST CERTIFICATE FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING" AS DESCRIBED IN NFPA 13. 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. THE NAMING OF MANUFACTURERS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS ELIMINATING THE MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, OR SERVICES OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPUERS HAVING APPROVED EQUIVALENT ITEMS. B. THE SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER GRANTED IN WRITING. C. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS OF FIRST QUALITY IN EVERY AND ALL RESPECTS, TOGETHER WITH THE NECESSARY PIPE, FITTINGS, HANGERS AND OTHER APPARATUS AS HEREINAFTER ENUMERATED AND /OR INDICATED. D. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING MUST BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND ONLY APPROVED TYPE HANGERS SHALL BE USED. SPRINKLER LINES UNDER DUCTS SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK OR ROOF DECK, BUT SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH TRAPEZE HANGERS WHERE NECESSARY. NO FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING MAY BE ATTACHED TO EPIC DECK OR ANY METAL ROOF DECKING. SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL ONLY. E. SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETED AND PLACED IN SERVICE DURING NON- ATTENDED HOURS IN ALL AREAS. EVERY EFFORT SHALL BE MADE TO PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION BEFORE COMBUSTIBLE CONTENTS ARE MOVED INTO THE BUILDING. SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN HIS WORK WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE WHICH SYSTEM WILL BE REQUIRED FIRST. F. ALL WORK SPECIFIED SHALL BE DONE IN A FIRST CLASS AND WORKMANUKE MANNER, COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT AND WHEN COMPLETED SHALL CONFORM TO THE PRESENT STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION PAMPHLET #13 AND TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE INSPECTION AGENCY OF THE OWNER'S INSURANCE COMPANY, TO ALL LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTION AGENCIES AND TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL UTILITY. PRESSURE TESTS TO BE 200 PSI OR AS REQUIRED BY INSPECTION AUTHORITIES, BUT NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI. G. THE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THE APPROVAL OF LOCAL OFFICIALS ON SYSTEM DESIGN AND COMPLETED INSTALLATION. 3. DEFINITIONS A. PIPE SIZES USED IN THIS SPECIFICATION ARE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (NPS). B. OTHER DEFINITIONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE USTED IN NFPA STANDARDS 13, 14, AND 24. C. WORKING PLANS AS USED IN THIS SECTION MEANS THOSE DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS) PREPARED PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN NFPA 13 FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS A "WET -PIPE" SYSTEM EMPLOYING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS ATTACHED TO A PIPING SYSTEM CONTAINING WATER AND CONNECTED TO A WATER SUPPLY SO THAT WATER DISCHARGES IMMEDIATELY FROM SPRINKLERS OPENED BY FIRE. WET STANDPIPES ARE TO BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 5. SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD, VALVE, PIPING SPECIALTY, FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTY, FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION AND STANDPIPE CABINET SPECIFIED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 IDENTIFIED AS "WORKING PLANS," INCLUDING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BEFORE COMMENCING INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY INSURANCE OR INSPECTION AGENCY APPROVALS AND THEN SEND ONE SEPIA AND ONE COPY OF APPROVED DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR HIS REVIEW. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE LEGIBLE COPIES OF CLEAR, SHARP TRACINGS, PREPARED AT SCALE OF 1/8" = 1' -0" AND MUST SHOW ALONG WITH PIPING, SPRINKLERS, DUCTWORK, ETC., CONSTRUCTION AND OCCUPANCY OF EACH AREA, INCLUDING CEILING AND ROOF HEIGHTS. 3. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA REQUIREMENTS FOR MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY. 4. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED USING FOR REFERENCE ALL OF THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 5. THE PLACEMENT OF SPRINKLERS AND THE ROUTING OF ALL EXPOSED PIPING ARE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF BOTH THE ENGINEER AND THE ARCHITECT FOR PROPER COORDINATION AND AESTHETICS. PIPE ROUTING IN EXPOSED AREAS MAY REQUIRE REROUTING FOR ARCHITECTURAL REASONS, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 6. ENGINEERED FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED AND SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, AS REQUIRED, AND PAY ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH OBTAINING A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S STAMP AND SIGNATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE STAMPED AND SIGNED DOCUMENTS TO THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EACH TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD, VALVE, PIPING SPECIALTY, FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTY, FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION, HOSE AND RACK, AND HOSE CABINET SPECIFIED, FOR INCLUSION IN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1 AND DIVISION -15 SECTION "BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS." D. WELDERS, QUAUFICATION CERTIFICATES. A. SUBCONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLATION AND ALTERATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, EQUIPMENT, SPECIALTIES, AND ACCESSORIES, AND REPAIR AND SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY A QUALIFIED INSTALLER EMPLOYED BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR. THE TERM QUALIFIED MEANS EXPERIENCED IN SUCH WORK (EXPERIENCED SHALL MEAN HAVING A MINIMUM OF 5 PREVIOUS PROJECTS SIMILAR IN SIZE AND SCOPE TO THIS PROJECT), FAMIUAR WITH ALL PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED, AND HAS COMPLIED WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. UPON REQUEST, SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF SUCH QUALIFICATIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. REFER TO DIVISION -1 SECTION: "DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS ", FOR DEFINITIONS FOR "INSTALLERS." B. QUALIFICATIONS FOR WELDING PROCESSES AND OPERATORS: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D10.9, SPECIFICATIONS FOR QUALIFICATIONS OF WELDING PROCEDURES AND WELDERS FOR PIPING AND TUBING, LEVEL AR- 3." C. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES: 1. NFPA 13 - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. 2. UL COMPLIANCE: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED, AND APPROVED FOR THE APPLICATION ANTICIPATED. 3. CURRENT UNIFORM BUILDING CODE AND UNIFORM FIRE CODE AS THEY APPLY TO COVERED MALL BUILDINGS. 7. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. SCHEDULE ROUGH -IN INSTALLATIONS WITH INSTALLATIONS OF OTHER BUILDING COMPONENTS AS DIRECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 8. EXTRA MATERIALS A. VALVE WRENCHES: FURNISH TO OWNER, 3 VALVE WRENCHES FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLED. B. SPRINKLER HEADS AND CABINETS: FURNISH 12 EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS OF EACH STYLE INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT. FURNISH EACH STYLE WITH ITS OWN SPRINKLER HEAD CABINET AND SPECIAL WRENCHES AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. MANUFACTURERS A. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM PRODUCTS FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS: A. STOCKHAM B. VICTAULIC COMPANY OF AMERICA 2. SPRINKLER HEADS: A. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CORP OF AMERICA. B. TYCO C. RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC. D. STAR SPRINKLER CORP. E. VIKING CORP. 2. PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS A. GENERAL: REFER TO PART 3 ARTICLE "PIPE APPLICATIONS" FOR IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEMS WHERE THE BELOW SPECIFIED PIPE AND FITTING MATERIALS ARE USED. B. STEEL PIPE (2 INCHES AND SMALLER): ASTM A 120, SCHEDULE 40, E.R.W., BLACK STEEL PIPE, PLAIN ENDS. C. STEEL PIPE (2-1/2 INCHES AND LARGER): ASTM A53 OR AB5, SCHEDULE 10, E.R.W., BLACK STEEL PIPE, PLAIN OR ROLL GROOVED ENDS. D. THE USE OF THREADED "THINWALL" PIPE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. E. THE USE OF SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE 2" AND SMALLER WITH ROLL GROOVED CONNECTIONS ON GRIDDED SYSTEMS IS ACCEPTABLE. 3. FITTINGS A. CAST -IRON THREADED FITTINGS: ANSI 816.4, CLASS 125, STANDARD PATTERN, FOR THREADED JOINTS. THREADS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B1.20.1. B. MALLEABLE -IRON THREADED FITTINGS: ANSI B16.3, CLASS 300, STANDARD PATTERN, FOR THREADED JOINTS. THREADS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B1.20.1. C. STEEL FITTINGS: ASTM A 234, SEAMLESS OR WELDED, FOR WELDED JOINTS. D. GROOVED MECHANICAL FITTINGS: ASTM A 536, GRADE 65 -45 -12 DUCTILE IRON; ASTM A 47 GRADE 32510 MALLEABLE IRON; OR ASTM A53, TYPE F OR TYPES E OR S, GRADE B FABRICATED STEEL FITTINGS WITH GROOVES OR SHOULDERS DESIGNED TO ACCEPT GROOVED END COUPLINGS. E. GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS: CONSIST OF DUCTILE OR MALLEABLE IRON HOUSING, A SYNTHETIC RUBBER GASKET OF A CENTRAL CAVITY PRESSURE - RESPONSIVE DESIGN; WITH NUTS, BOLTS, LOCKING PIN, LOCKING TOGGLE, OR LUGS TO SECURE ROLL- GROOVED PIPE AND FITTINGS. F. CAST -IRON THREADED FLANGES: ANSI B16.1, CLASS 125; RAISED GROUND FACE, BOLT HOLES SPOT FACED. 4. JOINING MATERIALS A. WELDING MATERIALS: COMPLY, WITH SECTION I1, PART C, ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE FOR WELDING MATERIAL APPROPRIATE FOR THE WALL THICKNESS AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF THE PIPE BEING WELDED. 1. BRAZING FILLER METALS: AWS A5.8, CLASSIFICATION BAGL (SILVER). 2. SOLDER FILLER METALS: ASTM B 32, 95 -5 TIN- ANTINOMY. B. GASKET MATERIALS: THICKNESS, MATERIAL, AND TYPE SUITABLE FOR FLUID TO BE HANDLED, AND DESIGN TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES. 5. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS A. SPRINKLER HEADS: FUSIBLE LINK TYPE OR GLASS BULB TYPE, AND STYLE AS REQUIRED BY THE APPLICATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE HEADS WITH NOMINAL 1/2 -INCH DISCHARGE ORIFICE, FOR "ORDINARY" TEMPERATURE RANGE. B. SPRINKLER HEAD FINISHES: PROVIDE HEADS WITH THE FOLLOWING FINISHES: (REFER TO FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD TYPE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 1. SPRINKLERS FOR THE PROPOSED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF THE APPROVED BRONZE UPRIGHT AND COLOR SPECIFIC PENDENT; BLACK AND WHITE FLUSH AND SEMI - RECESSED; AND SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING AS REQUIRED. 2. SPRINKLERS IN SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE AND GYPSUM DRYWALL CEILINGS IN SERVICE/EXIT CORRIDORS OR OFFICE AREAS SHALL BE APPROVED CONCEALED PENDENT TYPE, COLOR AS SCHEDULED. 3. SPRINKLERS WITHIN EXISTING SPACES WITH FIRE SPRINKLER COVERAGE SHALL MATCH EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN COLOR, K FACTOR, TEMPERATURE, AND STYLE OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. EXAMINATION 7. FLUSHING CONNECTIONS A. PROVIDE FLUSHING CONNECTIONS IN CROSS -MAINS AS SPECIFIED IN NFPA 13, LATEST EDITION. 8. PIPING THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS A. SLEEVES SHALL BE SET IN PLACE FOR ALL PIPES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS. B. IN THE EVENT SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR FAILS TO SET SLEEVES FOR PASSAGE OF PIPING THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS, HE SHALL PAY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO CUT AND INSTALL THEM. C. ALL HANGERS AND HANGER COMPONENTS SHALL BE APPROVED TYPE. 9. FREIGHT & HAULING A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO JOB SITE AND UNLOAD AND STACK IN LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 10. LEAK DAMAGE A. EXAMINE ROUGH IN FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING AND EQUIPMENT TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. EXAMINE WALLS FOR SUITABLE CONDITIONS WHERE CABINETS ARE TO BE INSTALLED. C. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 2. PIPE APPLICATIONS A. USE MOST ECONOMICAL COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS MEETING ALL REQUIREMENTS. ALTERNATE PIPING MATERIALS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL, SUBJECT TO PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 1. INSTALL SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND FITTINGS FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER. 2. INSTALL SCHEDULE 10 STEEL PIPE WITH ROLL - GROOVED ENDS AND GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS FOR 2 1/2 INCH AND LARGER. 3. PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS: DRAWINGS (PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS) INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS. SO FAR AS PRACTICAL, INSTALL PIPING AS INDICATED. 1. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE NO CHANGES IN INSTALLATION FROM LAYOUT AS SHOWN ON APPROVED WORKING DRAWINGS WHICH MAY BE REQUESTED BY ANY INSPECTION BUREAU OR INSURANCE ASSOCIATION UNLESS SUCH CHANGE IS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ANY CHANGES MADE OTHER THAN AS ABOVE STATED ARE AT THE SUBCONTRACTOR'S OWN EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY. B. INSTALL SPRINKLER PIPING TO PROVIDE FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM DRAINAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. C. USE APPROVED FITTINGS TO MAKE ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION, BRANCH TAKEOFFS FROM MAINS, AND REDUCTIONS IN PIPE SIZES. D. INSTALL UNIONS IN PIPES 2 INCH AND SMALLER, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE. UNIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED ON FLANGED DEVICES OR IN PIPING INSTALLATIONS USING GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS. E. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 AND NFPA 14. HANGER AND SUPPORT SPACING AND LOCATIONS FOR PIPING JOINED WITH GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, FOR RIGID SYSTEMS. PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE WHERE SUBJECT TO EARTHQUAKE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. F. INSTALL PRESSURE GAGE ON THE RISER OR FEED MAIN AT OR NEAR EACH TEST CONNECTION. PROVIDE GAGE WITH A CONNECTION NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH AND HAVING A SOFT METAL SEATED GLOBE VALVE, ARRANGED FOR DRAINING PIPE BETWEEN GAGE AND VALVE. INSTALL GAGES TO PERMIT REMOVAL, AND WHERE THEY WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO FREEZING. 4. PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. WELDED JOINTS: AWS D10.9, LEVEL AR -3. B. THREADED JOINTS: CONFORM TO ANSI B1.20.1, TAPERED PIPE THREADS FOR FIELD CUT THREADS. JOIN PIPE, FITTINGS, AND VALVES AS FOLLOWS: 1. NOTE THE INTERNAL LENGTH OF THREADS IN FITTINGS OR VALVE ENDS, AND PROXIMITY OF INTERNAL SEAT OR WALL, TO DETERMINE HOW FAR PIPE SHOULD BE THREADED INTO JOINT. 2. ALIGN THREADS AT POINT OF ASSEMBLY. 3. APPLY APPROPRIATE TAPE OR THREAD COMPOUND TO THE EXTERNAL PIPE THREADS. 4. ASSEMBLE JOINT TO APPROPRIATE THREAD DEPTH. WHEN USING A WRENCH ON VALVES PLACE THE WRENCH ON THE VALVE END INTO WHICH THE PIPE IS BEING THREADED. 5. DAMAGED THREADS: DO NOT USE PIPE WITH THREADS THAT ARE CORRODED OR DAMAGED. IF A WELD OPENS DURING CUTTING OR THREADING OPERATIONS, THAT PORTION OF PIPE SHALL NOT BE USED. C. MECHANICAL GROOVED JOINTS: CUT OR ROLL GROOVES ON PIPE ENDS DIMENSIONALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE COUPLINGS. D. END TREATMENT: AFTER CUTTING PIPE LENGTHS, REMOVE BURRS AND FINS FROM PIPE ENDS. 5. SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS A. USE PROPER TOOLS TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATIONS. 6. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. FLUSH, TEST, AND INSPECT SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. B. FLUSH, TEST, AND INSPECT STANDPIPE SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 14 REQUIREMENTS. C. REPLACE PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WHICH DO NOT PASS THE TEST PROCEDURES, SPECIFIED, AND RETEST REPAIRED PORTION OF THE SYSTEM. 11. A. THIS SUBCONTRACT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE DURING THE INSTALLATION AND TESTING PERIODS OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF OTHERS, TO THE BUILDING, ITS CONTENTS, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY EQUIPMENT, BY UNPLUGGED OR DISCONNECTED PIPES, FITTINGS, ETC. OR BY OVERFLOW, AND SHALL PAY FOR NECESSARY REPLACEMENTS OR REPAIR TO WORK OF OTHERS, BUILDING, STORE FIXTURES, OR MERCHANDISE DAMAGED BY SUCH LEAKAGE. GUARANTEE A. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, THIS SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, IN WRITING, TO THE OWNER, A GUARANTEE STATING THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND WORK PERFORMED ARE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. THIS SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO FURNISH TO THE OWNER A WRITTEN GUARANTEE (IN TRIPLICATE) THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE ORDERS THERETO, ARE FULLY GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE, AND THAT ANY EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WHICH MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE WITHIN THAT TIME WILL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 12. MORE OR LESS SPRINKLERS A. THE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL STATE PRICE IN THE BID FOR MORE OR LESS SPRINKLERS THAN THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SPRINKLER HEADS AS SHOWN ON THE WORKING DRAWINGS. THIS PRICE SHALL INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY HEADS, PIPING, FITTINGS, AND LABOR PER HEAD AND SHALL STATE PRICE FOR INSTALLATION OF EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER USED JOB. 13. ACCEPTANCE A. BEFORE OFFERING SYSTEM FOR ACCEPTANCE, THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH WRITTEN PROOF THAT IT IS ENTIRELY SATISFACTORY TO THE INSPECTION AGENCY, GOVERNMENTAL BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE LOCAL WATER UTILITY. 14. CUTTING & PATCHING A. CHASES, OPENINGS, RECESSES, ETC. IN NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE SO INDICATED BY THE SUBCONTRACTORS IN CONSTRUCTION AT THE LOCATIONS INVOLVED. SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL FURNISH INFORMATION AS TO SIZE, LOCATION, ETC. AND SHALL PROVIDE AND SET IN PLACE ALL BOXES, SLEEVES, INSERTS, FORMS, ETC. B. IF HE FAILS TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED DATA IN TIME FOR OPENINGS TO BE LEFT, OR IF HE FAILS TO SET BOXES, SLEEVES, INSERTS, FORMS, ETC., CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL DO REQUIRED CUTTING. C. OPENINGS SHALL BE ACCURATELY LOCATED, NEATLY CUT AND NO LARGER THAN NECESSARY. D. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DO REBUILDING, PATCHING, REFINISHING AND PAINTING REQUIRED TO RESTORE CONSTRUCTION TO ORIGINAL CONDITION BEFORE CUTTING, AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT, USING SKILLED CRAFTSMEN. 15. INSPECTOR'S TESTING A. INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTIONS, CONSISTING OF 1" PIPING, L" GLOBE VALVE, AND 1/2" SPECIAL DISCHARGE NOZZLE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AND CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEMS AT REQUIRED POINTS. THE SUBCONTRACTOR TO CONSULT WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S SUPERINTENDENT ON THE JOB TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTIONS AND LOCATIONS OF DISCHARGE PIPING. PIPING DOWNSTREAM OF TEST VALVES SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 16. SUBSTITUTIONS A. IF THE SUBCONTRACTOR MAKES ANY SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS FROM THAT SPECIFIED HE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES AND COST CAUSED BY CHANGES TO OTHER CONTRACTS INVOLVED. * ** - ANY SUBSTITUTION MUST BE PRE - APPROVED BY THE CHILDREN'S PLACE. END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWIL , NOV 0 8 2012 © 2011 ARGVI510N, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DESIGN INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 60GLIA, NCARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE 50LE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS WORKING FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR 1415 REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING. MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QU ENCCaIWER 1950 CRAIG ROAD, SUTF 300 �{ (314) 415 -2400 FAX (314) 415 -2300 ATHEM ST. LOU S, MO 63146 MIINML�CY.00tfl STORE TYPE 2010 -10 TECH 2 PROJECT Ik :„ ; . IO /26/1 I - TGP R VI W #I ..�.�._ �....�,A...�,.,..m,.. m d.�.o..�.. �b .�... .� .W..�.�....� ... 2 ....,.�...�.�...�,.,.. r _.,. �.o ,.,,,.�..W_..n,.m.e.....,,...._ w 10/26/11 - LL REVIEW I PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES 2533 SE SUPPORT 565 SE "` .� � �; y A A �� STORE 1322 50UTHGENTER MALL SEATTLE, A 18188 _ �� . 'gip ! r ��'` �; � y. ..� �CyQ °. R . �� • is okl- ki s aG�� �o,�.E . 1 ... m - _. _ . .__. II /07/12 - FOR PERMIT _ m .n_.. Mr . ,.......... a_.. .. ...M_a_ �w.w... .. _____ __ __ ... om____.v_ ,...,. TOT, 33x8 SE _. _ �n.. _.... _• .....,.. .�. Y.... vu__ _v_dw.,e..o....,w.....M,.....4. ...._ _m ...._ .�a.� . ....._ ...._.4.. �.A.- _vv. a.,w ..__ _ �.. _ .... SCALE AS NOTED DRAWN BY S ND PERMIT ��'PPt�VAL CHECKED BY REC REQUIRED RF E E'LE AND IRE 5FRI NKLER SPEC F 1 CAT I ON5 SHEET NUMBER .0 _�,,..�..�..do...,�� �. �..,�......,_., . �.. ._so..o�.u_..�..��_.,..m_m..._. ._....._ _ ._._,_... ._a...4�,..� ,,., a.�__�.,�..�..�....��...�.._. _. _..._..�.._........ _ ._ ..�......w ,... _ m _ ..M __ m m�....... �......� ..... ..... .... ..... ARCVISION PROJECT # 120115 r ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD APPROVED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SPRINKLER PLAN NOTES: COL; HALLWAY 106 11' -11" 1 ACT —EX SERVIGE GORRI DO: R f NOTE 1 u 1. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD TO REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW CEILING. REMOVE, REINSTALL AND ADJUST ESCUTCHEONS AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE NEW SPRINKLER HEADS OF THE APPROPRIATE TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY CEILING CHANGE. FITTING ROOM 3,�`JANITOR CLOSET gym. • EXISTING TOILET ROOM 0 103 8' -0" 1 PT -1 CRAZY 8 OTE 2 STOCK ROOM 104 1 ' -11" 1 ACT —EX 't SSY: f. SB.4 CO :f£f4GL >32s333i:33f i. i..::: S9 C9 OTE 2 GJ F� o-r:vwa».�...v.. »w�.�»vv.»> VOTE 2 OTE 2 S .: 4s5st553Rti. v' 0 i:>.W.i» ..v. u » >.... i.> .r. »uwn:> OTE 2 m 'l NOTE 1 (TYP.) SALES AREA DISPLAY WINDOW 100 11' -11" 1 PT -5 33i3.vi33ii�¢ < 's.S .i s SSUS. #:/// >'S:CG3Zgri <33SSSSSSSSSf<3»5 >.>.a. S.r • .rr LOVE CULTURE 100F 13' -6" 1 PT -1 OTE 2 OTE 2 E{611-----h—NOTE 2 ET. asirris'i >7 �s" t OTE 2 • DISPLAY WINDOW 100E 13' -6" 1 PT -1 MALL. CONCOURSE GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON CENTER LINE OF PIPE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ELEVATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL PIPE LOCATION. B. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT CONFORMITY WITH ALL LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE BUILDING CODE, THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, ALL LOCAL RULES AND REGULATIONS AS DEFINED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA). C. PROVIDE ALL CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. D. PROVIDE ALARM TEST CONNECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS. E. TESTING OF SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL RUN AND PAY FOR ALL TESTS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THE SYSTEM HAS ADEQUATE FLOW AND PRESSURE. F. SPARE SPRINKLERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS. G. PROVIDE ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCE ABOVE AND AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. H. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. LOCATIONS OF FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPES ARE SHOWN FOR GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING COMPLETE FIRE SPRINKLER COVERAGE BASED ON ACTUAL CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. I. PROVIDE LOW POINT DRAINS ON ALL TRAPPED SECTIONS OF PIPING. J. ENTIRE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL OR SLOPED TOWARD THE SERVICE ENTRANCE TO FACILITATE DRAIN DOWN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DRAINS SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND NFPA CODES. ALL FLOATING MAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN AUXILIARY DRAIN ROUTED TO THE EXTERIOR. K. ALL SPRINKLER LINES 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 WITH THREADED FITTINGS OR ROLL GROOVE CONNECTIONS. ALL SPRINKLER LINES AND MAINS 2 1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10 WITH ROLL GROOVE CONNECTIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE USE OF WELD —O —LETS IS ACCEPTABLE. UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON WITH PVC WRAP TO PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM CORROSIVE SOILS. L. THE CUMULATIVE HORIZONTAL LENGTH OF AN UNSUPPORTED ARMOVER TO A SPRINKLER, SPRINKLER DROP, OR SPRIG —UP SHALL NOT EXCEED 24 IN FOR STEEL PIPE OR 12 IN FOR COPPER TUBE. Exception: WHERE THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE AT THE SPRINKLER EXCEEDS 100 PSI AND A BRANCH LINE ABOVE A CEILING SUPPLIES SPRINKLERS IN A PENDENT POSITION BELOW THE CEILING, THE CUMULATIVE HORIZONTAL LENGTH OF AN UNSUPPORTED ARMOVER TO A SPRINKLER OR SPRINKLER DROP SHALL NOT EXCEED 12 IN FOR STEEL PIPE AND 6 IN FOR COPPER TUBE. THE HANGER CLOSEST TO THE SPRINKLER SHALL BE OF A TYPE THAT PREVENTS UPWARD MOVEMENT OF THE PIPING. M. THE DISTANCE BETWEEN A HANGER AND THE CENTERLINE OF AN UPRIGHT SPRINKLER SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3 IN. N. MAINTAIN 18" CLEAR BELOW ALL SPRINKLER HEADS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AFTER TCP HAS INSTALLED THEIR SHELVING. SYMB NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN) 3/4 I -S F I R E P R O T E C T I O N SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 1.1-0-Iti ELEVATION CHANGE PIPE TYPE STEEL PIPE EXCEPT THREADED LIGHT —WALL BALL VALVE ;1 FH FIRE HYDRANT 15 -0 15 -0 PIPE CAP -1\1--- CHECK VALVE 4-43 VALVE IN RISE 15 -0 -1-- PIPE COUPLING 6 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (PRV) C.I. CAST IRON ® (C) HYDRAULIC NODE POINT 12 -0 I.E. INVERT ELEVATION -101- POST INDICATOR VALVE N/A FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION > 8 -0 FINISHED CEILING ELEVATION -e- RISER NIPPLE (RN) 12 -0 12 -0 x -X' A.F.F. 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 CPVC FIRS SPRINKLER SYMBOL LEGEND SCALE N 1 NFPA 13, 1999 EDITION TABLE 6 -2.2 MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN HANGERS (FT. — IN ) NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN) 3/4 1 1 1/41 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 PIPE TYPE STEEL PIPE EXCEPT THREADED LIGHT —WALL N/A 12 -0 12 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 THREADED LIGHT WALL STEEL PIPE NJA 12 -0 12 -0 12 -0 12 -0 12 -0 12 -0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A COPPER TUBE 8 -0 8 -0 10 -0 10 -0 12 -0 12 -0 12 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 15 -0 CPVC 5 -6 6 -0 6 -6 7 -0 8 -0 9 -0 10 -0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A POLYBUTYLENE (IPS) N/A 3 -9 4 -7 5 -0 5 -11 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A POLYBUTYLENE ((CTS ) 2 -11 3 -4 3 -11 4 -5 5 -5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DUCTILE IRON PIPE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 -0 N/A 15 -0 N/A 15 -0 15 -0 HANGER SPACING SCHEDULE SCALE: NTS SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES MANUF. MODEL TYPE ORIFICE FACTOR (DEGM F.) SYMBOL FINISH ESCUTCHEON TYCO TY —FRB PENDENT 1/2 5.6 155 ® CHROME SEMI — RECESSED TYCO RF —II PENDENT 1/2 5.6 155 iiiI WHITE CONCEALED TYCO TY —FRB UPRIGHT 1/2 5.6 155 0 BRASS N/A EXISTING — PENDENT 1/2 5.6 155 II WHITE CONCEALED SAWN/CLAN HEAD TYPES ARE SUBECT 70 APPROVAL BY ME F/R£ DEPT. AND THE LANDLORD. VERIFY TYPES ALLOif£D/REQU /RED WIN THE FIRE DEPT., LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR AND GEORGE BARTH PR /OR 7n ORDER /NG/INSTALL/NG HEADS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.: NOV 0 8 2012 FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD SCHEDULE SCALE: NTS © 2011 ARGVISION, INC THIS DRAWING, THE DE-516N INDICATED, THE FORMAT AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FREDERICK J. 606LIA ' NGARB, RDI. ANY USE OR REUSE OF ORIGINAL OR ALTERED DESIGN MATERIALS BY THE CLIENT, AGENTS OF THE CLIENT OR OTHER PARTIES WITHOUT THE REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SHALL BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE OTHERS. FURTHERMORE THE CLIENT AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS, INJURIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF MODIFICATION OR REUSE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SUCH INFORMATION BUT TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING MEASUREMENTS, IF SUCH MEASUREMENTS DO NOT APPEAR CORRECT, ADD UP PROPERLY OR SCALE CORRECTLY TO THE INDICATED SIZE. THESE DRAWINGS WERE COMPLETED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF: FREDERICK J. 606LIA DATE ISSUE REV DATE ISSUE ARCHITECT ROBERT L. QUEATHEM ENG�VEER STORE TYPE 2010 -10 T�GH 2 - W$ PROJECT r - ., , s ,. . "I u ., •0\ \ „, k P A . i- ,��,: �� � , 454x; 5T '0�o��k��.����`�r� ORE 1322 s�lGis -0 . 50UTHGENTEIZ MALL .`� SEATTLE, WA OISISS 1 n 70/26/11 - TGP RV I EAI # 1 ,.,.�..._.�..�.��...,.._. � A a_...._ .����V �..p..,_ m.... _....�__ �....�.N.,W....,�„A..... .....,.. __�....,�..�,._.u...,. ...nq........�.W...A — 102611 I LL R � I E:Y�I # I ............w.,,. � _ . �__....... _�.....M._..........�........._ ���� ... .,... _. .. ....,�,. PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE SALES SUPPORT TOTAL — 2833 5F 565 5F M m� 11/01/12 — FOR PERMIT .......... -... .M_w....__..._m......�� °— ..........�....a�.,..�.,. __. __T._�...- . -.... m.__ .��.....___ ..�, ' �{ :�I�i �Z4OO � FAX (314) 415-2300 LOUIS, �.�'CV.COR1 � �� ..w� ...::.........:.....�.�. _ .. ,,,..�,.__ . µ. _.. _ _ �V:,:.... ����W tl�W .w.pµµ��M.�� vv ...�v.,.,. ..._ . ............ �._.. _.m...M....�n�......_._.__.._�. 3388 5F .. _. .... ,.,. ____ ........�....,�,�,,.,w. _:. ....�..�.�,..��.��.,..�........ .9...a. ,_..._�..,o.�........ n....._.. ..... .... �. �.... �... �..._..... SCALE AL A5 NOTED DRAWN BY _ ND SEPARATE PER SHEET TITLE UIIT AND OVAL IRE Sfi' I NKL � R PLAN AND SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER /7 . ,_...._.,.�.,..........e..� ....,�....�.......a... _ ......W., n... r.. ,..__..._.q...�,��,u__ ......_.A w w.�r .w...._.m m. _. .�.�.��.�_��__�.._m....�...... .�... __. .�.. µ ARCVI510N PROJECT 1201018 CHECKED BY APP R1 RECUIRED 2 �_._.. ... - ----- - .0